Zelda Spirit Tracks B

_____ _____ ____ _ ___ __
/` _ �\ /__ / / __/ / \ | \ / \
| / \ | / / | \_ | | | |\ | | /\ |
|` \_/ �| / /_ | /__ | |__ | |/ | | �� |
\_____/ / / \ / \ / | / | /\ |
|/ /| ��
| / | ___ _ _ ____ ____ ___ _ _
|/ /| | \ /\ /\ | \| | | __| / __/ / _ \ | \| |
| / | | |\ | | | | | | | | |__ | \_ |/ \| | | |
|/ /| | |/ | | | | | | | | |\ \ | /__ |\_/| | | |
___/`��\___ | / \ / | |\ | \ � / \ / \ / | |\ |
\ / ��
\_________/ _ _ ____ _____
| | | | \| | / __/| |
| | | | | | | \_ �| |�
| | | /\ | | | | /__ | | Proudly Presents...
| | | \/ | |\ | \ / | |
| | | � � ��
/��/ T H E L E G E N D O F
| _________ /________ ______ ______ ____
|/ | |/ / /\ |\ / \ _ \ \ |
| / / / | |��\ | | | | | \ \ / |
| / / / | | \ | | | | | | | / /| |
|/ / | |__/|\| | | | | | | / / | |
/ + / | | | | | | | | / / | |
/ /| | |��\|/| | | /| | | | | / �� |
/ / / | | | / | | | / | | | | |/ /��| |
/ / / | | |__/ | | |_/ | | |_/ // / | |
/ / /| | /| |/ |/ // | / \
/ �� |��
/________________/ S P I R I T T R A C K S
| | |
| | | -------------------------------------
| | | O U R O F F I C I A L G U I D E
| | | -------------------------------------
________| | |______________________________________________
+------+ =======| | |============================================= +------+
\ 1) \ ------| | |---={ Table of Contents }=---------------- / (A /
\ 2) \ | | | [TABLE] / (B /
\ 3) \ | | | / (C /
\ 4) \ | | | / (D /
\ 5) \ \ | / http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ / (E /
\ 6) \ --\ | /---------------------------------------- / (F /
+------+ ==\|/======================================== +------+
��
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
-' '-
.-' I will be updating this guide frequently, '-.
.- adding more sections and improving the -.
'- walkthrough with sweet maps, boxes and -'
'-. diagrams. Keep this guide bookmarked! =D .-'
'-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-'
[TABLE]... Table of Contents

[INTRO]... Introduction
[CTRL].... Controls
[BASICS].. Game Basics
[WALK].... Walkthrough
[BOSSES].. Bosses
[HEART]... Heart Containers
[STAMP]... Stamp Stations
[RABBIT].. Rabbit Locations
[FORCE]... Force Gems
[LEGAL]... Legal/Closing
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. ####################################
| HOW TO GET TO EACH SECTION FAST! | # #
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| # A complete guide written by #
| --> Ctrl/Apple + F | # staff of ZeldaDungeon.net: #
| | # #
| --> Copy-paste the commands | # Mases Hagopian & Caleb Simpson #
| [EXAMPLE] | # #
| | # contact: #
| --> Click "Find" until you get | # stud_zeldarevolution@hotmail.com #
| there | # �� #
'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~' ####################################
/\ _____________________________________________________ /\
/ \ =================================================== / \
/ \ ---------------={ Introduction }=-------------- / \
/ \ [INTRO] / \
/________\ /________\
/\ /\ /\ /\
/ \ / \ http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ / \ / \
/ \ / \ --------------------------------------- / \ / \
/ \ / \ ===================================== / \ / \
/________\/________\ �� /________\/________\
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| Everything Looks Funky! |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
If everything above doesn't align correctly, try widening your window. This
guide was designed to be viewed using a "fixed-width" font like:
* Consolas
* Courier
* Courier New <-- GOOD
* Fixedsys
* Lucida Console <-- BEST
This whole guide fits within the exact width of 79 characters, as required by
GameFAQs.com (because it will print the exact width of 8.5x13" standard
printing paper). If you're not sure if you're using a "fixed-width" font,
look below:
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII (Copyright to Bedman at bedman@mail.com)

WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW (thanks for coming up with the test man!)
If those two lines align perfectly together, than the font you are using is a
fixed width like Lucida Console and many other fonts. This means that each
character takes up the same amount of space, both in height and width. In this
case, the "I" should be just as wide as the "W".
If all else fails, try copy-pasting the guide into a program on your computer
that has some fixed-width fonts (Notepad works best in my opinion).
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| Getting Started: Comments |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
Hey guys! This guide is a collaborative effort of our staff at

ZeldaDungeon.net:
--Mases Hagopian
--Caleb Simpson
I have placed links throughout this guide that take you to the site versions
of each of these sections we are about to dive into. Our website is equipped
with screenshots, maps, videos and a whole lot of other cool stuff that makes
it an overall better experience. At any point, feel free to check out that
version.
For this text version, however, I will try to copy down the maps and pictures
in fancy word art to make it easier to read.
With all that being said, tally-ho! Onward! Victory! Ice Cream!
_________ _________
| ____ / _______________________________________________ | ____ /
|/ / / =============================================== |/ / /
/ /____ -------------={ About This Guide }=---------- / /____
/ / __ \ [ABOUT] / / __ \
/ /| | \ \ / /| | \ \
/ / | /| | | / / | /| | |
/ �� | | | http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ / �� | | |
��|�| | | -------------------------------------------- ��|�| | |
| | / / ============================================== | | / /
/ �� / �� / �� /
��
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| Versions Of This Guide |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
============================
Version: v1.05 3/01/10
============================
- Several updates throughout the guide
- Added maps for the Rabbits in the waklthrough and the rabbits section
============================
Version: v1.04 1/10/10
============================
- Major updates to chapters 9, 10 and 11
==============
Version: v1.03
==============
- Major updates to chapters 1 and 8
- Added Rabbit Locations and Force Gems sections
==============
Version: v1.02
==============
- Major updates to chapters 5, 6 and 7
==============
Version: v1.01
==============
- Major updates to chapters 1 and 4
==============
Version: v1.00
==============
- Established Dec 11, 2009.
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| Finding Stuff: [] |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
- Whenever you see anything with brackets around it [EXAMPLE], you can use
that same batch of symbols to quickly find what you're looking for. For
example, every Heart Container has a code that goes with it: [H##]. There's
13 Heart Containers in total, but each one only has two codes: one in the
walkthrough and one in the guide. Simply use that code to find that Heart
Containers in either location!
. .
.-'.\ /.'-.
.-'.-' | ______________________________________________________ | '-.'-.
.'.-'.-| | ================================================= | |-.'-.'.
|| -' | | ----------------={ CONTROLS }=------------- | | '- ||
|| | .- | /| [CTRL] |\ | -. | ||
|| |-' .-'// \\'-. '-| ||
|| .-' .//\ /\\. '-. ||
||-' .-'// \ http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ / \\'-. '-||
|\ \ |/ \ \ ----------------------------------------- / / \| / /|
\\ \ .-' .-' =========================================== '-. '-. / //
\\ ' .-'.-' �� '-.'-. ' //
\\.-'.-' '-.'-.//
'.-' '-.'
/|
/ |
_______________________________/ / ============
| / / ~ Movement ~
| O O O / / ============
| / /| Simply use the stylus anywhere on the touch
| / / | screen to make Link move towards it. Close
| /\ / / | to him and he'll walk, far away and he'll
| \/ / / / | run. Run at ledges to jump across them.
| O||� / / |
| /\ | / | ===========
| |/ | ~ Rolling ~
| | ===========
| | Double tap to make Link roll in that
| | direction. You can use this to bonk into
| ______| trees and other objects or to avoid enemies.
| | MENU | If you roll three times in a row, he gets
�� dizzy.
==================== ===========
~ Talking/Interact ~ ~ Jumping ~
==================== ===========
Simply tap on an object or Simply run at a ledge to jump over/off it.
person to talk, pick up, read,
interact, etc.
/| ===================
// ~ Using The Sword ~
// ===================
//
|/ Stab-- Tap an enemy at close range.
X
Jump Attack-- Tap an enemy at a far range to make Link run
over to them and do a jumping attack. Does
/| the damage of two regular attacks!
//
// Slash-- Make a swiping motion in front of Link, side
// to side, to make him slash.
|/
----> Spin Attack-- Draw a circle around Link to do a spinning
attack. Use this when you're surrounded!
Watch out, three in a row makes him dizzy!
/|
// Great Spin-- Do three Spin Attacks in a row to perform
// the Great Spin, causing Link to do a massive
__ // continual Spin Attack while zooming across
/ \|/ the ground! You have to learn this ability
\__/ from Niko, after collecting all 20 Stamps.
See the Stamp Book section for more details.
_______________________________ ===================
| \ \ || | ~ Using The Train ~
| O O\O\O || | ===================
| \ \ || | Press and hold the stylus anywhere, then
| \ \ | drag it across the screen to change the
| \ \ _| direction of your view.
| \ ____ /^|
| /\ __\ <=| || Once you get the first Rail Map, you can
| /O||__|_ | | press the Route button at any time to
| \ |/\ \ | ^| "pre-set" your course through the overworld
| O\ \ \___\ | -| and the tracks you will take. You can always
| O |\/____\ \v| do it manually once you get there by
| \ | | | dragging the Rail Switch that appears at the
|_______ O\|----| ______| bottom of the screen.
| Route | O �\�\ | MENU |
�� --Whistle--
At the top right of the screen is a rope that dangles
there all the time. Some enemies (the earlier ones in
--- particular) can be scared off by simply pulling down on
| ^ | the rope to blow your whistle.
| ^ | Fast
|---|
| ^ | Slow --Gear Box--
|---| Along the right side of the screen is a box with various
| = | Stop symbols on it. Drag the lever atop it to your desired
|---| speed. Generally, you have it on fast while traveling,
| v | Reverse then use stop (or even reverse) to slow down at stations
--- in order to enter an area.
(also emergency stop)
--Cannon--
Once you get the cannon, you can use it to shoot stuff by simply clicking on
the screen. You can use it to blast enemies or things like boulders. (To find
those hidden bunnies! Check out our Rabbitland Rescue section for more info.)
/ _________________________________________________________________ \
/ _ =============================================================== _ \
/ / \ ---------------------={ Game Basics }=--------------------- / \ \
o \_/_ [BASICS] _\_/ o
\\/| |o| |o| |\//
\/| | | | | |\/
|_|/ http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ \|_|
| | ----------------------------------------------------------- | |
| | ============================================================= | |
��
Small Keys-- Gather these in to open locked doors and progress through
the dungeon.
Big Key-- Temples have a large key that is needed to gain access to the
room where the boss of the dungeon lurks. They're so big that
Link has to carry them above his head and walk slowly. Take
them to the large colorful block with a keyhole in it before
Key Masters appear and try to take it from you!
Menu-- Press the Menu button at any time to Save, switch items, drink
potions, use the Spirit Flute, or look at your inventory. You
can get to the Menu by pressing Right or A.
Map-- Press Up, Down, B or X to move swap your duel screens,

allowing you to draw on your map.
Using Items-- Press the item icon in the top right corner of the screen to
start or stop using your item. Alternatively, you can press
and hold L or R, then use the Stylus to use your items, which
can be quite a bit faster.
o o o
____________________________________________________________ () ___ o
o o o ============================================================ / \
o ___ () ---------------------={ Walkthrough }=-------------------- | |
/ \ [WALK] \ |
| | | |
| / | |
| | http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-walkthrough.php / |
| | ---------------------------------------------------------------- \ /
| \ ================================================================ ��
\ / ��
�� .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| HOW TO GET TO EACH SECTION FAST! |
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~|
| --> Ctrl/Apple + F |
| |
| --> Copy-paste the commands |
| [EXAMPLE] |
| |
| --> Click "Find" until you get |
| there |
'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'
==============================
Chapter 1 - The Beginning \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-walkthrough-01.php [W1]
===============================================================================
[W1.1] Aboda Village
[W1.2] Train Tutorial
[W1.3] Hyrule Castle
[W1.4] Sneaking Out
[W1.5] Tower of Spirits
=============================
Chapter 2 - Forest Realm \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W2.1] Whittleton Village
[W2.2] Lost Woods
[W2.3] Forest Sanctuary
[W2.4] Forest Temple
===========================================
Chapter 3 - Tower of Spirits Revisited \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W3.1] Castle Town Goodies
[W3.2] Tower of Spirits, Part 2
===========================
Chapter 4 - Snow Realm \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W4.1] Back to Aboda Village
[W4.2] Some Extras In The Forest Realm
[W4.3] Anouki Village
[W4.4] Snow Sanctuary
[W4.5] Getting to the Snow Temple
[W4.6] Snow Temple
===================================
Chapter 5 - Tower of Spirits 3 \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W5.1] Get to the Tower!
[W5.2] Tower of Spirits Secrets
============================
Chapter 6 - Ocean Realm \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W6.1] Repairing The Bridge
[W6.2] Ocean Sanctuary
[W6.3] Papuchia Village
[W6.4] Find the Ocean Temple
[W6.5] Ocean Temple
===================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W7.1] Lots of Goodies
===========================
Chapter 8 - Fire Realm \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W8.1] Goron Village
[W8.2] Mega Ice!
[W8.3] Fire Sanctuary
[W8.4] Force Gem Galore
[W8.5] Enter The Fire Temple
[W8.6] Fire Temple
===================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W9.1] Tons of Goodies
============================
Chapter 10 - Sand Realm \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W10.1] Sand Sanctuary
[W10.2] Reaching the Sand Temple
[W10.3] Sand Temple
====================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W11.1] The Final Collection
============================
Chapter 12 - Dark Realm \\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
[W12.1] The Dark Realm
[W12.2] The Demon Train
[W12.3] Cole and Possessed Zelda
[W12.4] Malladus, Demon King
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 1 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Beginning ____________________/ [W1] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 1.1 Aboda Village [W1.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ /\ http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-walkthrough-01.php#c1
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
As soon as you enter your character name on the select screen and begin the
game, a series of slides will be shown giving some back story about the game.
The tale that is told discusses the first settlers of the land and a great
battle between demons and the spirits of good that resulted in the Demon King
being sealed underground. Shackles were built to imprison the Demon King and a
tower acted as a lock.
+---------------------------------+
| |
| This is a tale from long ago. |
| It�s the tale of the first |
| settlers of this land. |
| |
| In the beginning, the people |
| followed the spirits of good |
| and all was peaceful. |
| |
| But that era of peace soon |
| came to an end. |
| |
| The evil Demon King rose the |
| power, destroying everything |
| in his path. |
| |
| The spirits of good has no |
| choice but to face him in |
| battle. |
| |
| The war that ensued seemed |
| to last an eternity, and |
| much blood was shed. |
| |
| Finally the spirits subdued |
| the Demon King, though they |
| could not destroy him. |
| |
| Their powers were greatly |
| depleted. |
| |
| With their remaining power, |
| they buried the Demon King�s |
| spirit in the ground. |
| |
| They built shackles to |
| imprison him, and a tower |
| that acted as a lock. |
| |
| These shackles cover the |
| land to this day. |
| |
| With their power drained, |
| the spirits of good |
| returned to the heavens. |
| |
| Suddenly bereft of both |
| demons and spirits, this |
| land was entrusted to us. |
| |
+---------------------------------+
After the slideshow is complete, an elderly man is shown as the person who is
telling the back story. This elderly man is actually a familiar face to the
Zelda series. It is Niko, who was in the Wind Waker and also was responsible
for a slide show back story in Phantom Hourglass.
The story was so interesting... that it put our hero Link to sleep. Link will
eventually awaken and Niko rants out toward Link for falling asleep during his
lovely story. Niko mentions how, because Link is his roommate, he is so lucky
to be hearing Niko's great stories. o--------o
.--------------| Niko |-------------.
| o--------o |
o-----------o | The first person that you meet in |
.------------| Alfonzo |------------. | the game, Niko is actually from two |
| o-----------o | | previous zelda games, Wind Waker |
| The first in commmand in the train | | and Phantom Hourglass. He is the |
| world, Alfonzo is Link's mentor. He | | same old storyteller he was back |
| trained Link to be a conductor | | then, and gives you the basic plot |
| before the game's events, and has | | for the game. He is also Link's |
| great pride in him. | | roommate in this game. |
'-------------------------------------' '-------------------------------------'
Link and Niko will eventually be joined by Link�s mentor, Alfonzo, who picks
up and shakes Link to awaken him, and then reminds him that today is an
important day as Link is going to meet the princess to get his engineer
certificate! Yes that�s right, our hero Link is graduating today and will now
be able to be the conductor of his own locomotive! Alfonzo will then head off
and tells Link to meet him at the station. Niko will give you some instructions
on how to use the Nintendo DS to control Link�s movement. If you�ve played
Phantom Hourglass, you should already be familiar with these basic controls.
If not, it doesn�t take much time to get use to it. Exit the house at the
bottom of the screen.
You will then get a quick cinema of Aboda Village, which is a small town along
the coast that has just three small houses and a train station. This village
acts as an introductory area, much like many of the first villages in all the
Zelda games. The girl near the house on the right will teach Link how to pick
up rocks and asks you to clear the rocks in front of the house. Clear the four
rocks by picking them up and tossing them aside. Speak with the girl and she
will reward you with a red rupee! You can enter the house to meet an older
woman, but there isn�t much to learn here.
__
/__\======================
-|_o| | | .---'
.-----' '----. .----'__/ .------.
| / o-------------/ Bees \--------------o
.-' Boy | | '--------' |
/ _| | Attacks: Threat: |
| _ / | (1/2) Stings 1/10 |
| /_\ | | |
\ _ |O| | | The bees found in this game act |
|/_\ Girl:.: / | just like they do in real life, and |
/ |O| | | attack you in the exact same way. |
| | | They swarm around you and make |
.-' / | contact with you by stinging you. |
| | | This is their only real move, and |
|_.-. .' | the only way to defeat them is to |
\ .' | run far away. |
\__ _--_ _-' o-------------------------------------o
'--' '--'
Near the center of the village, you�ll see a young boy who is standing near a
tree with a beehive. The boy will teach Link how to do a somersault and will
tell you to somersault into the tree with a beehive. Do just that and the
beehive will fall to the ground and the bees will start flying everywhere.
After the boy calls you a klutz, the bees will start chasing you. Just run
around the village doing somersaults to get away faster and eventually the bees
will stop following you. They aren�t too damaging but can be quite annoying if
you don�t move quickly enough.
There isn�t much else of use in this village. There is a man near the top-left
portion of town who someday wants to raise cuccos... interesting. There is also
a stamp station, but we have no use for it at this point in time. Walk over to
the station entrance and you�ll see the young boy we just spoke with. Talk to
him and he�ll say that he was just kidding, and he will give you a wood heart!
Wood hearts are one of the many Treasures that link will obtain in the game
and we�ll have a use for them later on.
Now head onto the station and a short cinema will pop up showing a door open
and Alfonzo riding out on his train. Speak with Alfonzo and he repeats that
you need to meet Princess Zelda in order to be able to operate a train
yourself. Hop on board and Alfonzo will allow Link to operate the train as he
calls it Link�s �Final Exam�. He says that he needs to reach Hyrule Castle in
300 seconds.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 1.2 Train Tutorial [W1.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Once Link is on board the train, Alfonzo will teach Link how to use some of the
features. Right off the bat you�ll see a gearbox along the right side of the
screen and it has a lever with four speeds. Moving the lever to the very top
will allow the train to go at top speed. Just below it is the standard, slower
speed. Below that is the slow down button that will bring the train to a halt.
At the very bottom is the emergency brake, and it will also allow Link to
travel in reverse on the train. At the top-right of the screen is the whistle.
Link can pull on it and it will blow the train�s whistle, which can be used to
scare animals of the tracks. Lastly, if
you tap any part of the screen, it will .-------.
change the camera angle so you can see o-------------/ Moink \-------------o
your surroundings. | '---------' |
| Attacks: Threat: |
You can see the first portion of the | (1/4) Ram 3/10 |
path outlined on the top screen and | |
it's pretty straight forward. Given | Moinks are found all over this |
this portion of the game is very | game, but they only become a |
introductory, there is very little to | problem when they walk over your |
do. Just let the train ride around the | tracks. Give them a honk with your |
corner and you'll eventually see some | whistle to get them off the tracks |
cow-like Moinks in the path of the | and make them no danger to your |
train, so you will have to blow the | train. |
whistle to get them to scram. o-------------------------------------o
You will eventually come to the first fork in the road. Alfonzo will explain
that the rail switch will appear at the bottom of the screen and this controls
the actual tracks. Looking at the map above, you have the option of heading
straight or turning to the right. We cannot go straight ahead since another
train is in our path. Adjust the handle so that you are heading to the right.
The tracks will highlight in red in the direction that you are going to be
going.
Continue along until you get to the next fork in the road. At this point, you
want to take the path to the right, so make sure the handle is facing the
right. Take the next right at another fork in the road and while it appears
that you are almost going to hit another train, you should be in the clear.
There really is no set path that you must take here, as long as you don�t bump
into other trains and you make it to the castle in 300 seconds.
When you ride on the tracks near the northeast corner of the map, Alfonzo will
point out the Tower of Spirits. He�ll also mention that you are almost at the
castle and that you need to use the lever on the gearbox to stop at the
station. As you draw near, slow down a bit by adjusting the gear box and come
to a complete stop.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 1.3 Hyrule Castle [W1.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________
~ / Castle Town \ ~
��
A short cinema will play as you are .--.___________.--.___.--.___________.--.
introduced to Castle Town. After | ___________ ___ ___________ |
some kind words from Alfonzo, you \ / _____ '--' '--' ___ \ /
will be able to run around town. | | | | ___ * ___ | | | |
You can run around and enter the | | | | | | | | | | __| |
various builders found within | | |_____| |_O_| |_O_| |_O_| --. |
Castle Town and talk to some of the | | .-o o-. | |
residents. There aren�t too many | | ____ '-' '-' __ __ | |
things of interest, just some back / \ | | _ _ | | | |/ \
story about the history of the | | |__O_| // _ \\ | | |__|| |
kingdom and some characters that \ / � /_\ � |__| \ /
we�ll speak with much later in the | | _____ _ _ __ | |
game. | | | | \\ // .-' '-. | |
| | | _.-' � � | | | |
You can enter the Castle Town Shop | | |_| '-._O.-' | |
which is just to the right of the | | | |
entrance to Hyrule Castle. It / \________.--. --..--.________/ \
currently had five items for sale, | ________ |-_.---. || ________ |
two of which are pieces of '--' '--'| |'--' '--'
treasure. Also for sale are some ===========================================
prize postcards, which Link can put
them in the mail them and might get a large return if he�s lucky. Red Potion is
also for sale for 100 rupees. The most notable item is the shield, selling for
a more reasonable 80 rupees. Everything is a bit pricey for Link�s wallet at
this point in time, so we�ll likely return later.
Just to the left of the entrance to Hyrule Castle, you will see a mailbox
bouncing, similar to the mailboxes from Phantom Hourglass. Walk towards it and
Link will meet up with the new Postman. Unlike the postman from Phantom
Hourglass who had wings, this particular postman runs around, similar to the
Postman from Twilight Princess or Majora�s Mask. More notable however, is the
humorous way he imitates a train as he
walks, ha! The postman already has a o-----------o
letter to you, but their new policy is .------------| Postman |------------.
that they do not read the letters out | o-----------o |
loud. After giving you your first | The Postman reappears in Spirit |
letter, he'll then run off, | Tracks from a previous game, |
presumably delivering more mail. You | Phantom Hourglass. Things are |
can tap the menu at the bottom right of | different for him this time though, |
the screen and then tap collection. | as he can no longer read people's |
Next go to the letters to see that the | letter's out loud, and he takes a |
first letter is actually from the | train from place to place instead |
postmaster, who tells you of the new | of flying. |
postal system. '-------------------------------------'
Now that all this is out of the way, lets head north to Hyrule Castle. Upon
entering just walk straight ahead and you�ll see two guards doing that
"guarding thing" the entrance. They're both wearing the green tunic that is
usually the garment worn by Link in previous Zelda titles. Speak to the chubby
guard and they�ll move out of the way for you. Enter the Castle.
________________
~ / Hyrule Casle \ ~
��
Walk straight ahead and speak with o-------------------o
another guard who tells Link to get .--------| Chancellor Cole |--------.
lost. However, the two are interrupted | o-------------------o |
by a man who goes by the name | Chancellor Cole is on of the |
Chancellor Cole. He�s an odd looking | highest ranking people in this |
fellow who had two hats on his head. | land, and has quite an attitude |
After giving Link a bit of a hard time, | problem. He thinks the Award |
he�ll allow you to pass the guard and | Cermonies are pointless, and |
head to your "ridiculous ceremony�. | they're just a waste of time. He is |
This Cole dude really has quite an | very short and wears two hats on |
attitude towards Link and the Castle | his head to hide what he really is. |
Guards. Walk up the stairs to the '-------------------------------------'
north.
o------------------o
Next we see, Link is kneeling down on .---------| Princess Zelda |--------.
the red carpet and... Princess Zelda | o------------------o |
appears! After the two make eye | Princess Zelda is the highest known |
contact, Chancellor Cole jumps in and | power in this land, and is the one |
calls Link an �ill-mannered urchin� for | in charge of the Award Ceremony. |
looking up at Princess Zelda without | She is quite suspicious and sick of |
permission. This continues on and on, | the way that Chancellor Cole is, |
with Princess Zelda and Link talking | and asks Link for help with her |
and Cole constantly interrupting in a | problem. |
very rude fashion. Eventually Teacher '-------------------------------------'
will appear and Zelda will grab the
certificate and give it to Link, o-----------o
officially promoting him to a royal .------------| Teacher |------------.
engineer! | o-----------o |
| Teacher is the teacher, doctor, and |
Princess Zelda also moves in closer to | presenter of things in Hyrule |
Link and slips him a note. She tells | Castle. He gives Zelda Link's |
Link to read this later and to beware | Graduation Certificate, and also |
of the chancellor. Princess Zelda will | helps him recover later on from |
then leave for her chamber. Chancellor | various injuries. |
Cole gives off some more words for '-------------------------------------'
Link, followed by a very cynical
statement filled with an awkward .----------------------.
looking smile and evil sounding music. +------� Engineer Certificate `-----+
| `------------------------� |
Once we�ve gained control of Link, open | The Engineer Certificate is the |
up Princess Zelda�s letter and you�ll | piece of paper received from |
read that she wants you to meet up with | Princess Zelda, allowing Link to |
her and she includes a map with her | conduct the trains by himself. |
letter. Click the map icon and jot down +-------------------------------------+
the directions that she gave you your
map the bottom screen. Leave the Castle Break Training
Chamber and at this point, Link can Room Room
wander around the Castle. On the left _| |_ _ _ _| |_
side there is a room where the guards |. .| | | Throne| | |. .|
rest up. On the right side there is a | | | | Room | | | |
room where the guards practice their |. .| | | |2| | | |. .|
swordsmanship. We�ll get to these a bit | | | |__|*|__| | | |
later, but for now, let�s head up the |. .| |__ * __| |. .|
stairs found at the bottom-right of the | |____| * |____| |
screen. \ _______ ********* /
_ | | \ /��|*| _
_|2|| | | | |*||2|_
____ ____ |______| Out | *** |
___| |2|| To Zelda's Chambers --> ||2| |___ ��
| |____| |_*__| |
| || |* |
| .-. _|| |*_ .-. |
| | | | | _ |* | | | | ...And follow the skinny path
| '-' | _| |2| |_*| '-' | along the side of the castle.
| || .--------' '--------. *| |
| .'|___/ \___*'. | ^
| .. | _ * | .. | |
| '' | _ _______|1|_______ _ * | '' |
| .. | |1| | | |1|* | .. | <--- Come up these stairs here...
| '' | | .--. .--. | * | '' |
| |_______| '--' '--' |_______| |
| |
| .-----. .--. .--. .-----. |
| '-----' |__| |__| '-----' |
\______________/ \ / \______________/
\__/ \__/
If you jotted down the route Princess Zelda showed you in the letter, than
you�ll see that our destination is that door near the top-right of map. Just
follow the path, jump down, and enter the door. Make your way to the staircase
near the north end of the map and head upstairs to enter Princess Zelda�s
chamber.
Upon entering, Link will see Princess playing the Spirit Flute, an item that
will be of importance in just a bit. Princess Zelda talks to Link about the
Tower of Spirits and how it crisscrosses the land with the Spirit Tracks.
However, the Spirit Tracks have been vanishing and she thinks something is
wrong at the tower. Princess Zelda wants to go to the tower to meat a special
Sage, but needs Link�s help to sneak
outside. Chancellor Cole forbids Zelda .-----------------.
from leaving the Castle, but Zelda +--------� Recruit Uniform `--------+
suspects that Cole is really hiding | `-------------------� |
something and thinks something terrible | These clothes are the clothes given |
is about to happen. After agreeing to | to every guard at Hyrule Castle. |
help, Princess Zelda gives Link his | Link receives them from Princess |
�recruit uniform�, which is his classic | Zelda to blend in with and sneak |
tunic. After Link changes his clothes, | past the patrolling guards. |
Princess Zelda and Link are off on +-------------------------------------+
their journey. Exit the chamber.
_____________________
| +-----------------+ |
| | The Escape! | |
| +-----------------+ |
��
The guards are now doing their rounds and their locations will appear on the
map. Princess Zelda will explain to Link that since Link now has the green
tunic, the guards will think he is one of them. Princess Zelda explains how
you can make her move along her own path, rather than following Link. You can
press the switch icon to change control between Princess Zelda and Link. Also,
by the press of a button, Link can whistle over and Princess Zelda will follow
behind.
We want to enter from the same path that we came in from, the passage on the
far right side of the map. Just wait until one of the guards is at the very top
of this area, and the other is near the bottom. At this point you can move
along with Princess Zelda at the same time through the middle passage. Maneuver
around the guards and exit through the path at the right. Alternatively, you
can have Link stand in front of a guard so his view is away while Zelda sneaks
past. The guards will not move or turn away while Link is in their line of
sight!
.------------.
/ An Example \
+-------------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------+
| | | |
| Zelda's | Zelda's | Zelda's |
| Room _________ --> Room _________ --> Room _________ |
| | | | L | | | | | G | | | | | | |
| | |_| G.---. | | | |_| .---. | | | |_| .---. G| |
| | Z***| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | _ *|___| | --> | _ |___| | --> | _ |___| | |
| |~| | **** | | |~| | Z*** | | |~| | | |
| | .---. | | | .---.* | | | .---. | |
| | '---' | | | '---'* | | |G '---' | |
| |_ _ G _| --> |_L G_ **_| --> |_ _ L _| |
| | | | | | | | |*| | | | |Z| |
| GOAL | GOAL | GOAL |
| | | |
+-------------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------+
Now that we are outside, there are even more guards, but luckily, these ones
are quite easy to get by. First things first, jump down to the area below. The
first two guards are stationary and do not patrol the area at all, so Link just
needs to distract them by talking to them, while Zelda sneaks by. Separate from
Zelda and walk around the push on the right. Talk to the first guard here so
that he is facing the top-right. Now switch to Zelda by tapping the button at
the bottom-left of the screen and trace her path to walk right past the guard
and settle between the two bushes. Switch back to Link and catch up with Zelda.
Now send Link alone and talk to the next guard, this time forcing the guard to
the face the top-left. Sneak by with Princess Zelda and wait at the very bottom
of the map.
____ ____
___| |2|| ||2| |___
| |____| |____| |
| || ||Z** |
| .-. _|| ||_ *.-. |
| | | | | _ | |*| | |
| '-' | _| |2| |_ |*'-' |
| || .--------' '--------. ||** G | <-- Have Link stand on the right
| .'|___/ \___|'.* L| side of this guard here. This
| .. | _ |*.. | will keep his sights away
| '' | _ _______|1|_______ _ |*'' | from the left side.
| .. | |1| | G | |1| |*.. |
| '' | | .--. .--. | |*'' | Next, have Zelda sneak down
| G |_______| '--' '--' G|_______| | to the little topiaries
| G | below.
| .-----. .--. .--. .-----. |
| '-----' |__| |__| '-----' |
\______________/ \ / \______________/
\__/ GOAL\__/
.... ....
| .. | _ | .. |
| '' | _ _______|1|_______ _ | '' |
| .. | |1| | G | |1| | .. | For this next one, have Link
| '' | | .--. .--. | |Z'' | stand on the left side of the
| G |_______| '--' '--' G|_______| * | guard, drawing his sights away
| LG * | from the east and south. Have
| .-----. .--. .--. .-----. * | Zelda go to the bottom of the
| '-----' |__| |__| '-----' * | large hedge.
\______________/ \ / \ * * * * /
\__/ GOAL\__/��
This last guard is a bit trickier. He won�t be distracted by just being talked
to, instead he will get go off to investigate any noise. As Link, pick up one
of the rocks that are above him and toss them in that area. The guard will go
to investigate, at which you can then control Zelda and have her move all the
way to the entrance to the Castle Courtyard. Follow Princess Zelda and leave
the courtyard.
.... ....
| .. | _ | .. | First, use Link to toss a rock
| '' | _ _______|1|_______ _ | '' | near the "serious" guard, then
| .. | |1| | * * * *G * * *L | |1| | .. | run away to the far left side
| '' | | .--. .--. | | '' | so the guard doesn't get you.
| G |_______| '--' '--' G|_______| |
| ** G | Quickly switch to Zelda and have
| .-----. .--. .--.* .-----. | her go to the bottom of the
| '-----' |__| |__| *'-----' | hedge.
\______________/ \ / \ **Z /
\__/ GOAL\__/��
.... ....
| .. | _ | .. |
| '' | _ _______|1|_______ _ | '' |
| .. | |1| | L G G**** | |1| | .. | As the guard starts going back
| '' | | .--. .--.* | | '' | to his post, have Zelda make a
| G |_______| '--' '--' *|_______| | run for the exit. Have Link
| **Z G | meet up with her to complete
| .-----. .--. *.--. .-----. | the area. Yay!
| '-----' |__| * |__| '-----' |
\______________/ \ * / \______________/
\__/ GOAL\__/
After talking with Zelda, you�ll next appear back by the train with Alfonzo.
Alfonzo notices Link�s clothes and then notices Princess Zelda. After some
small talk, Princess Zelda tells Alfonzo that she wants him to come along with
them on their trip to the Tower of Spirits. We learn that Alfonzo was once one
of the greatest swordsman of the land, but is now just a train engineer living
in the countryside. All aboard and off to the Tower of Spirits!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 1.4 Sneaking Out [W1.4]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Link begins driving the train towards the Tower of Spirits when all of a sudden
the Spirit Tracks disappear and it almost sends the train tumbling on its side.
Link falls to the ground and Princess Zelda and Alfonzo soon step outside to
see what�s going on and they notice that the Spirit Tracks have gone missing.
Alfonzo then notices something fishy happening at the Tower of Spirits and then
a cloud covers the sky, making things darker. The scene then shifts to the
actual Tower of Spirits and the dark purple clouds surrounds the tower and
after some zaps, the tower is broken into several pieces that hover above where
the tower stood with zaps of lightening filling the air.
Out of the clouds in the sky comes a o--------------o

fearsome looking train and some very .----------| Demon King |-----------.
dark music plays. This train is in fact | o--------------o |
the Demon King that was mentioned in | The Demon King is the evil force |
the back story. After we hear a | from the beginning story that was |
sinister laugh, Chancellor Cole appears | held back by the Tower and Spirits |
and after fog moves over his body, | and it's tracks. Once they starting |
Chancellor Cole�s real appearance is | disappearing, he was let loose, and |
revealed. His two hats are gone, | now appears in train form for a few |
revealing two massive horns on his head | seconds for unknown reasons. |
and his insane looking eyes and mouth '-------------------------------------'
glaring ahead. Chancellor Cole reveals
that he is not human at all, as he is o---------o
joined by his partner in crime, Byrne, .-------------| Bryne |-------------.
a human looking man with a massive | o---------o |
steel arm. Cole reveals that the only | Bryne is Chancellor Cole's |
thing he now needs is... Princess | henchmen, and does most of his |
Zelda. Alfonzo steps in the way in an | dirty work. He has a short |
attempt to protect the princess with | mechanical arm, and like Cole, is |
his sword in hand. However, Alfonzo is | also not human. |
soon confronted and greatly over '-------------------------------------'
powered by Byrne, as he is tossed away
and lands on top of the train.
The impersonal Byrne then walks towards Princess Zelda, but Link stands in his
way only to be slapped away. Chancellor Cole will then float into the air and
zap the Princess with a purple and black cloud that separates the spirit and
body of Zelda. The spirit is seen exiting the body and flies back towards
Hyrule Castle while her lifeless body remains on the ground. Byrne will pick up
the body of Zelda and will walk away with Cole.
________________
~ / Hyrule Casle \ ~
��
The next scene shows Link and Alfonzo back at Hyrule Castle, lying in beds and
Teacher will walk back up to Link once he awakes. Talk to Teacher and you�ll
find out how it is that you are back in Hyrule Castle. However, Teacher does
not know the whereabouts of Princess Zelda until you tell him. You can talk to
the castle guard if you�d like, but afterwards, leave the room.
Back at floor 1 of Hyrule Castle, make your way to the center of the floor and
a short scene will take place showing the spirit of Princess Zelda appearing in
the Castle trying to talk to the Castle Guards, but she is not getting any sort
of response. She will then float up the stairs. Follow her spirit up to the 2nd
floor and you�ll see Princess Zelda trying to talk to another guard to no
avail. Follow the spirit into her chambers.
Once you enter her chambers, she will turn around and talk to you and she finds
out that unlike the Castle Guards, Link can still see the princess. She gives a
speech summarizing everything that just happened with Chancellor Cole, the
Tower of Spirits, and the Spirit
Tracks. Princess Zelda, starts floating .--------------.
into the air as she is thinking, +---------� Spirit Flute `----------+
completely unaware that she is much | `----------------� |
lighter without her body. She wants to | The Spirit Flute is a musical |
head to the tower once again since she | istrument that comes from Zelda's |
must speak with the sage. However, | for 6 different notes, and is used |
before she goes, she briefly talks | to play various songs throughout |
about the Spirit Flute and asks Link to | the game. |
bring it with him. +-------------------------------------+
Try to leave the chamber and Princess Zelda reminds you that the Spirit Tracks
are gone and you don�t even have a train, so you�ll have to find a new way to
the Tower of Spirits. She mentions a secret path by the back entrance of the
Castle and that Link should try that out. Exit the chamber and go through the
red door to get back to the ceremony room. The route to the back door is
through the door on the left, so head through it. Head down the steps directly
in front of you.
Speak with the guard by the exit, but he will not let Link pass unless he has
a sword, since there are strange beasts on the other side of the door. Princess
Zelda�s spirit will appear and tells you to find the guard captain and ask him
to loan you a sword. There is a treasure chest to the right of the guard, so
open it up to get 20 rupees!
.----------. .----------.
.-----------' 1st Floor '-------------------------' 2nd Floor '-------------.
| '------------' | '------------' |
| | Zelda's |
| Behind The Castle | _________ _ Room _________ |
| ______| |______ | | | |1| | | | | |
| |2|| * $ | | | .---. |_|*| | |_| .---. | |
| |* * * * | | | | | *| | | | | |
| Break |_______________| Training | | | | _ *| | _ |___| | |
| Room Room | | | | | |~|___|~| | | |
| _| |_ _ _ _|*|_ | | '---' | | * | | .---. | |
| |. .| | | Throne| | |. * .| | | | | * | | '---' | |
| | | | | Room | | | * | | |_ _ _| |__ * __| |_ _ _| |
| |. .| | | |2| | | |. * .| | |$| | | | | |*| | | | | | |
| | | | |__|*|__| | | * | | |_____| | | * | | | Out |
| |. .| |__ * __| |. * .| | | |_ | * | _| | |
| | |____| * |____| * | | |_ | |__ * __| | _| |
| \ _______ * * * * * / | | | |1| | | |
| Out| | \ /��| |Out | ____| |___________| |____ |
| _|2|| | | | | ||2|_ | | $ | |
| |______| Out |______| | | _____ _____ | |
| | |_.---' | | '---._| |
| | Out |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
Go back up the stairs. Before heading to the guard captain, there�s two quick
treasure chest we can get to. One of them is at the bottom-left of this room
and it holds a red rupee. Also, at the far left of this room there is an exit
to the castle, which is symmetric to an exit we used on the other side of the
castle. Go outside and open the treasure chest there to find another piece of
treasure! This will come until use later on. Now backtrack to the ceremony room
with the red carpet. From here exit to the south to get back to the first
floor.
Our next destination is the room on the

right side of the map, as that is where o-----------o
the Castle Guards practice their .------------| Russell |------------.
swordsmanship. Enter the room and speak | o-----------o |
with the husky man and he will give | The Guard Captain is the Captain of |
Link the Recruit�s Sword! Before you | every single Guard and solider |
can leave the room, you must master the | located in this land. He gives Link |
art of swordsmanship. This tutorial | his first sword, and also teaches |
here will give you the basics as to how | him how to use it. |
to use the sword. There are three '-------------------------------------'
attacks that you will learn and they
are quite easy to perform. Perform each .-----------------.
attack on the three castle guards to +--------� Recruit's Sword `--------+
move on. | `-------------------� |
| This is sword is given to every new |
After learning all three attacks, Link | Recruit upon becoming one, and is |
can now keep the sword and leave the | given to Link by the Guard Captain. |
room. Make your way all the way back to | It is a very basic sword, and does |
the guard at the back entrance of the | little damage. |
Castle. Now that you have a sword in +-------------------------------------+
hand, he will allow Link to exit.
___________________
~ / Buying A Shield \ ~
��
If you've been gathering the treasure chests along the way and smashing pots,
you should have at least 60 Rupees at this point. Now that we have the sword,
you can run around slashing bushes to .--------.
get even more "moolah." There isn't +------------� Shield `-------------+
much we can realistically purchase yet, | `----------� |
but there is a shield for sale in | This shield is bought from Castle |
Castle Town at a nice price of 80 | Town's market, and costs 80 rupees. |
Rupees. It's a good time to grab it if | It is the most basic shield in the |
you're up for it, or you can skip it | game. |
for now and pick it up at a later time. +-------------------------------------+
_____________________
~ / Behind The Castle \ ~
��
Link will encounter his first true enemies here and they are these pesky yellow
spinuts that hobble around. There are a bunch of them in this area but they are
quite easy to defeat. Just two sword slashes, or one jump attack will finish
them off. There is a castle guard here and he mentions that there use to be a
path but it has been closed off because of rocks. He doesn�t remember exactly
where it was, but suggests that you investigate the wall.
Climb up the two sets of small stairs and defeat all the spinuts in your way.
There are two bombs flowers in the area here. The area of the wall that can be
blown up is the large wall near the top-center of this portion of the map.
Just pick up the bomb flower and toss it
near the wall above and this will cause Tunnel to
an explosion revealing a hidden cave, __.---._ The Tower
enter it. / B '-X-._
|_ '---.
.---------------. / | |'-._ __ B \
o---------/ Yellow Spinut \---------o | '---' '-._|
| '-----------------' | | |
| Attacks: Threat: | '-._ |
| (1/2) Ram 1/10 | ''---.___ .-'
| | / | | \
| A Yellow Spinut is just about the | | |
| most basic enemy in the game. His | B = Bomb '-. \
| only attack is to ram you, so | Flower .' .-'
| counter-attack with two slashes of | |______ __\
| your sword to take him out. | | |
o-------------------------------------o Hyrule Castle
_____________________________
| +-------------------------+ |
| | Tunnel To The Tower | |
| +-------------------------+ |
��
_____________ 2nd _
~ / 1st Floor \ ~ Floor _| |
�� ___|~|___| |~|
This cave has a couple of enemies, many of which are / \
familiar from previous Zelda titles. Walk straight | /
ahead and defeat a bat like enemy known as a Keese. ____.' .--'
Turn the corner and defeat four Red ChuChu by using / |_
simple sword slashes. After all the enemies in this | ____ |
area of the cave have been defeated, take a look at | | '---.___.--'
the right side of the cave. There is a block at the | |
bottom-right corner and a switch at the top-right. \ /
Click on the block and push and pull it across the | |
cave so that it is on top of the switch. The nearby Hyrule
door will open up revealing a treasure chest. Open Castle
it up to get a small key! Use the small key on the
locked door and head up the stairs. .------------.
o----------/ Red ChuChu \-----------o
.-------. | '--------------' |
o-------------/ Keese \-------------o | Attacks: Threat: |
| '---------' | | (1/2) Contact 1/10 |
| Attacks: Threat: | | |
| (1/4) Contact 1/10 | | Red ChuChus are the most basic |
| | | enemy you will face, and act like |
| Keese are flying enemies that are | | it just as much. Their only attack |
| quite easy to defeat. They don't | | is to throw their body at you, |
| attack very often, and only take | | which does half a heart of damage. |
| one hit from the sword to be | | A simple sword slash will defeat |
| defeated. | | them. |
o-------------------------------------o o-------------------------------------o
_____________
~ / 2nd Floor \ ~
��
There are a series of stone tables that will give an answer to an upcoming
puzzle in this room and the initial stone tablet hints that there is a pattern.
Defeat the red chuchu�s and head around the corner and you�ll find three stone
tablets.
______________________________________________________________________________
\ | | /
| The Switch after the | Before you hit the | Hit the right switch |
| bottom switch is the | bottom switch, hit | before the top switch. |
/ | | \
��
3rd Based on this information, we can see that the
Floor correct order is, Right, Top, Bottom, and Left.
_______| | We�ll use this shortly. Defeat the red chuchu�s that
/ 2 | are to the right of the tablets. You�ll notice there
| | are two bomb flowers as well as a treasure chest.
| 4 + 1 | Open the treasure chest to get another red rupee.
| | Now use the bomb flowers to blow up the blocks that
\__ 3 __/ are blocking the path to the north.
| |
| | Defeat the four yellow spinuts in this area and then
.------------' '---. hit the switches in the order that the tablets told
/ || || || || $ | you:
| .------------------'
| | Right, Top, Bottom, Left.
| |
/ \
| | The door in the corner of the room will open up. Go
\ / through it and head up the stairs.
| |
1st _____________
Floor ~ / 3rd Floor \ ~
��
Defeat the two keese and head up north. The Spirit of Princess Tower of
Zelda will appear and she notices a squeaking sound. Apparently, Spirits
Princess Zelda is incredibly frightened of... little, harmless, _| |_
rats. Just slash away with your sword to defeat the two rats and | '.
Princess Zelda will thank you for defeating those �beasts�. She | .'
even says that the rats were terrifying. (If she is scared of | |
these enemies, imagine what will happen when we actually face \ |
tough enemies?) Anyway, continue northward and exit the cave | |
through the stairs above. \__ |
| '--.
Link will appear back .-----. | \
outside and is just outside o--------------/ Rat \--------------o | |
of the Tower of Spirits. | '-------' | | |
After glancing at the | Attacks: Threat: | | _/
floating pieces of the Tower | (1/4) Contact 1/10 | | |
of Spirits hovering above, | | | |
Link and the spirit of | Rats are a pretty easy enemy, but | .' '.
Princess Zelda will make | also tricky. They run around in | / \
their way into the entrance | random patterns, and can be tricky | '._ _.'
of the Tower of Spirits. | to hit. One hit from the sword will | | |
| kill them. | 2nd
o-------------------------------------o Floor
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 1.5 Tower of Spirits [W1.5]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_________
~ / Lobby \ ~
��
Upon entering the Tower, Link and Princess Zelda notice a giant train that
appears almost like a statue. Then a voice appears and says that this item is
the Spirits� Train. This person talking is Anjean, the sage of the Tower of
Spirits. Anjean watches over the Tower of Spirits and Princess Zelda is
ecstatic about meeting Anjean and tells her everything that has happened so
far. Anjean responds giving a funny, yet cruel response, talking about Princess
Zelda�s look as a spirit. It is also apparent that Anjean is quite old and
knows the ancestors of Princess Zelda. o----------o
(She is referring to our beloved Tetra .------------| Anjean |-------------.
from Wind Waker and Phantom Hourglass). | o----------o |
Anjean then once again discusses the | Anjean is the person that watches |
story of the Tower of Spirits and the | over the Tower of Spirits. She knew |
Demon King, who is now named as | Zelda's ancestors, and helps Zelda |
Malladus. Malladus needs Zelda�s body | and Link throughout their adventure.|
in order to return. '-------------------------------------'
Princess Zelda gets right up in Anjean�s face as she is really quite angry by
the news of her body possibly being used by Malladus. It is learned that in
order to stop this, Link and Zelda are going to need to rebuild the Spirit
Tracks that lead to the four temples across the land. Four stone rail maps are
enshrined in the Tower of Spirits and Link must retrieve them in order to
restore the Spirit Tracks and gain access to the various temples. Princess
Zelda, still in her angry mood, begins to aggressively yell at Link. Anjean
interrupts saying that ascending the tower alone is impossible and Link will
need help. After Princess Zelda names off all sorts of potential helpers,
Anjean suggest that Princess Zelda herself go with Link.
_______________________
~ / 1st Floor (attempt) \ ~
��
After finally regaining control of Link, walk up the stairs at the north. After
a short talk with Zelda, walk up the rounded staircase and go through the door.
Walk straight ahead and Zelda comments about the giant doors... and then a
massive phantom appears! Princess Zelda then suggest that the two get out of
there. Do just that... run back out of this room and you�ll appear back by
Anjean.
Anjean senses that Link looks a bit scared and once again takes a stab at
Princess Zelda�s ghostly pale look. Anjean mentions that Phantom�s once
protected the Tower of Spirits but seem to be turned to the evil spirit.
Anjean suggests an idea to Link. Link must first acquire three Tears of Light,
at which he can then strike the phantoms in the back, which will cause them to
freeze. Afterwards, you�ll regain control of Link. Walk up the stairs, then
around the circular stairway, and back into the room where you faced the
phantom.
_____________
~ / 1st Floor \ ~
��
Upon arriving, you�ll notice on the map that the phantom is now patrolling the
inner portion of the room. The three Tears of Light are shown on your map. The
first one to go after is the on the left. Just simply follow the path along the
map and run towards it. On your way, Princess Zelda will tell you that those
shiny purple areas are safe zones. Anjean telepathically talks to you and tells
you these areas are protected by the spirits. As long as you are in them, you
are hidden from enemy view and enemies cannot enter the safe zones. Run across
to the left side of the map and grab the 1st tear of light!
____ .---------.
|++++| o------------/ Phantom \------------o
|+2++| | '-----------' |
___________|++++|___________ | Attacks: Threat: |
| ####### | | Sword Slash (Automatic Death) 5/10 |
| ####### o | | |
|###|��|++|��| | | Phantoms are a very tough enemy, |
|###| |�� | |:::| | and for a good reason. They guard |
|###| | | | | | the levels of the Tower of Spirits, |
___| | | ______ | | |___ | and cannot be defeated by normal |
|++++ |_| | | |_| ## | | means. They can be stunned by being |
|+1++ +++ | ____ | +++ ## 3| | hit in the back, but only for a few |
|++++ |�| || || |�| ## | | seconds, and one Sword Slash from |
��| | | ||~~~~|| | | |�� | them counts as instant death. Once |
|:::| | | | | | you have all the tears of light, |
| | |______ ______| | | | you can use them to your advantage |
| |____ _| |_ ____| | | by having Zelda take control of |
| | | | | | | them. |
|________| |_ _| |________| o-------------------------------------o
| |
+ Safe Zone | | .----------------.
: Spikes _| |_ +---------� Tears of Light `--------+
# Abyss | | | `------------------� |
o Switch |_ _| | The Tears of Light are 3 tears that |
123 Tears of | | | allow Zelda as a ghost to take |
Light | | | control of Phantoms and move around |
~ Door Back to Lobby | in them. They are found in the |
| starting area of every new section |
| in the Tower of Spirits. |
+-------------------------------------+
The second tear of light that we want to get is at the top of the map. It�s
rather easy to get to and the Phantom should only be patrolling the right side
of the screen at this point. Run towards it and grab the 2nd tear of light. The
third tear is a bit more complicated. From where you collect the second tear,
head straight to the right. There is a switch here that Link can strike with
his sword. Doing so will create a small bridge that leads to the 3rd tier of
light, but it is only up for a certain period of time. Link will have to
quickly run around the room through the inner portion of the room and get to
the 3rd tear of light.
With all three Tears of Light, Link�s sword is now full of energy and he�s
ready to attack Phantoms in the back. Run over to the phantom, trailing it from
the back and once you are close enough, give it a quick stab. After hitting the
phantom, it will freeze momentarily, but then quickly turn around and go to
strike Link with its massive sword. The spirit of Princess Zelda attempts to
save Link and flies into the phantom. Princess Zelda actually takes control of
the massive phantom! Link is still scared a bit, but Princess Zelda assures
Link that it is her under that suit of armor. She mentions that perhaps she can
be of use while in this massive armor.
Now that Princess Zelda is controlling the phantom, the two of your together
can push the massive door in the center of the room. Link can move the phantom
just as he moved Princess Zelda when he was controlling her in the Hyrule
Castle Courtyard. Just tap the phantom and move her towards one of the doors
and then Link will push the second door. Open the door and head up the stairs.
_____________
3rd ~ / 2nd Floor \ ~
Floor ��
___ _| |_ _____________________________ Walk to the right and you'll see
| | |o++++| | | ### | that spikes are blocking the path
| | |+++++| | __|___________###___ | so Link cannot walk through.
| | | | | | _____ __ | | However, the Phantom can walk over
| |_| |_| |__| | _____| o|| | spikes. Control the phantom and
| | | | || | trace a path over the spikes and
| __ __ __| | | | hit the switch that is around the
| | | | | | |_____| | ||____ | corner. Once the phantom htis the
| | | | | | 1st |:::| | | switch, the spikes will lower
| |__| |__| | Floor |:::| ___| | allowing Link to cross.
| | _| |____| | | ||o |
|__________ __| | | | ~ | Run to the bottom-right corner of
+ Safe Zone|:::|__ |____________| | ~ | the map and defeat the two yellow
: Spikes | | ______________| ||o | spinuts that can be seen here.
# Abyss | |_| | | | You'll notice that there are two
o Switch | _ | |___| switches near a locked door. Call
~ Door |______| |________________| over the phantom and have her
stand on one of the switches while
Link stands on the second switch. Doing so simultaneously will open the door
and allow Link to progress in this room.
Have the phantom trail you and you�ll find rats running around and they�ll
surround the phantom. Princess Zelda is too scared to move any further so be
sure to defeat the rats before progressing. There are an endless amount of rats
that will come out of the small rat hole. Push the small block so it blocks the
rat hole, preventing any more of them from torturing the helpless Phantom
Princess Zelda.
There is a phantom standing guarding at the top-left area of this room. Send
Princess Zelda over the spikes and have her hit the switch that is located just
beyond the phantom. This will lower the spikes and allow Link to catch up. Now
use Princess Zelda and talk to the phantom so it is facing northward. Run with
Link and strike the phantom in its back to freeze the phantom, and you can
actually have Princess Zelda switch phantoms here. Afterwards, walk northwards
and head up the stairs.
_____________
~ / 3rd Floor \ ~
��
At the 3rd floor, Princess Zelda will leave the phantoms body and the phantom
will disappear. Link will also lose the ability in his sword. This signifies
that this floor is safe from phantoms
and is actually the last floor of the .-----------------.
Tower of Spirits... for now. Walk up +--------� Forest Rail Map `--------+
the stairs and collect the Forest rail | `-------------------� |
map! This will restore, at least some | The Forest Rail Map is a map that |
of the Spirit Tracks located in this | shows previously unaccessible |
area of the map! A small scene is shown | routes through the Forest. Once |
just outside the Temple of Spirits and | found, it will allow Link and Zelda |
the Spirit Tracks are reforming! A blue | to travel along these routes. There |
portal appears nearby. Walk into the | are other maps like this throughout |
portal and Link will be sent back to | the game. |
the tower lobby where Anjean is +-------------------------------------+
located.
_________
~ / Lobby \ ~
��
Talk to Anjean and it will trigger another scene. Anjean seems to have quite
the confidence in Link and Princess Zelda! Anjean will point where the nearest
temple is, but unfortunately we can�t quite make it to this area yet and still
have a ways to go. Anjean mentions that she is a member of the Locomos tribe,
and that there are others who can be used to help restore the rail maps and in
turn, more of the Spirit Tracks in the regions. The Locomos have special
instruments and by playing them, they can generate energy that powers the
Spirit Tracks. Anjean also mentions that the Spirit Flute that Link holds is
one of those sacred instruments. It turns out it was Anjean that originally
gave the Spirit Flute to Zelda�s ancestors. Anjean instructs Link and Zelda to
go the Forest and speak with Lokomo Gage.
After realizing that they do not have a train, Anjean grants them access to the
Spirits� Train. She performs some magic to turn this apparent statue into an
actual train that is lowered onto rails and ready to be used. Link and Zelda
jump on board, the ground rotates, and off they go! That concludes chapter 1 of
the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 2 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Forest Realm ____________________/ [W2] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 2.1 Whittleton Village [W2.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now that we are back on the train, there is a new way that we can travel that
is a bit simpler for long range travel. You now use the stylus to trace your
entire path that you�d like to go along rather than having to make the
decisions as you go along. You can change your route at any time by clicking
the route button or by just changing the rail switch at the bottom of the
screen. Now that we are in full control of the train, you can travel to any
destination you�d like.
Our next destination will be the small village in the center of the map. Just
trace your route to the town whose name
is just �???� at the moment. In your .---------.
route towards this village you�ll o------------/ Snurgle \------------o
encounter some Moinks that are roaming | '-----------' |
across the train tracks. Just pull your | Attacks: Threat: |
whistle to scare them off. | ( 1 ) Contact 2/10 |
Additionally, you'll find a few new | |
bird like enemies flying around and | These fat, little, flying things |
they will attack your train if you | with an elephant-like mouth/nose |
don�t do anything to stop them. Just | will follow your train and let out |
pull the train�s whistle and it will | a battle cry before swooping in on |
scare of the birds temporarily. Just do | you. The poor little guys have |
that repeatedly and the birds | sensative ears, however, so blast |
will stop bugging you. Finally arrive | your whistle repeatedly to make |
at the village, which is named, | them leave you alone. |
�Whittleton.� o-------------------------------------o
____________________
| +----------------+ |
| | Whittleton | |
| +----------------+ |
��
Whittleton is a small village filled | |
with many lumberjacks who make their .---... | \
living by cutting down trees and .--' __'--.._ \ \
selling wood. There are just four | /__\ '\ | |
houses in the town. Real quick, if you | _ |_O| \ | |
didn't get the shield earlier, now is a | /_\ \ / |
great time to do so. The "triangle \_ |O| _ \ / |
shaped" house on your map, the one all '. /_\ '' /
the way to the left, is the town shop. .--. '. |O| ..----'
Inside, you can purchase the Shield for | _\ | .'
80 Rupees. You should have more than \ /O\\_| /
enough at this point. =) / \
/ ___ \
You can walk around and talk to the / | \
townsfolk if you�d like but make your / .---------- | \
way to the hut at the north end of the | | | |
village. Enter the house and speak with =============================
Whittleton Chief. He has heard about
your journey and mentions that there is a secret path to get to the Forest
Sanctuary and it is just west of town. The Forest Sage, Gage, lives in this
area. The chief warns you that this area is known as the Lost Woods, and if you
go the wrong way, you�ll end up right back where you entered. He tells you that
some of the locals may have more information for you.
If you wonder into the house on the right navigation, the villager here has
some kind of advice for you. He tells Link to listen to the trees as they talk
a lot, but do not listen to the fourth tree since it has no sense of direction.
Keep that in mind as it will be of use shortly. There really isn�t anything of
importance to do in Whittleton at this moment. You can reach an additional area
past the village by walking to the northeast corner of the map, but there is
little of importance at the moment. Run back over to the Spirits Train and jump
onboard.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 2.2 Lost Woods [W2.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Our next destination is the Lost Woods, located just west of Whittleton. Trace
a route along the piece of track that extends into the forest to the west. Upon
entering, you�ll notice the scenery changes quite a bit as we are now in a new
area, the Lost Woods.
"Just pay attention to tree branches."

"Just don't listen to that fourth tree. It has no sense of direction."
Follow the path straight ahead until you see a brown tree near the tracks that
you ride on. This tree will be either one the left or right side and
immediately after the three, there is a fork in the road and Link must choose
which direction to go. The brown tree has a branch extending outward and this
branch points you in the direction that you have to go. Be sure to take the
correct path otherwise you�ll end up at the entrance to the Lost Woods once
again.
There are four of these forks in road within the Lost Woods. Follow the path
that the trees point to for the first three forks. However, as you heard from
the villager in Whittleton, do not listen to the fourth tree. Whichever
direction the fourth tree is pointing in, be sure to head in the opposite
direction. Your reaction time needs to be spot on, as after each fork, the
train will speed up quite a bit, giving you less time to decide which route to
take. After correctly choosing the four paths, you will arrive at the Forest
Sanctuary.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 2.3 Forest Sanctuary [W2.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
.------. &= Cracked rocks ________

o-------------/ Crow \--------------o B= Bomb Flowers | '-.
| '--------' | #= Bridge .----|_ | '-.
| Attacks: Threat: | |S &_ <-- |_| |
| (1/4) Contact 2/10 | / | Blast _ |
| | | | these! | | |
| Crows sit perched atop trees and | | _ / .--. | | |
| will attack you if you come near, | ____| | | |o | |/ |
| knocking some of your rupees to the | & | | | | | |
| ground and picking them up. They're | ___& | | |####| B |
| probably easiest defeated by | ___|-----' '--' |_ /
| taunting them to follow you, then | | \ .-. \_|
| the quick use of a Spin Attack. | \ _| | | |
o-------------------------------------o '._ '-' ___|
''--. |
This land is filled with Yellow Spinuts all over | .---------- |
the place, as well as a new foe, a Crow. Crow�s | | |
will set on top of tree tops and will fly at Link ===================
when he gets close. The enemies shouldn�t be too
much of a problem for you. Walk to the northeast corner of the map and head up
two small steps of stairs, which lead to an area with two bomb flowers. Before
walking across the bridge, pick up one of the bomb flowers and take it back
down the steps, heading to the left where you'll find some cracked blocks. Tap
on the steps just before the blocks to toss the bomb flowers at them, blowing
them up and making a shortcut for later.
Once you've done that, head back to the bomb flowers and walk across the bridge
to find a switch. Hitting the switch creates a small bridge to your left, but
only for a short period of time. If you run across the bridge, you�ll see that
the path is blocked by more cracked blocks that are just begging to blown to
smithereens.
____________________________________________________________
| | / _ _ | |
| | ______/ | | | |
| | | | ____ | | | |
| | | | / \ | | \ | B= Bomb Flower
| | | | | o | | | | | o= Switch
|_____| | | | | | _| / | &= Cracked
| & | | |Step 1| |__| | | Blocks just
| & Step 3 |__ | ! | | | Step 2 | | begging to
| & |########| |##########| B | | be blown up
|____& __ |########| |##########| B | |
| |__________|__/ "poof" | | |_ | |
| | \____/ \______| |
| | \ |
|_____|_____________________________________________\________|
Step 1-- Go grab a Bomb Flower off to the right and toss it next to
the switch on the middle platform.
Step 2-- Quickly run back to the Bomb Flowers and grab another. At
this point, the first Bomb Flower should blow, creating
the second bridge off to the left.
Step 3-- Run across both bridges before it disappears, then toss a
Bomb Flower at the wall of cracked blocks. Ta-da!
Puzzle Time! Unfortunately, the switch-bridge does not give us enough time to
hit the switch with our sword and get a bomb flower in time to cross the
bridge. In order to solve this rather simple puzzle, head back over to the bomb
flowers. Pick one up, run across the first bridge, and toss it right next to
where the switch is. Before it blows up, run back and pick up the second bomb
flower. By now the first bomb flower will blow, activating the switch and
giving you a few extra seconds. Quickly run across the bridge with the second
bomb flower in hand and toss it at the cracked blocks, opening the new path!
You�ll notice a strange statue that is making some noise. Don�t mind this for
now and we�ll come back to it shortly. Walk down the steps and defeat all the
red chuchu�s in this area. Check out the map in __________________________
the center of the area and it tells you to | ___|~~|___ |
connect the statues that are facing each other. | _| O O |_ |
Exit the map and look around at the 8 statues in | | '. | |
this area and you�ll find that the two that are | |O '. O| |
facing each other are the one at the top-left | | '. | |
near the closed door and the one on the right, | | '. | |
just north of the odd looking statue we saw | |O 'O| |
earlier. Go back to the map and draw a line | |_ _| |
connecting these two statues and the door above | | O O | |
will open up! Go inside. |_______|__________|_______|
You�ll meet up with Gage, the Sage of the Forest. Speak with him and he already
knows your whereabouts and tells you that we must recharge the Tower of Spirits
with the energy of the forest. Link needs to learn a special song that Gage
must play on his cello while Link plays it on his Spirit Flute. Speak with Gage
once again and you can practice how to use the Spirit Flute.
The song appears at the top of the screen and it�s a simple three note tune of
Orange, Yellow, and Purple. Gage will play it first so you can get the sound
and timing down. Afterwards you can try it out for yourself. In order to play
the Spirit Flute you must use the Stylus to slide the flute so that the note
you want to play is in the center. Then just blow into the Nintendo DS Mic to
play that sound. As you are blowing, you can move your stylus on the bottom
screen to change the note that you�d like to play. Don�t lose your breath
trying to play this properly! Just a slight blow into the mic is fine and be
sure to move the stylus quickly as the note changes. Practice a few times and
then click the back button.
Gage explains that for the real deal, Gage will play a different sound and Link
will have to follow up with the orange, yellow, and purple set of notes. Don�t
let his part confuse you and just practice it a few times and you�ll eventually
get it. It took me a few times to get it, so don�t worry if you can�t get it on
your first try. After you get it the basic set of notes three times in a row,
you can watch as Link and Gage play in harmony.
One you got it down, Link will have completed the duet with Gage and the Forest
Rail Map will start glowing, revealing more of the Spirit Tracks! The path to
the Forest Temple is now complete! Leave the area and head back to that odd
linking statute that we hear some noise coming from.
.-----------------. .--| |--.

.-----' Song of Awakening '-----. -' O O '-_
| '-------------------' | / \ ________
| _____________________________ | \ O O / | '-.
| | | .-. | .----|_ | '-.
| _____________________________ | | '-' | |S _ |_| |
| /\ | / O O \ / | _ |
| _______/\___________\/_______ | \ / | | | | |
| \/ | '| O O |' | _ / .--. | | |
| _____________________________ | | |____| | | | | |/ |
| | '. THIS --> @ | | | | | |
| Turquoise Orange | \_____.--.___ | | |####| B |
| | ___|-----' '--' |_ /
| Use this mystical song to | | \ .-. \_|
| wake things up sleeping | \ _| | | |
| things! How nifty! | '._ '-' ___|
'-------------------------------' ''--. |
| .---------- |
Walk up to the statue and you�ll see two circular light | | |
balls come out, one is a turquoise color and the other ===================
is orange. Pull out the Spirit Flute and play this very
simple couple of notes. A short cinema will play and a rocket will shoot to
the sky. Underneath, a statue, similar to that of talking stones from Phantom
Hourglass will appear and talk to Link. That song is known as the Song of
Awakening and if Link plays this song at statues, they will awaken and give
Link valuable information. That�s about all we want to do right now, so head
back to the train.
With the path now opened, our next destination is the Forest Temple to the
north. Trace a path that leads to the .-----------.
entrance. As you are travel on the o-----------/ Skulltula \-----------o
train, you�ll bump into a new enemy, a | '-------------' |
skulltula. These spider enemies will | Attacks: Threat: |
hang over the tracks, but with a simple | ( 1 ) Contact 1/10 |
pull of the train whistle, they will be | |
scared off and Link can pass quite | Pull the train whistle to scare off |
easily. Continue along the path and | the Skulltulas for now. |
enter into the Forest Temple! o-------------------------------------o
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 2.4 Forest Temple [W2.4]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
____________
~ / Entrance \ ~ .---------------.
�� .------' Song of Healing '------.
After a short pep talk with Zelda, walk | '-----------------' |
northward and you�ll see another one of those | _____________________________ |
statues. Tap on it and you�ll see a light | |
green, a white, and another light green note | _____________________________ |
come out of the statue. Whip out your Spirit | /\ |
Flute and play these three notes. Doing so | ____/\________\/_______/\____ |
will cause a fairy to appear and the fair | \/ \/ |
will say that if you are low in health and | Green White Green |
play the tune at any point in a dungeon, the | |
fairy will come and restore your life. The | You can use this song to |
fairy can only be used in temples though and | summon the Spirit of Healing, |
can only be used once per temple! This song | restoring all your hearts. |
is known as the Song of Healing. With that | You can only use it once per |
out of the way, head through the door above | dungeon, so make it count! |
and let�s go 'dungeon exploring! '-------------------------------'
___________
~ / Floor 1 \ ~
��
.--------------------------------------------.
| _ __________________ _____________ |
| |2| | o| |oS | | ~ = Door
| | |_| ____ __ _| |________ | | # = Abyss
| | | |####| | _|~|_________ | | | o = Switch
| | | |##K#| | | | | | |
| | ' |####| | | | | | |
| | �� | |_____ |__| | | K = Small Key
| |_______________| | ##o | | S = Stamp Station
| _____________________ | ### | |
| | | | ### | | 2 = Stairs to 2nd floor
| | .-------------. .-' '--. .-------. | |
| | |________ __|~|______| | _____| | |
| | | | | | | |
| |-----. .----' '. .------' | .-----' |
| |_ _| |_____ '. .' ______| |_ _ |
| |2| | | _| |_ |$ | |2| | $ = 100 Rupees
| |~|_| | | | | |_|~| |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |_____________| |_ _| |______________| |
| | | |
| Entrance |
'--------------------------------------------'
Straight ahead you�ll see a locked door so turn the corner and walk around
until you see two chestnuts growing out of the ground, much like bomb flowers.
Lift up one of them and carry it to the right, where you will see a switch
across the gap. Tap the switch and Link will toss the chestnut at the switch.
Hitting it will cause a bridge to appear. Walk across and then continue to the
bottom-right portion of the map.
.--------------. Upon entering, the door will close

o---------/ Green Spinut \----------o behind you and three enemies will
| '----------------' | appear. Two of them are yellow blobs
| Attacks: Threat: | that we�ve already fought before while
| (1/4) Contact 2/10 | the third enemy is a slightly stronger
| | green blob. After all three have been
| Although not seen very often, this | defeated a treasure chest will appear
| rare variety of Spinut is the same | and the doors will unlock. Open the
| way as their yellow counterpart, | treasure chest to get 100 rupees! Walk
| except they have a little more life | up the staircase to get to the 2nd
| and thus, take more hits to defeat. | floor.
o-------------------------------------o
___________
~ / Floor 2 \ ~
��
.--------------------------------------------.
| _ ________________ _______________ |
| |1| | | | ## ## W | | ~ = Door
| | '-' |_| ###### | | # = Abyss
| | ~ | |
| |____________________|�| | |
| _ | | | 1 = Stairs to 1st floor
| ____ |3| |____________ | | 3 = Stairs to 3rd floor
| |####| _ | | |~| |
| |####| |3| .----'~'-----. .-----' '. | W = Whirlwind!
| | |_| | .' '. |$ | | $ = Treasure
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |___ | | | | ___| |
| _ | | '.____ _____.' | | |
| |1| | \ | | / | _ |
| | |_| \_______|~|_______/ | |1| |
| | ##### '-' | |
| | ##### | |
| | ##### | |
| |______________________#####___________| |
| |
'--------------------------------------------'
Avoid the purple fog as Link will take .--------.

damage if he runs into it. We�ll get o------------/ Vengas \-------------o
back this area in just a bit, but for | '----------' |
now and just make your way to the | Attacks: Threat: |
northeast corner of the room. The door | (1/4) Contact 2/10 |
will close behind you and four Vengas | (1/4) Poison Fog |
will appear. These pesky enemies aren�t | |
too difficult to defeat, just sword | These bugs move sporatically around |
slash away. After they have been | the room, pausing at points and |
defeated, they will leave a small field | rushing towards you. They're easily |
of purple fog. Defeat all four of them | defeated with a simple sword slash, |
and a treasure chest appears in the | but watch out! They leave a cloud |
corner of the room. Open it up to get | of poison once they "explode." |
the Whirlwind! o-------------------------------------o
The whirlwind utilizes both the stylus .-----------.

and the Nintendo DS microphone. Equip +-----------� Whirlwind `-----------+
the whirlwind from the menu screen. Now | `-------------� |
at any point you may click the one of | While using this item, blow into |
the shoulder buttons on the Nintendo | the mic to send a whirwind in the |
DS,(R or L) and the Whirlwind will | direction you're facing! |
appear. Aim the whirlwind in whichever +-------------------------------------+
direction you�d like, using the stylus,
and then blow into the microphone to unleash a whirlwind. This baby can be used
against enemies, to clear purple fog, or to hit switches and solve puzzles.
Walk back to the southeast corner of this room and clear all the fog. A
treasure chest will be revealed that contains a treasure piece! Back at the
northeast corner of the room you�ll see that the path to your left is block.
However there is a switch at the top of the screen that can be twirled. Use the
whirlwind to blow a gust towards it and it will spin, causing the door to the
left to open up!
Run to the top-left corner and you�ll see one of those sleeping statues.
Playing the Song of Awakening (Turquoise then Orange) will awaken the statue.
Just like in Phantom Hourglass, these statues will reveal how many treasure
chests are still left on this floor. Depending on if you got the treasure near
the bottom-right of the floor, he may say there is just one or none at all.
Clear the purple fog with the whirlwind and head back downstairs.
___________
~ / Floor 1 \ ~
��
.--------------------------------------------.
| _ __________________ _____________ |
| |2| | o| |oS | | ~ = Door
| | |_| ____ __ _| |________ | | # = Abyss
| | | |####| | _|~|_________ | | | o = Switch
| | | |##K#| | | | | | |
| | ' |####| | | | | | |
| | �� | |_____ |__| | | K = Small Key
| |_______________| | ##o | | S = Stamp Station
| _____________________ | ### | |
| | | | ### | | 2 = Stairs to 2nd floor
| | .-------------. .-' '--. .-------. | |
| | |________ __|~|______| | _____| | |
| | | | | | | |
| |-----. .----' '. .------' | .-----' |
| |_ _| |_____ '. .' ______| |_ _ |
| |2| | | _| |_ |$ | |2| | $ = 100 Rupees
| |~|_| | | | | |_|~| |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |_____________| |_ _| |______________| |
| | | |
| Entrance |
'--------------------------------------------'
In this room there is a key in the center, but Link cannot reach it on his own.
Pull out the whirlwind and aim at the small key in the center of the room. Blow
into the DS microphone and it will send the key flying to an area that Link can
reach. Run over and grab it!
Run to the right and step on the switch to open the door. We are now back in
an area we previously were, but it is now infested with fog spiders! Defeat
them all and then make your way to the top-right corner of the map. Blow away
all the fog and you�ll notice there is a stamp station. Don�t mind this, but
more importantly there is a switch on the ground to the top-left of it. Step on
this switch and it will cause a treasure chest to appear elsewhere on the
floor! Run back over to the treasure chest and open it up to get another 100
rupees!
Walk back over to near the entrance of

the temple and use the small key you .--------.
got on the locked door. Walk to your o------------/ Bubble \-------------o
left and you�ll see another statue that | '----------' |
you can awaken to tell you how many | Attacks: Threat: |
treasure chests remain on the floor. | (1/2) Contact 3/10 |
Walk around to get to the bottom-left | |
portion of the map. The door will close | These skulls will float around the |
behind you and several fog bubbles will | room, leaving behind clouds of red |
appear. These enemies cannot be | mist. Occasionally, they'll stop |
defeated with your sword unless the fog | and stay in one place, making them |
has been removed from their body. Use | more vulnerable. Use your Whirlwind |
the whirlwind to blow off the purple | to stun them, then run in for the |
fog and then slash away with your sword | kill. |
to finish them off. Afterwards, head up o-------------------------------------o
the staircase.
____________________________
~ / Floor 3 - Last Small Key \ ~
��
.------------.
| ____ _ | # = Abyss K = Small Key
| | o | |K| | o = Switch 2 = Stairs to 2nd floor
| |####| | | |
| |####| | | | Two more pesky Vengas can be found in this area. Defeat
| |####| | | | them and head up the stairs on the left side of the
| |####|_| | | room. Walk to your left and you�ll see a chestnut and a
| | | | switch across the gap. Stand just below the chestnut
| | _ | | and blow it straight upwards and it will hit the
| | | | | | switch, causing a treasure chest to appear. Open it up
| |____| |2| | to get a small key and then return to the floor below.
| � |
'------------'
____________________________
~ / Floor 2 - Mothula Battle \ ~
��
.--------------------------------------------.
| _ ________________ _______________ |
| |1| | | | ## ## | | ~ = Door
| | '-' |_| ###### | | # = Abyss
| | ~ | |
| |____________________|�| | |
| _ | | | 1 = Stairs to 1st floor
| ____ |3| |____________ | | 3 = Stairs to 3rd floor
| |####| _ | | |~| |
| |####| |3| .----'~'-----. .-----' '. |
| | |_| | .' '. |$ | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | Mothula | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |___ | | | | ___| |
| _ | | '.____ _____.' | | |
| |1| | \ | | / | _ |
| | |_| \_______|~|_______/ | |1| |
| | ##### '-' | |
| | ##### | |
| | ##### | |
| |______________________#####___________| |
| |
'--------------------------------------------'
Use the small key on the locked door .---------.

near the bottom of the room and walk o------------/ Mothula \------------o
in to face a tough enemy known as a | '-----------' |
Mothula. Mothula will float around | Attacks: Threat: |
quickly in this area and will | (1/2) Bubble 3/10 |
occasionally shoot out fog bubbles | (1/2) Smack |
towards Link. Whip out the whirlwind | |
and target Mothula. As soon as it | These moth-like enemies (with a |
shoots a bubble out at you, use the | title from Godzilla) float around |
whirlwind to send it flying right back | the room and avoid getting close to |
at Mothula to stun it. Then run on over | you. Eventually, it'll "charge up" |
and slash your sword. | and shoot a Bubble at you. If you |
| time it right, you can reflect the |
If you miss time the bubble and toss | projectile using the Whirlwind, |
the gust at Mothula, it will gust it | which will stun the Mothula, giving |
right back towards Link and stun you! | you the perfect chance to slash |
Mothula will then sweep in for a hit | away at it with your sword. Just |
and Link will take damage. Mothula | watch out! If you use the Whirlwind |
isn�t too difficult thought and after | when there's no Bubble present, the |
just two hits with your sword, Mothula | Mothula will reflect your gust back |
will be defeated. Walk up the staircase | at you, stunning you shortly before |
to get to the third floor of the | it swoops in and smacks you! =( |
temple. o-------------------------------------o
________________________
~ / Floor 3 - Blastworms \ ~
��
.--------------------------------------------.
| ____ _ ___________________ _____ |
| | o | | | | | | | | ~ = Door
| |####| | | | | | B | | # = Abyss
| |####| | | | O O | |_ _| | o = Switch/Pillar
| |####| | | | _ _ | |~| |
| |####|_| | | O | | | | '---' '-. |
| | | | | |2| | | | 2 = Stairs to 2nd floor
| | _ | | O | � | | | 4 = Stairs to 4th floor
| | | | | | | |O O __________| |
| |____| |2| | O | _ | | |
| � | | |4| | | .--------. | B = Big Key
| .--------. | O \_|~|_/ | | o| |
| | o | | O O | |# #####| |
| |::::::::| | | |# #####| |
| |########| | ______________| |# | |
| |########| | | |#### ##| |
| | | | |______________ |#### ##| |
| | | | |_|#### ##| |
| | |_| : | |
| | ~ : | |
| |______________________________________| |
| |
'--------------------------------------------'
Walk to the south end of the room and Princess Zelda will point out the huge
lock and she�ll say you need a special key to unlock it. That special key can
be seen on the map at the top-right corner, but we must take care of a few
things before we can access that.
.-----------.
At the bottom of the room there are o-----------/ Blastworm \-----------o
blocks that are in your way to the | '-------------' |
right and there is also a new enemy | Attacks: Threat: |
known as a Blastworm. Slash at the slug | (1/4) Contact 1/10 |
and it will turn into a spiked ball. | (1/4) Explosion |
Use the whirlwind and aim the spiked | |
ball so that it targets the blocks and | These slug-like enemies will inch |
causes them to blow up! | towards you eagerly when you come |
| into view. Any attack will cause |
Walk over to the southeast corner of | them to curl into a spiked ball, |
the map and use the whirlwind to clear | smacked hard with anything; Yikes! |
up a crap load of purple fog. Step on | You can use this to your advantage, |
the switch that is revealed on the | however, to blow things up! Hint, |
right side and it causes a treasure | hint... |
chest to appear. Open up the treasure o-------------------------------------o
chest to get a random piece of
treasure. You�ll notice another statue here that you can awaken to find out the
number of treasures there are left on this floor. (Hint, there are none). Hit
the switch to the right and it will cause the door to open near the bottom-left
of the map.
Run on over and you�ll find two spiked slugs, several blocks across the gap
above, and then a switch. Just as before, slash at the slugs to turn them into
spikes and then use the whirlwind to send the spiked bombs over to blow up the
boulder. Now repeat this process but this time hit the switch. Doing so will
cause the door at the top-right of the map to open up, giving Link access to
the big key!
_____________________
~ / Floor 3 - Big Key \ ~
��
.--------------------------------------------.
| ____ _ ___________________ _____ |
| | o | | | | | | | | ~ = Door
| |####| | | | ******** | | B | | # = Abyss
| |####| | | | * O O * | |_ * _| | O = Switch/Pillar
| |####| | | | * _ _ * | |*| |
| |####|_| | | O* | | | | * '---'*'-. |
| | | | * | |2| | ******** | | 2 = Stairs to 2nd floor
| | _ | | O* | � | | | 4 = Stairs to 4th floor
| | | | | | *** | |O O __________| |
| |____| |2| | *O | _ | | |
| � | * | |4| | | .--------. | B = Big Key
| .--------. | *O \_|~|_/ | | o| | * = FOLLOW THIS PATH!
| | o | | * O * O | |# #####| | ��
| |::::::::| | ****** | |# #####| |
| |########| | ______________| |# | |
| |########| | | |#### ##| |
| | | | |______________ |#### ##| |
| | | | |_|#### ##| |
| | |_| | |
| | | |
| |______________________________________| |
| |
'--------------------------------------------'
.------------.
Run on over and you�ll notice just o----------/ Key Master \-----------o
behind the big key, there is a map with | '--------------' |
a line and two skulls. This is route | Attacks: Threat: |
that Link must take when holding the | (1/2) Contact 3/10 |
big key. If Link picks up the big key | |
and deviates from this route, scary | These creepy hand enemies appear |
looking Key Masters will appear and | when the Big Key is removed from |
they will come to grab the big key. | its "starting location." Their only |
They�ll pick it up and toss it back to | goal is to return the key to where |
where it was located originally. Pick | it belongs and will reappear |
up the big key and follow the path that | shortly when defeated. Run as |
is shown on the map carefully. Toss the | quickly as possible to avoid them, |
big key into the giant lock to unlock | or set the key down and either kill |
the door. Head upstairs to get to the | or stun them. |
4th floor of the temple. o-------------------------------------o
Break any of the nearby pots to fill up your life. Tap the stone tablet and
this will cause a blue warp portal to appear. Stepping in this warp portal will
allow Link to return back to the entrance of the dungeon. Once you are ready,
out up through the door and you�ll fight the temple boss, Stagnox.
Stagnox will make his dramatic entrance from the top of the Temple and slowly
drop itself to the ground. You�ll immediately see its gigantic horn on its
head, as well as its purple backside cover with fog. As you may have guessed,
that bright purple backside of his is its weak point. After a cry out from him,
the battle with Stagnox will begin.
_____________________________
/ STAGNOX, Armored Colossus \________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-bosses.php |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Attacks : | Difficulty : |
| ( 1 ) Horn Attack | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Falling off edge | |*|*| | | | | | | | | |
| (1/4) Arm Swipe | �� |
| (1/4) Fog | |
| (1/2) Blastworm | |
| (1/2) Flying Thrust | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first phase of the battle is rather simple. Just run around the |
| outer edge of the circular platform that you are standing on, being |
| careful not to get too close, causing the boss to smack you. Stagnox |
| will slowly turn as well, but will eventually stop to try to attack |
| you using an incredibly slow horn thrust that looks quite impressive, |
| but it is extremely easy to avoid. When Stagnox misses its attack, |
| quick run to its backside and pull out the whirlwind. Target the |
| purple fog and send a gust out of the whirlwind and this will stun |
| Stagnox and leave its backside vulnerable. Run up and slash at its |
| backside repeatedly until it gets back up on its feet. Repeat this |
| same process a few times and just keep striking at its backside. |
| |
| Eventually Stagnox will give up on this failed strategy and will then |
| use its wings and fly up in the air. Stagnox will summon three |
| blastworms and toss them down to the battle platform. Slash at these |
| three slugs to turn them into spiked balls. After a few moments, |
| Stagnox will try to hit Link with a flying thrust as he drops down |
| closer to the platform. Stand below a spiked ball and when Stagnox is |
| coming towards you, use the whirlwind to send the blastworm right in |
| the boss's face. The explosion will stun Stagnox and leave his |
| backside vulnerable yet again (he really needs to work on that huh?) |
| giving you the perfect opportunity to run over and slash away at its |
| purple spot. Repeat this same process until Stagnox has been |
| defeated. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| For the first phase, just run around Stagnox and when it tries to |
| attack, use the whirlwind to clear purple fog for its backside and |
| then slash away with your sword. In the second phase, slash at the |
| blastworms and when Stagnox comes down to the platform to attack, |
| launch a spiked ball at Stagnox using the Whirlwind. Finish off the |
| your stunned foe with the sword. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
After the battle a massive green gem will appear and then a large structure
will be constructed in the center of the boss room. This will power the Spirit
Tracks and you�ll see the power flow through the tracks and all the way to the
Tower of Spirits, where the next block of the tower has been restored!
The Forest Rail map will shine and some more tracks will now be laid within the
overworld. Back inside the boss lair a large treasure chest will appear, as
well a blue warp portal. Open the treasure chest to get a full heart container!
Now walk over and enter the blue warp portal to be sent back to the entrance of
the dungeon� and that concludes Chapter 2!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 3 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ Tower of Spirits 2 ____________________/ [W3] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 3.1 Castle Town Goodies [W3.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Forest Temple now behind us, our next destination is the Temple of
Spirits. However, there are few goodies for us to find in Castle Town, so trace
a path all the way to Castle Town. Once you arrive in the eastern portion of
the map however, what used to be friendly trains have turned into fearsome bomb
trains! They move much quicker and their only goal is to hit destroy Link�s
train, so be careful!
You may need to alter your path. It�s a good idea to keep an eye out on the map
above and specifically the direction arrows where the tracks split. This gives
away which way the bomb trains will be turning next, so you can plan ahead your
particular route to avoid them. Dodge the bomb trains and finally stop at
Castle Town.
Since we�ve beaten the Forest Temple, the first phase of the �Take Em All On�
game is now open. This is located in the building at the south-east part of
town. It is 50 rupees to play and the goal is to kill all the enemies that you
can, without dying. However, throughout the entire game, there are no recovery
hearts, so the only way to restore your health is by use of potions. You can
purchase potions at the local shop in Castle Town if you need them.
All of the enemies are enemies we have fought before except for one exception,
an octorok. These are common enemies to the Zelda series but these will be the
first ones we�ve encountered in Spirit Tracks. They are quite simple to defeat,
just two sword slashes or one jump attack. Watch out for the rocks they shoot
out of their mouth. Room 7 can be tough with two Mothula�s, but Room 9 is
definitely the biggest challenge here. At Room 10 you fight Stagnox once again.
The battle is the exact same, just that you won�t get any recovery hearts from
around the room. Makes it more of a challenge, especially after already going
through nine rooms!
Room 1 � Six Yellow Blobs

Room 2 � Seven Octoroks
Room 3 � Five Rats, Four Fog Bubbles
Room 4 � Six Red Chuchu�s
Room 5 � Six Spiked Slugs
Room 6 � Six Keese
Room 7 � Two Mothula�s
Room 8 � Three Yellow Blobs, Three Octoroks
Room 9 � Four Yellow Blobs, Four Octoroks, Four Red Chuchu�s
Room 10 � Stagnox, Armored Colossus
After defeating Stagnox, walk through the blue warp portal and you�ll return to
the entrance room. If you are able to get through the whole thing in a
reasonable time, your prize is� a full heart container! You can play the game
over again if you�d like and your reward will be a treasure piece if you make
it through.
It�s a good idea to head on over to the Castle Town shop as well, located on
the right side, just before you enter the Castle courtyard. You should nearly
300rupees by now, so purchasing the shield for 80 rupees is a good idea.
Purchasing the Prize Postcards for 100 rupees is also something you may want to
get as well. Lastly, it�s always handy to have a red potion with you, and they
cost 100 rupees. Leave the shop.
Before leaving, you can run on over to the mailbox and send out the 10 prize
postcards that you just purchased. They might come in handy later on! Run back
over to the train and jump onboard.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 3.2 Tower of Spirits, Part 2 [W3.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Ride your train over to the Temple of Spirits. From Castle Town to the Temple
of Spirits is a very short ride, so the bomb trains shouldn�t be much of a
problem.
Once you arrive at the Tower of Spirits, walk up the stairs like before but
this time Princess Zelda notices that there is now another staircase available
higher up. Walk all the way up to this higher area and enter the 4th floor of
the Tower of Spirits.
_____________
~ / 4th Floor \ ~
��
Immediately upon entering, you�ll see two phantoms as well as the locations of
the three Tears of Light. The first one you see is hovering over an area of
lava. Stand at the area just south of it, pull out the whirlwind and send a
gust, blowing the tear to the north side of the room. Maneuver around the
Phantom, utilizing the purple safe zones if you need to and collect the first
Tear of Light!
The second tear is the one located on the left side of the map. There are lines
of fire that are in your way. Wait for the fire to go out and then quickly run
past. However, the line of fire at the top-left portion of the map does not go
away. Instead what you need to do is wait for the enemy phantom to be standing
in front of the fire along the top path, and this will allow Link to quickly
run past the fire and collect the second Tear of Light!
Use the same method to get past the fire for a second time and now make your
way to the third Tear of Light. Grab it and Link�s sword will now be powered
up! Run back to the southern portion of the room without getting spotted. Use
the safe zone if you need, but we want to wait for an opportunity where we can
sneak up behind the phantom and nail it with your sword. After doing so, tap
the Phantom once again and Princess Zelda will be able to take control over the
phantom yet again.
Before progressing, you�ll see there is a treasure chest just to the right of
where you got the first Tear of Light. Open up that treasure chest to get a
random piece of treasure.
Now just south of that treasure chest, you�ll notice a large area of lava and
if Link tries to run across, he will burn himself. However, the metal body of
the phantom can walk through the lava unharmed. Send the phantom into the lava
but keep the phantom close enough to the ledge. Now from the ledge, Link can
jump and land on top of the phantom. From here, control the phantom and carry
Link over to the right side and back onto the surface. Tap the ground and Link
will jump off the phantom. Run around the corner and head up the stairs to get
to the 5th floor.
_____________
~ / 5th Floor \ ~
��
Run around the corner and you�ll find more lava. Send the phantom into the lava
and then jump on top of the phantom once more. Walk across the lava to the left
side and you�ll see a treasure chest. Jump off the phantom and open the chest
to get 100 more rupees! Now jump back on top of the phantom. You�ll notice that
there are two keese flying around this area. Not a problem! While Link is on
top of the phantom, he can still perform a slash attack with his sword and
defeat some of the keese. Link can also use his sneaky whirlwind to get rid of
those pesky keese.
Just north of the treasure chest, you�ll see a small rotating totem. Use the
whirlwind to send a gust and cause it to start spinning. There is another one
of these totem�s to the northeast and you can see them by the small dot seen on
your map. Walk on over and use the whirlwind once again. Once both of these
twirly thingies are spinning, the door will open up.
Walk up the stairs and continue to your left. You�ll notice that an enemy is on
your map on the bottom left part of the map. It�s nothing more than a yellow
blob, except this one is a bit different. This fellow will run away when Link
tries chasing after him. However, since we have both the phantom and Link, we
can double team this sucker. Trace a line for the phantom so that when Link
attacks the yellow blob it will runs towards the phantom and thus get cornered.
Once you�ve got it cornered, slash away with your sword and it will drop a
small key! Pick up the small key and use it on the door above.
Jump on top of the phantom to get across this short gap of lava and then head
up the stairs to the 6th floor.
_____________
~ / 6th Floor \ ~
��
Once you surface at the 6th floor the door behind you will close and a massive
river zora will appear. Princess Zelda suggests that the two of you work
together to defeat this baby. Well, we�ll do just that! Move the phantom and
then target the river zora. While the phantom is hitting the river zora from
the back, sneak around to the back and deliver several sword strikes of your
own. There isn�t much to this, just keep repeating. It can be quite annoying at
times to repeatedly switch back and forth between Link and the phantom in such
a short period of time, but you�ll eventually get the hang of it.
Walk around the corners to get to the southwest portion of the map where you
will find a Miniblin sitting on top of a moving statue that somewhat resembles
an Armos statue from Phantom Hourglass. Unfortunately, the miniblin is too high
for Link to be able to target him. There is a flame at the bottom of the room
that is blocking the path. Move the phantom so that it stops the flame and then
run past with Link.
Just to the north there is a small staircase that leads to a higher platform.
Set the phantom on the lower platform and then jump on top of the phantom. Now
with Link on top of the phantom, he can take down that annoying miniblin. There
are two more miniblins on top of statues in the square corridor just to the
right so defeat those guys as well.
Remain on top of the phantom and walk to the south end of the room. There are
three consecutive flames that block the path, but the second one is actually
higher up. Walk right past the first one, and then time the flame so you don�t
get burned and then run by the second flame. Walk right past the third flame
and you�ll notice that there is a small key on a higher platform here. Use the
whirlwind to knock the key down to the lower floor. Jump off the phantom and
collect the small key.
Use the phantom to block the fire for the two lower sets of flames. Run on over
to the locked door , use the small key, and head up to the 7th floor.
_____________
~ / 7th Floor \ ~
��
Once you arrive, Princess Zelda will leave the phantom suite and Link�s sword
will lose its power, signifying that we are at the end of this section of the
Tower of Spirits. Climb up the steps and collect the Snow Rail Map! This will
restore some of the Spirit Tracks to the north! Afterwards step into the blue
portal that is created to warp back to the entrance of the Temple of Spirits.
You can speak with Anjean if you�d like, but we know what our next destination
is, so jump back on the train and let�s take a ride into the Snow! That
concludes Chapter 3 of this here walkthrough.
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 4 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Snow Realm ____________________/ [W4] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 4.1 Back to Aboda Village [W4.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
As soon as you start traveling out with your train, you�ll notice that there
are new enemy bullbo�s running around near the track. Unlike the cow�s that
would be scamper off when you blow the train whistle, these fellows will go so
far as ramming right into your train, causing damage! Princess Zelda suggests
that we go visit Alfonzo at Castle Town, so let�s make that our next stop.
Once you enter, head tower the Castle and you�ll see the mailbox shaking. The
postman will deliver a letter from� Alfonzo, which basically says that you
should come and pick him up to bring him back to Aboda Village. Walk into
Hyrule Castle and make your way to the rest area where we lost saw Alfonzo.
Alfonzo is now back on his feet and is ready to go. After some small talk he�ll
say that he�ll meet you at the train and then limps off. There is very little
to do here in Castle Town at the moment, so you can go ahead and leave the
castle and head back to the train. Jump on board and draw out your route all
the way back to Aboda Village. Remember, you�ll have to navigate around the
bomb trains that block the path, as well as keeping your eyes open for pesky
bird enemies that try to hurt you.
Once you arrive back at Aboda Village Alfonzo will offer to make something for
your train, but it is going to take some time, so he suggest going to see what
Niko is up to while he�s doing that. Just run around town for a bit and then go
and Visit Niko.
Niko is glad to see you and tells you a story of his younger days when he was a
traveler. He loved stamps but never had a stamp book at the time to collect
them all in. However, he now has one and he gives it to Link in hopes that Link
will fulfill Niko�s request to collect stamps from all over the world! Niko
even mentions that he�ll give Link something special if he can collect a bunch
of stamps.
Leave the house and walk to the north where you will find a Stamp Station! Use
the stamp station to stamp Aboda Village into your recently acquired Stamp
Book! You can view your stamp book in your collection screen and it shows a map
of all the locations that you have stamped. We will be filling this out as we
go.
It�s been a few minutes so let�s go check on Alfonzo. Walk over to the train
station and Alfonzo will roll out Link�s newly upgraded train. It is now
equipped with a cannon! The cannon will allow Link to shoot at enemies that
surround his train and also to break boulders that he sees as he goes. Jump
back on the train and move on out!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 4.2 Some Extras In The Forest Realm [W4.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
____________________
| +----------------+ |
| | Whittleton | |
| +----------------+ |
��
Before heading off to the Snow area, there are a few completely optional quests
that Link can now take part in! We are going to make three quick pit stops at..
Whittleton Village, the Forest Sanctuary and the Forest Temple... Why you ask?
Well, because of the Stamp Book we just got! First run ride over to Whittleton
Village and then run to the north part of the village, via the exit at the
northeast trees. There is a stamp station here, so be sure to stamp your newly
aquired stamp book with the second stamp!
__________________________
| +----------------------+ |
| | Forest Sanctuary | |
| +----------------------+ |
��
Our next stop is at the Forest Sanctuary. There is a stamp station near the top
middle portion of the map. Use bombs on the switch to cross the bridge or blow
up the boulders if you haven't already. Once you can reach it, stamp your
notebook for the third stamp! There is one other thing to do here at the Forest
Sanctuary. At the south part of the map, there is a treasure chest with a
cucco. Stand on the higher platform to the left and use the whirlwind to blow
off the cucco. Then run and pick up the cucco and return to this platform. Use
the cucco to float over to the treasure chest and open it up to get 200 rupees!
Return to the train.
________________________
| +--------------------+ |
| | Forest Temple | |
| +--------------------+ |
��
Our last stop is at the Forest Temple. There is a stamp station at the top-
right portion of the first floor of the temple. Use the whirlwind to clear the
fog that is blocking your path. Stamp your notebook and then head back to the
train. Afterwards, onward to the north lands of Hyrule!
___________________________
| +-----------------------+ |
| | Rabbitland Rescue | |
| +-----------------------+ |
��
When you finally reach the new Spirit Tracks on the far west portion of the
map, you�ll notice that a large boulder is blocking the path! No fear, use the
newly acquired cannon a few times and blast away at this nuisance. Continue
onward and you�ll notice there is a stop. Make a short pit stop to realize you
are in the Rabbitland Rescue! What a strange place. It�s a rabbit haven!
Talk to the nearby rabbit man and he�ll tell you all about the place. Tell him
how excited you are about the place and after you�ve convinced him, he will
give Link the Rabbit Net! The rabbit man then tells you how to catch bunnies.
When riding on the train, you�ll notice that there are some rabbits peeking
out from behind some boulders. Once you spot it, blow your whistle and the
rabbit will jump up making it easier to spot. Blast away at the boulder that
it hides behind and then the hunt is on. You�ll automatically switch to the
rabbit net. Just try to tap the rabbit with the right timing to catch it.
There is a treasure chest in the center pond of this station. Link can reach
this area by jumping from the higher cliff to the northeast. It's a tough jump
but certainly reachable. Open the treasure chest to get a random piece of
treasure!
There is nothing else of importance here, so get back on the train. Since we
now have the Rabbit Net, we can actually catch Rabbits #1, #2, #3, and #4
within the Forest Realm.
Grass Rabbit #1 - West of the tracks just south of the Rabbitland Rescue.
Grass Rabbit #2 - East of the tracks near the Forest Temple.
Grass Rabbit #3 - East end of the tracks leadings towards Aboda Village.
Grass Rabbit #4 - West of Castle Town when the tracks start to turn.
Let's finally make our way north to the Snow Realm. The path is rather clear
once you pass the Rabbitland Rescue. There are a few bullbo�s in your path
that you can blast away with your cannon� and then you finally make your way
to the Snow Realm.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 4.3 Anouki Village [W4.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
After you are done marveling at the great snow filled land, you�ll realize that
at the moment there are very few places that you can travel to in this new
territory. There is a small village, which is the only village where Link can
currently stop his train at in this territory. However, this new land does open
new possibilities for Link. Link can access his first warp gate. Warp gates are
stone arches that extend over the Spirit Tracks. Each warp gate has two located
throughout the overworld, a main location and a secondary location. Link first
needs to visit the main location of each of these warp gates and strike the gem
that is on top of the stone arch. This will activate the warp gate, at which
Link can then use it to warp between the gates that are in the overworld.
At the first fork in the road, turn to the right and straight ahead you'll find
Warp Gate A. Strike the triangle above the stone arch with the cannon to
activate the warp gate. Now anybody you ride your train by the warp gate,
simply pull the train whistle and a portal will appear. This particular warp
gate will send you to the center part of the Forest Realm, just north of
Whittleton Village.
Our next stop is Anouki Village, which is the only town we have access to, so
ride over with your train. If you'd like, you can take a quick detour and find
the first snow rabbit. It is located just west of the village on the north side
of the tracks. After you've captured the bunny, ride on over to Anouki Village.
The Anouki are a snow based tribe that live in very cold climates. If you
played Phantom Hourglass, you may remember the Anouki habited the Isle of
Frost. There are six buildings here and there are Anouki all over the place.
You can run around and speak with all the Anouki if you�d like.
Running around the village, you'll notice a familiar enemy is appears from the
snow. A ChuChu, but this time it is of the ice variation. Don't touch them or
else Link will be freeze and take damage. Instead, use the whirlwind to stun
them, and then finish them off with a few simple sword strikes.
Also, since we are in a new town, there is a new stamp station location for us
to find! It is located at the northeast corner of the village. From the train
station, just run to the east, and then north, navigating through the trees to
find the stamp station. Use the station to stamp your fifth stamp into Niko's
stamp book.
Right in the center of the village there is another one of those statues that
make noise. Walk up to it and click it and you�ll see four notes coming out
from the statue... orange, yellow, orange, and turquoise. Play the song and the
statue will shoot into the air and Link will have learned the Song of
Discovery! A treasure chest appears in place of the statue. Open up the
treasure chest to get a red potion!
Continue talking to the Anouki if you�d like and you�ll find out that the
honcho lives in the house that is on the highest hill... and honcho isn�t just
a title, it�s his actual name. You�ll soon learn that there are monsters all
over and Honcho is trying to put together a village watch and wants to pair up
all the Anouki. Honcho needs your help as several of the Anouki have a lot of
strict requirements as to who they will work with. It is up to Link to find out
who is paired with whom!
There are six houses and an Anouki is either inside or just outside each one of
the houses. We will number these houses from top-left to bottom-right to keep
things organized.
+-------------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------+
|1) Yeko |2) Honcho |3) Kofu |
| --Yellow, Big Horns-- | --Purple, Small Horns-- | --Blue, Big Horns-- |
| ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ | ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ | ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ |
| NO small horns | Happy with anyone | NO big horns |
| NO blue | | |
+-------------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------+
|4) Yefu |5) Noko |6) Bulu |
| --Yellow, Small Horns-- | --Blue, Small Horns-- | --Blue, Big Horns-- |
| ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ | ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ | ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ |
| NO big horns | NO yellow | No beards |
+-------------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------+
Based on all that information, we can come to the conclusion that the pairs
will be 1 and 6, 2 and 4, and 3 and 5. Run back to Honcho and speak with him.
He gives you a sheet and you have to connect a line between the Anouki that
should be paired with one another. Match the Anouki based on the numbers above
to solve this dilemma for them. As a thank you gift, Honch will give Link a red
rupee.
Honcho
Yeko / Kofu
'-. / /
/-. /
/ '-. /
/ '/.
Yefu / 'Bulu
Noko
Mort impotently however, Honcho will now talk about the next sage, Steem and
the Snow Sanctuary. Honcho mentions that they do not have access since a
�ginormous monster� lives in the cave that blocks the path.
Now that we are all through here and know where the Snow Sanctuary is, lets
head back to our train and jump aboard.
______________________
~ / Heart Container #3 \ ~
��
If you haven't already, capture the fifth rabbit that is on the north side of
the tracks just west of Anouki Village. This is an important rabbit as it our
fifth rabbit overall.
Now that we have captured five rabbits, let's head back to the Rabbitland
Rescue to show the rescue owner. Once you arrive, speak with the owner, and as
a reward for catching five rabbits, he will give a new heart container! This
brings out total life up to 6 hearts! Leave the rescue and ride back north to
the Snow Realm.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 4.4 Snow Sanctuary [W4.4]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Ride the train to the tunnel and enter it and you�ll find that it is in fact
inhabited by a giant one eyed gohma looking creature. As you probably could
have guessed, its massive eye is its weak spot. It will continuously try to
crawl towards Link and use its large body to jump onto the train. What you need
to do to prevent this monster from doing so, is to continuously hit him in the
eye with your cannon. Just never stop tapping where you are anticipating the
eye to be and it will keep the monster at bay. Just repeat this process several
times until Link finally makes it past the cave and through to the other side.
You�ll immediately appear at the Snow Sanctuary.
You can enter the nearby hut to see that a full heart container is for sale,
but it�s selling for a very pricey 3000 rupees! We will certainly be back later
on to pick up this gem, but for now, let�s skip over it. This is also the first
time Link can get his hands on the Purple potion, which will fill up 8 hearts
rather than just 6 like the red potion. They have a shield here, but it is
pricier here than in other shops. There is really nothing of interest of
interest outside the heart container so let�s leave the shop.
There are several Ice Chuchu�s here as well as a new enemy, white wolfos. The
wolfos will appear from underground and will dash at Link. They are also quite
skillful at dodging Link�s attack. Just continuously try to hit the wolfos and
you�ll eventually get to them.
Just walk around and defeat the various enemies that appear. You�ll notice that
there is a stamp station near the left side of the station. Climb up to it and
use the stamp station to stamp the Snow Sanctuary into your stamp book. Now
continue navigating this area, progressing to the top-right of the map.
Navigate through the rest of the area, defeating several ice chuchu�s along
your path and enter the cave at the top-left corner. Tap the tablet and you�ll
see that once the switch is stepped on, you cannot cross in the line of the
statues. It�s a good idea to run around and see where all the statues are
looking at, so you can understand the path you need to take.
Once you are ready, step on the switch. Take the path that is just left to the
statue right in front of you and walk northward to the middle statue. Wrap
around the middle statue and make your way to the right side of the room,
walking below the middle statue on the right. Wrap around the statue on the
right and then walk diagonally to the door. It really isn�t overly difficult to
find the right path. Walk through the door.
Walk up the steps to meet up with Steem, the locomotive of the Snow Sanctuary.
Just like with the Locomotive we met at the Forest Sanctuary, Steem has a new
song to teach you. This one is a bit more challenging as it has four notes. It
starts with the turquoise note, and then quickly goes silver, turquoise, and
orange. Be sure to practice a bit with Steem for awhile and then get ready for
the real deal. This one was a bit more challenging for me so it may take a bit
more effort. Once you�ve finally got it down and have played the duet with
Steem, portions of the Spirit Tracks in this realm will return, allowing Link
to access the Snow Temple! Link also has quicker access to the Anouki Village
from here. Leave the area and head all the way back to the train.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 4.5 Getting To The Snow Temple [W4.5]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you try head to the Snow Temple, you�ll get stuck in a blizzard and will not
even be able to progress close to it. So instead, we want to make a pit stop
back at Anouki Village, so trace the path accordingly. Along his way, Link will
encounter� snowmen on the sides of the track that will try to hurt his train by
tossing snowballs out at it! Just target them with your cannon to defeat them.
_________________
~ / Snow Rabbit #2 \ ~
��
There is also one more rabbit that we now have access to. As you make your way
south from the Snow Sanctuary to Anouki Village. The rabbit is on the right
side of the tracks. Hit the boulder and capture the 2nd snow rabbit, and 6th
rabbit overall.
Afterwards ride on over to Anouki Village Village. Run up and enter Honcho�s
house. Talk to him and after hearing that Link wants to get past the blizzard
and enter the Snow Temple, Honcho mentions that there is one guy by the name of
Ferrus who lives to the east that is crazy about trains and that he might be
able to help you. Leave the building and head back to the train.
___________________________
| +-----------------------+ |
| | Wellspring Station | |
| +-----------------------+ |
��
Our next destination is the eastern portion of the snow, near where the bomb
train is patrolling on the map. There are several more snowmen trying to hurt
you, but it certainly is nothing that cannot be handheld. Head east along the
winding path and you�ll see a station where you can stop your train. Do so and
you�ll find the Wellspring Station.
If you run around the area you�ll find several white wolfos jumping around as
well as a crow perched on top of a tree. Disregard these enemies and enter the
small house on the right side of the map. Nobody is home but there is a note on
the table that Princess Zelda points out. Run over and read it and you�ll see
some scribble resemblance of a map to the area that is just east of where you
are, where the bomb train is patrolling. Mark these locations on your map.
There is also a note along the wall in the room and it discusses other forms of
travel. The note mentions that one of these special locations is located south
of Anouki Village. Anyway, leave the hut and head back to the train.
We want to take a look at these locations that were on the map. Head eastward
and at the next fork in the road, make a right and travel all the way to where
the first location was on the map. You will see a man beside the rails and he
is taking snapshots. Slow down the train and stop right in front of him and
this will trigger a conversation. The person introduces himself as Ferrus and
asks where you are headed. Tell him you are headed to the Temple. He mentions
an alternate way and then shows you an outdated map. Blow on the microphone to
wipe it clean and you�ll noticed a path is drawn on the map. Be sure to jot
down that route on your map.
Back on the train, trace a route all the way to the Snow Temple, using the
route that Ferrus showed you on his map. You can maneuver around one of the
forks in the road to turn your train around so you are facing the right
direction. Follow along the long path, defeating various snowmen that you see.
The blizzard portion of the track will greatly reduce your line of vision.
However, since we have the path already traced on our map, there is no reason
for us to get lost. Travel all the way into the hut and enter into the Snow
Temple!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 4.6 Snow Temple [W4.6]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________
~ / 1st Floor \ ~
��
Walk north through the door and enter the main portion of the temple. Walk
straight ahead and defeat the keese. You can�t really do much else so walk
straight northward to another part of the room.
Upon entering Princess Zelda notices a large bell, and it becomes apparent that
these bells will play a big role in this dungeon. If you look on the ground,
you�ll see that there are three squares with bell symbols on them. There are
three bells that we will find in this dungeon and we want to push the bells to
land on top of these bell looking squares.
The first large bell is right here and the square it falls on is just to the
north. Push the bell so that it falls on top. The bell is now lower so Link can
strike at it with his sword. Just north of the bell there is a sign on the
wall. Check it out and you�ll see two bell notes along the middle line. This is
actually a clue on what you need to do, but at this point it�s so easy that it
might actually seem confusing. Just run over to the bell and slash at it twice
with your sword and this will cause the door at the bottom-right of this area
to open up.
Walk through the door and you�ll see a small staircase here, but you cannot
jump across to the platform to the right as the gap is too large. Elsewhere in
the room, you�ll see a block sitting on top of some ice. (Enter classic Zelda
puzzle solving). We want to get this block to the top of the room so that we
can jump on it to get across the gap to get to the right side of the screen.
It�s quite simple actually, just push the block all down and it will slide
across the ice. Push it to the left, up, to the right, and then up to get it in
place. Now climb the steps, jump onto the block, and then jump over to the
right side.
Walk south to corner of the map and you�ll find a brand new enemy located here.
These enemies are known as Octives and they act very similar to water octoroks
or water toadpolis from previous Zelda titles. They will come up from
underwater and will shoot rocks out of their mouth. If you walk to the edge,
you�ll see there is a switch across the water. Pull out the whirlwind and then
time the rock that is being shot of the enemy�s mouth. The goal is to send out
a gust that will cause the rock to hit the switch. It may take a few tries, but
upon successfully doing so, a bridge will form. Cross the bridge and head down
the staircase.
__________________________
~ / Basement 1 - Boomerang \ ~
��
Push the block to the right and it will glide across the ice and fall into the
water. Jump on top of the block and then pull out the whirlwind. Aim to the
left and use the whirlwind, and this gust will cause Link and the block to
float to the right. There is totem over here, so pull out the whirlwind once
again and use it to cause the totem to spin. This will open up a door that is
just to the north.
Also to the north is a new enemy known as a freezard. If Link hits them or
blows them with the whirlwind, they will move at crazy speeds along the ice.
Use the whirlwind to get over to the freezard and then use your sword or
whirlwind and it will send the enemy flying and hopefully into the water where
it won�t cause any more problems. Use the whirlwind if you need to in order to
get to the platform, and then head up.
There is another block here so push it to the left and it will land in some
more water. There are more octives here that will shoot rocks out towards
Link. Use the whirlwind and redirect the rocks back at them in order to defeat
them. Use the whirlwind to move along the water and to the area at the south,
there is a treasure chest containing a red rupee.
Jump back on the block and make your way around the water and defeating all
the octives in your way. There are three of octives in the water and if you
defeat all three, a treasure chest will appear. Open it up to get a random
piece of treasure.
Walk up and to the left and a door will close behind you. This room is filled
with three ice keese. These bats are covered in flames of ice and will freeze
Link if he tries to hit them. Instead, use the whirlwind on the keese and this
will cause them to lose their ice surroundings and stun them, making them
vulnerable to Link�s sword. Defeat all three of these enemies and a large
treasure chest will appear. Open it up to get the dungeon item, the boomerang!
Walk back to the room to the right and pull out the boomerang. Across the gap
there are two switches. Use the boomerang and trace a path so that it will hit
both of the switches. Doing so will create a bridge and allowing Link to cross.
Do so and then head up the staircase here.
_______________________
~ / 1st Floor - 2nd Bell \ ~
��
Walk around the corner here and you�ll see a few ice keese flying around. Use
the boomerang to defeat them and then trace a path with your boomerang so that
it hits the switch here. This causes the door to the left to open up and this
door leads to the main room of the dungeon. Also, if you defeat both of the
keese here, a treasure chest will appear in the corner of the room. Run on over
to it and open it to get a random piece of treasure.
Now run over to the bell and just above it, you�ll notice another sign on the
wall. Take a look at it and it will show a series of bells. If you recall, the
middle line was for the bell already in the center room, so the top line must
be for this bell. The goal is to push it back to the main room and onto the
square bell switch on the right side. In order to do that, push the bell in the
following order and just let it slide across the ice. Push it down, left, up,
and left, and it should now be in the top-left corner. From here push it down,
right, down, left, and then down and it will fall onto the square block.
Now if you remember the sign we just saw, the order was middle, top, top, and
middle. Since the middle represented the center bell, that is the one we hit
first. Pull out the boomerang and trace a line so it hits the middle bell, then
the right bell, then the right bell again, and finally the middle bell. If done
correctly, this will cause the door at the southwest corner of the room to open
up, so head through it.
There is one lit torch and four unlit torches here, but the trick in this room
is that you must light the torches in the proper order. If you use the
boomerang and then trace paths over all of the snow, they will melt away so
Link can see the ground. On the ground next to each torch, you can see a symbol
with a number of dots and this reveals the proper order to light the torches
in. The order is; top-right, bottom-right, top-left, and then bottom-left. This
will cause the door at the corner of the room to unlock, so head down the
stairs.
______________
~ / Basement 1 \ ~
��
Walk past the locked door and you�ll see one of those statues here. You can
awaken it by playing the Song of Awakening, but all it will do is ask for 20
rupees in order to tell you where two treasure chests are on this floor. Since
we�ll be getting these treasure chests anyway there is little reason to pay the
rupees.
There is a flame of ice in the center platform here. Use the boomerang, and
then trace a path in the water with your boomerang and this will change parts
of the water into ice! The ice is sturdy enough for Link to run across, but it
won�t last forever so you�ll have to move quickly. Trace a path to the right,
where there is a treasure chest that contains a small key. Now get back to the
left and use the key on the locked door.
Walk up and the door will close behind you. There are four freezards in this
room as well as a torch flame. Use the boomerang and target the torch, and then
target the freezards. Hitting a freezard with the flamed boomerang will cause
it to turn into a standard octorok. Finish all four octoroks off and two doors
in this room will open up.
Walk to the right and you�ll see there is a totem in the water but it is frozen
solid. Use the boomerang and target the torch back in the room and then trace a
path all the way to the totem and it will cause it to melt.
You cannot use the whirlwind on the totem from here as the wall blocks the
direct line of sight. Instead, use the boomerang to the flame of ice that is in
the middle of the water and create a path extending over the water. Walk onto
the newly created ice, pull out the whirlwind, and use it to spin the totem,
which will open the door to the right. Finish off the path of ice with the
boomerang and then head up.
There are several octives that will pop up from underwater. Use the whirlwind
and launch their rocks right back at them to defeat them. Alternatively, you
can stun them using the boomerang and when you are close enough, strike them
with your sword to defeat them. Make a path within the water, using the blocks
of ice and make your way to the northeast portion of the water.
There is a stamp station located here so pull out your stamp book and get the
book stamped. There are four water enemies in total here, as well as several
torches. Use the boomerang to light up the torches while creating paths for
Link to walk on. Defeat all four of the enemies and a treasure chest will
appear at the platform in the corner of the room. Make your way to the corner
of the room and open the treasure chest to get 100 rupees! Walk up the stairs
to get back to the 1st floor.
________________________
~ / 1st Floor - 3rd Bell \ ~
��
You�ll notice the third and final bell is found here but there is something
else we want to do before dealing with this guy. Walk south and head into the
room there. There are four fire keese that are found in this room. Use the
boomerang to defeat them quite easily. There is a bunch of snow on the ground,
as well as two torch flames. Use the boomerang to target the torches and then
trace over all of the snow to melt away everything. What is revealed underneath
is the third and final order that you need to play the bells in. Remember, the
new bell that we are getting here represents the bell not on the bottom line.
The order is bottom, middle, middle, top, middle. Walk back up to the room with
the third bell.
Push the bell up, right, down, left, and then up so the bell is along the left
side near the middle of the ice. If you look across the water, Link can now
make a direct line of ice so that if he pushes the block, it will slide all the
way back to the main room.
However, there is a door that blocks your way. There is a switch just south of
where the door is located. Use the boomerang on the flame of ice and create an
ice path so that you can access the switch. Step on and the door leading to the
main room will open up. Also, at the very top of the screen here, there is a
treasure chest, so trace a path of ice to get to it and then open up to get a
red rupee!
Now let�s use the boomerang and create some ice over the water so that we can
push the block. Once a full line of ice is created, run over to the block and
push it to the right, sending across the ice and into the main room.
There is an unlit torch in the main room. Use the boomerang to target the torch
from the room to the left and then light up the torch in the main room. Now use
this torch and the boomerang to create ice over much of the water area below.
Once ice is created, we want to push the block down, then left, and then down
to send it to the solid ice area below. From here, push it left, up, and right
and it will fall into place.
With all three bells in place we can now hit the bells once more. Remember, the
order was bottom, middle, middle, top, middle. Relating this to three bells in
this large room, this means we need to hit them in the order of left, middle,
middle, right, middle. Trace a path with the boomerang so that it hits the
torches in this exact order and it will cause the door above to open up!
Walk towards the door and you�ll see an unlit torch on the right side. Use the
torch we just recently lit up on the left side to light up the right one, and
this will cause a treasure chest to appear along the north wall. Open it up to
get a red rupee! There is a statue here, but like all the statues in dungeons,
it just tells you how many treasure chests are available on the current floor.
Disregard it as well as the freezard and head up the stairs.
_______________________
~ / 2nd Floor - Big Key \ ~
��
Walk to the south and you�ll find three more ice chuchu�s as well as the big
key lock. However, now that we have the boomerang we can stun the chuchu�s more
easily. Defeat all three and then walk around the corner and you�ll see a sign
on the wall. It shows six torches and labels three as fire and three as ice.
You can jot this information down on your map if you�d like and then head to
northwest corner of the map.
There are two lit torches and six unlit torches. The sign on the wall showed
which torches need to be lit with fire and which with ice. The two torches on
the left, as well as the one at the bottom-right are the ones that Link needs
to light up with fire. The other three need to be lit up with ice. However,
Link must light up all six of the torches with one toss of the boomerang.
You�ll first want to light up the ice torches. Use the boomerang and trace a
line from the ice torch to the one at the top-right, top, bottom, then to the
fire torch, the top-left, bottom-left, and then bottom-right. This is close to
the maximum length that you can trace your boomerang so there is little room
for error with the tracing. Once you�ve lit allt he torches a door on the right
side will open up, so head through it.
The door will close behind you and four white wolfos can be seen in this room.
Just aggressively go after these enemies and once all four of them are done
away with, the door to the right will open up.
Walk around the corner and you�ll reach some ice. On the north side of the ice
there is a switch. Step on it and it will create a bridge. Now stand just close
to the edge, pull out the whirlwind and target the big key. The gust for the
whirlwind will land the key on the bridge that you just created. Walk around
and pick up the big key! Walk across the bridge and toss it on the giant lock.
Walk up the staircase.
There are pots on both sides of this room. You can use the boomerang on the
pots in order to refill your hearts. Tap on the stone tablet here and it
creates a warp point to the beginning of the dungeon. Once you are ready for
battle, head on up the stairs to take on Fraaz, Master of Icy Fire.
A scene is shown where a torch is lit with fire and the other is lit with ice.
Then balls of fire and ice will combine to form Fraaz, who resembles a giant
miniblin if you ask me. The battle works similar to that of past fire/ice
battles in Zelda games, such as the legendary Twinrova sisters from Ocarina of
Time. You want to use ice to destroy the fire and fire to destroy the ice.
_____________________________
/ FRAAZ, Master of Icy Fire \________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/2) Fire | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Ice (+1/4 every 3 seconds frozen) | |*|*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | |
| | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| There are alternating forms of Fraaz as well as two phases. The first |
| form is when Fraaz is together as one large goblin like creature. |
| Fraaz will suck up energy of either fire or ice and this can easily |
| be distinguished whether he light up blue or red. If Fraaz sucks in |
| ice, use the boomerang and target the fire torch and then target |
| Fraaz. The boomerang will pick up the flame and then hit Fraaz, |
| causing his body to shrink. If Fraaz has already sucked in a lot of |
| air and his body his huge, then it will take two hits with the other |
| element type to stun Fraaz. Once Fraaz is stunned run on over and |
| slash away with your sword. Repeat this process until Fraaz separates |
| into two smaller creatures. |
| |
| This form of Fraaz can be quite annoying. One of the creatures will |
| light up with fire and the other with ice. The goal in this phase is |
| to use the elements against each other. Hit the one of fire with ice, |
| and vice versa. When the creatures stop running, target one of the |
| torches and then glance at your map above. Each of the seperated mini |
| goblins will have a blue or red icon, signifying what element they |
| are. If you target the blue flame, then target the creature with the |
| red icon. Once you've stunned this mini part of Fraaz, run on over |
| slash away with your sword. Once one of them is down, the other one |
| might try to revive its partner by using a purple and blog spirit |
| ball. Just defeat both of them as quickly as you can to prevent them |
| from thing this. After both have been defeated, they will combine to |
| form the larger Fraaz once again. |
| |
| Fraaz then gets intelligent and will destroy the two torches that are |
| in the boss arena. During this phase, you have to wait for Fraaz to |
| shoot either fire or ice at Link. Dodge the attacks but fire or ice |
| will remain on the floor. When Fraaz switches to the opposite |
| element, use the boomerang to target the fire or ice and then hit |
| Fraaz to stun him. Once stunned, slash away with your sword. Repeat |
| this process until Fraaz once again breaks until smaller forms. |
| |
| Since there are no torches, you�ll have to wait for the little |
| versions of Fraaz to shoot out either fire or ice. They�ll leave |
| their mark on the ground, at which you can use the boomerang to once |
| again to grab the fire and ice and hit the respective creature. |
| Repeat this process until you�ve both of the little guys. Remember, |
| you have to be quick otherwise they will revive one another. |
| |
| The final phase is a combined Fraaz once again and this time he more |
| relentless. He shoots out fire and ice even quicker than before and |
| of more amounts! Just repeat the strategies that we have been using |
| to finally defeat Fraaz. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| When Fraaz is filled with fire, use the boomerang to target ice and |
| then hit Fraaz. Vice versa if Fraaz is filled with Ice. When Fraaz |
| splits up, glance up at your map to see what element each one is, and |
| then hit them with the alternate element. After Fraaz breaks the |
| torches, wait until it shoots out its own fire or ice and it will |
| leave a spot on the floor. Use this against him when he changes |
| element. Repeat until Fraaz is defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
After the rather difficult battle with Fraaz is complete a cutscene kicks in.
It is very similar to the scene when we beat the Forest Temple. A statue is
formed and a silver force gem can be seen. The Spirit Tracks are revived and
the next floor of the Tower of Spirits is now put back together!
Afterwards the snow rail map glows, and a new path is opened up, which serves
as a shortcut to getting to the Tower of Spirits. After some small talk from
Princess Zelda, walk over and open the treasure chest to get a full heart
container! Then step into the blue warp portal and you�ll be sent to the temple
entrance. That about concludes chapter 4 of the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 5 �� /�� /__\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 5.1 Get To The Tower! [W5.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Our next destination is the Tower of Spirits. However, there are a ton of
collectible items and extra treasure chests we can now get before heading to
the Tower of Spirits. If you�d like to continue along with the main quest,
just travel to the Tower of Spirits at the southeast part of the Snow Realm
and skip down to section 5.2 of the chapter.
_____________________
~ / Five More Rabbits \ ~
��
When leaving the Snow Temple, you�ll notice that the blizzard is now gone
and the sun is actually out! Additionally there are two dark trains now out
to kill you in this area of the map.
Since the blizzard is now clear, there +------------------------+
are five new snow rabbits that we can .----| Snow Rabbit #3 [SR03] |-----.
now reach. | +------------------------+ |
| East of the Snow Temple. Take the |
_______________________________________ | first path east and then at the |
| Snow/Blizzard | | next fork in the road, take a |
| Temple | | right and the rabbit is on the |
| : .................. | | east side of the tracks. |
| : : : | '-----------------------------------'
| :.......:#3 : |
| : : : | +------------------------+
| : : #6 : | .----| Snow Rabbit #4 [SR04] |-----.
| : :................:.... | | +------------------------+ |
| : : : : | | Head directly south from the Snow |
| :.......: : : | | Temple. When you cannot go south |
| : : : : | | anymore, the rabbit will be on |
| : : : : | | the west side of the tracks. |
| : :........:...........: | '-----------------------------------'
| : : #5 : : |
| : : : : | +------------------------+
| : : : : | .----| Snow Rabbit #6 [SR06] |-----.
| : : : :#7 | | +------------------------+ |
| :.......:............:.......: | | From Rabbit #3, head south just a |
| #4 : | | bit and take the east path. The |
|_______________________________________| | rabbit is on the north side of |
| the tracks. |
+------------------------+ '-----------------------------------'
.------| Snow Rabbit #5 [SR05] |-------.
| +------------------------+ | +------------------------+
| In the middle of where the blizzard | .----| Snow Rabbit #7 [SR07] |-----.
| was, there are four horizontal sets | | +------------------------+ |
| of tracks. The 5th rabbit is located | | At the southeast corner of the |
| on the 3rd horizontal track from the | | blizzard area. The rabbit is |
| top and it is located at the southern | | located on the east side of the |
| part of the tracks. | | tracks. |
'---------------------------------------' '-----------------------------------'
_____________________
~ / Beedle's Air Shop \ ~
��
The next time you stop at station with a mailbox, you'll be getting a letter
from Beedle telling you to stop by his Air Shop. When traveling the overworld
on the train, Beedle's icon will appear on the map near some tracks. Ride on
over near the air balloon and pull the train whistle. This will cause Beedle to
land his shop near the train tracks. At this point, we want to stop at the air
shop just as if it was a station.
Beedle has several items for sale, with the most notable being the bomb bag!
This will allow Link to carry up to 10 bombs himself. It costs a reasonable 500
rupees. If you've been following along the walkthrough and have gathered all
the treasures thus far, you should easily have enough rupees. Beedle also sells
some treasure, some bombs, and a red potion.
Once you have purchased an item from Beedle, he'll mention a membership program
that he has. Tell him that you are interested and he will mail you the Beedle
Club Card. Next time you reach a station with a mailbox, you�ll get a letter
from Beedle. For every 10 rupees that you spend at Beedle�s shop, you will earn
1 membership point. Earning lots of points will upgrade your membership status
and will earn you some discounts at the store. The grand prize is after you
accumulate 500 points where Beedle will give you a heart container! This is a
long ways away though.
______________________
~ / Wellspring Station \ ~
��
We want to make a quick stop over at the Wellspring Station where we can now
reach a Stamp Station. Walk to the north of the house here and stand near the
small lake. Use the boomerang on the ice torch and create a bridge of ice on
the lake. Use this bridge in order to get to the stamp station that is just to
the left of the ice torch. Stamp your notebook, which should bring your stamp
total up to eight! Head back to the train and leave Wellspring Station.
__________________________________
~ / Anouki Village - Secret Rupees \ ~
��
With our newly acquired bombs, there is a secret cave we can now access within
Anouki Village. Just east of Honcho�s hut, you�ll notice a crack against the
north wall. Use a bomb to blast open an entrance to a cave. There is a tricky
block puzzle here that Link must solve in order to reach the treasure chest.
Push the block across the ice in the following directions. West, North, East,
North, East, North, East, South, East, South, West, and North. With the block
now in place, we can jump on top of it and reach a treasure chest to the right.
Open it up to get a big red rupee which is worth 200 rupees! Exit the cave.
There is one other treasure chest we can reach in Anouki Village. Run to the
west part of time and you�ll find a small pond of water. Use the boomerang on
the ice torch across the water and create a bridge of ice. Walk across and open
the treasure chest to get a big green rupee! That�s all to do in Anouki
Village, so head back to the train.
_______________________
~ / Castle Town Goodies \ ~
��
You may have gotten a letter in the mail from Russell, the swordsman at Hyrule
Castle. That will be our next step, so ride south back to the Forest Realm and
make your way all the way to Castle Town.
Before heading north up to see Russell, there are goodies right here within the
actual town. Now that we have the bombs, we can blast away the boulders located
at the northeast part of town. Doing so will allow you reach the rampart of the
town. Run south and around the corner to reach a treasure chest to get a red
rupee.
Walk back around and make your way to the northwest corner of Castle Town. Here
you will find a stamp station, so stamp your book to increase the number to
nine! Run south and around the corner to find another treasure chest which
contains a red rupee. That�s all there is here for now, so jump down and head
north to Hyrule Castle.
Enter the castle and head right. Run up to where you first got your sword and
speak with Russell. For just 50 rupees, you can practice your swordsman skills
and earn a nice price! There are three guards that will surround you in this
area. The goal is to get 60 hits in with your sword before taking 3 hits
yourself.
The best strategy is to stand between the guard that is at the right and the
one on the bottom. Just strike one of the guards over and over, but keep your
eye on the other guard. Once it is gearing for an attack, quickly turn around
and strike it before it can hurt you. As long as you stand between the two
guards on the right and the bottom, the one on the left won�t bother you. After
achieving 60 hits, Russell will reward you with a full heart container!
That just above does it in terms of things we can do for now, so run back over
to the train. Ride eastward and enter the Tower of Spirits for the 3rd time.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 5.2 Tower of Spirits Secrets [W5.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2 is an entirely optional section of the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough. Now that
we have acquired both the whirlwind and the boomerang from the previous two
temples, we can revisit several of the previous floors of the Tower of Spirits
to reach new chests that contain some pieces of treasure! Once you arrive at
the Tower of Spirits walk up the steps and enter the first door to get to the
1st floor of the Tower of Spirits.
_______________
~ / First Floor \ ~
��
If you glance at the map you will notice there are gaps at the northwest part
of the map which you cannot cross. However, now that you have the boomerang,
you can trace a path over these gaps and you will be able to hit a switch. This
will cause a treasure chest to open up at the north end of the room. Run on
over and open it to get a random piece of treasure!
Before heading up to the second floor, collect the three Tears of Light once
again as we will need them in the floor above. Once you have done so, climb up
the steps in the center of the room to get to the 2nd floor.
________________
~ / Second Floor \ ~
��
Walk over to the northeast corner of the room and you will notice that there is
a gap that is too large to jump across. Move the phantom to the edge of the gap
and then pull out the whirlwind. A gust with the whirlwind will be enough to
send the massive phantom over the gap. Who would have thought that these
whirlwind gusts were that powerful! With Zelda across the gap, have her step on
the switch next to the treasure chest and this will create a small bridge where
Link can cross. Cross the bridge and open the treasure chest to get a rare
piece of treasure!
Have the phantom jump off the ledge to the left and then jump on top of the
phantom�s shield with Link. Walk around the corner and then head back east.
There is a treasure chest here that is on a higher platform. Since we are on
top of the phantom, we can no reach this higher ledge. Jump onto it and open
the treasure chest to get another piece of treasure.
Our last stop on this floor is the northwest corner of the room. Have Zelda
distract the enemy phantom and run around to the northwest corner where you
will find a cracked wall. Place a bomb to blow it up, but beware as this will
alert the stationary phantom! Remember, Link cannot go through the passage that
is revealed unless the phantom is nearby. Your best option here is to blow up
and whole, but then run away so that the enemy phantom cannot see you. Then
once it returns to its spot, safely run over to the corner and call over Zelda.
Walk through and open the treasure chest found in this small chamber to get
another rare piece of treasure!
Our next stop is the fourth floor of the Tower of Spirits. Your best bet is to
head up the stairs to the third floor, and then step into the blue portal to
get back to the Tower of Spirits entrance. From here, scale the staircase and
enter the 4th floor of the Tower.
________________
~ / Fourth Floor \ ~
��
There is nothing new on this floor that we can currently reach. There is an
area on the east end of the map that we will soon get to, but we must first
make our way to the fifth floor. In order to do so, we need to take control
over a phantom. Run around and collect the three Tears of Light just as we did
before. Once you have taken control of a phantom, just like before, jump onto
its back and walk across the lava. Make your way to the staircase and head up
to the 5th floor of the Temple.
_______________
~ / Fifth Floor \ ~
��
Navigate through this room just like you did before. Jump on top of the phantom
and cross the lava. Defeat the flying keese and make your way to the west side
of the map. There is a lava area to the north that we previously skipped over
since we had no use for it at the time. Send the phantom into the Lava and then
jump on top of it. While standing on the phantom stand on top of the platform
in the center of the lava. From here, pull out your boomerang and trace a path
around the corner to the north. You�ll find a switch on the left, so hit it
with the boomerang and it will cause the door to the right to open up!
Walk to the right and cross some more lava, ignoring the door to the north for
now. There are two paths with three flames blocking the way. The middle flame
is higher up and will only affect you if you are on top of the phantom. Send
the phantom across the top route and while it is blocking the flames, run
across with Link until both have reached the northeast corner of the room.
Place a bomb against the cracked wall at the northeast part of the room. Enter
the small chamber and open the treasure chest to get another nice treasure
piece. Return to the main part of the floor and now head to the southeast
corner of the room. Walk down the steps to get back to the 4th floor of the
Temple.
________________
~ / Fourth Floor \ ~
��
There is a small gap on the right side here and we need to use the same
whirlwind trick we did earlier to get across. Have the phantom stand right next
to the gap and then blow her across using the whirlwind. Once across, have the
phantom stand on a nearby floor switch and this will cause the torch on your
side of the gap to light up. Use the boomerang and trace a path from the lit
torch south of the gap to the unlit torch that is north of the gap. With both
torches now in flames, a small bridge will appear allowing Link to cross it.
There is a large flame that is blocking the path to the north and beyond the
flame there are a set of four blocks that can be blown up with bombs. Pull out
a bomb and then tap the phantom to give the bomb to Zelda. Have the phantom
walk through the flames and over to the boulders. Drop the bomb next to the
boulder and once it explodes, the phantom will be able to cross. Stop on the
switch and this will cause the flames to disappear, so Link can reunite with
the phantom. Run on over with Link and open the treasure chest to get another
rare treasure piece!
There is nothing left to do on this floor so let�s backtrack to the staircase

at the south end of the room and head back up them. On the fifth floor, make
your way back to the northern part of the map. Jump onto the phantom and walk
across the lava to get to the staircase at the north end of the room. Walk up
the staircase to get to the 6th floor.
_______________
~ / Sixth Floor \ ~
��
Once you arrive on the sixth floor of the Tower of Spirits, you will be greeted
by not one but TWO Geozards! Use the phantom to double team each geozard. After
hitting each geozard several times, they will finally be defeated and the door
to the south will open up.
Walk through the door and you�ll see several treasure chests that are ready to
be opened up! The three smaller chests each contain some pieces of treasure
with the large one containing a rare piece of treasure!
That is all the secrets that we can find in the first few floors of the Tower
of Spirits. We can now carry on with the main quest. You can return all the way
back to the fourth floor of the Tower and then back to the large spiral
staircase. Alternatively, you can just save your game at this time and once you
load it back up, you will be at the entrance of the Tower of Spirits. Climb up
the spiral staircase and enter the 8th floor of the Tower of Spirits!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you haven't already, you can speak with Anjean and you'll find out that your
next destination is the next section of the Tower of Spirits. Walk up the
stairs and then scale all the way to the top of the new set of spiral stairs.
Enter the door to tackle the next part of the Tower of Spirits.
________________
~ / Eighth Floor \ ~
��
Right off the bat you�ll notice that there is no map to this section of the
Tower. This place is pitch black� other than the torches that light up some of
the select areas. Begin making your way to the right and you�ll eventually see
some unlit torches. Use the boomerang and first target a lit torch, followed by
an unlit torch and this will light it up. Continue to the east and the path
will split, where you can either go up or down. Go up first and use the
boomerang to light all the torches. There are two already lit torches against
the northern wall. After lighting the torch on the right, you�ll see a bomb
flower. Pick up the bomb flower and toss it so it explodes between the two lit
torches. Walk into the hole that it creates and grab the treasure piece from
the treasure chest!
Return to the room below and now head southward, lighting up all the torches
along the way. You�ll eventually run into a ghost like enemy that is floating
around in the dark portions of the room. These enemies are known as nocturn and
Link cannot defeat them in his current form. You�ll also see a tablet here, but
since it�s dark you cannot read it. All it does say, is that the wall to the
right (which we also cannot see for now), can be bombed. We cannot do anything
about it right now, so just head to the right and then up the stairs to the 9th
floor.
_______________
~ / Ninth Floor \ ~
��
Upon arriving you�ll see two of the three Tears of Light, as well as new, torch
phantoms! This next room can be rather frustrating as there aren�t nearly as
many torches. Light the torch to your left by using the boomerang. Continue to
the left and you�ll see a tablet next to several unlit torches. Light up the
three torches while avoiding the nocturns and then read the tablet. The tablet
says to blow out the lonely torch in the corner where the phantoms tread. It
might sounds a bit confusing, but we�ll make use of this statement in just a
bit.
Run northward and you�ll see a large safe zone with two torches. Use one of the
torches to light up the unlit torch to the right. When the coast is clear, use
this now lit torch to light up another torch just above it. Keep heading north
and you�ll find a safe zone on the left, along with a bomb and some unlit
torches. Once again, use the boomerang to light up these two torches.
Walk to your left and you�ll find several nocturn. Continue to the left and
you�ll find another unlit torch so light it up! There are several nocturn down
the corridor here but there is an unlit torch as well. You need to move into
the darkness a bit, and then use the lit torch to light up the unlit torch. Run
over to the newly lit torch and you�ll see a safe zone to your left. Walk to
the bottom left corner, enter the safe zone, and collect the first Tear of
Light!
Back track all the way to the safe zone that is located right next to a bomb
flower. Walk out to the right and then head down just a bit. Once you reach the
first torch, walk against the wall on the right side. You�ll be able to see a
safe zone, but it is blocked by a wall. Just walk down, right, and then up to
reach the safe zone and collect the second Tear of Light!
Wait until no phantom is on the right side, and then head down and then right.
Stay against the wall on the right and head up and you�ll eventually find an
opening on the right side. Now run all the way to the northeast corner of the
room where you will find a torch. Remember that the table said there was a lone
torch in the corner by where the phantoms tread? Well, this is that torch. Pull
out the whirlwind and blow out the flame. Look what you see! It is a kind of
scary looking crack in the wall.
Use one of your bombs or run on over to the safe zone to the left to get a bomb
flower to blast away the cracked wall. Walk inside to get the 3rd Tear of
Light.
Leave the room and follow one of the phantoms and strike at its back with your
powered up sword. Tap on the phantom and Princess Zelda will now gain control
of the armored beast. The phantoms swords act as flames, which will light up
the area where the phantom lies. Additionally, the phantom can now kill the
nocturn that float around the halls.
With Princess Zelda now in phantom status, get back to the south end of the
room. If you recall, there was a stone tablet on the previous floor that we
could not read because it was dark. Now that we have the torch phantom we can
read it. It's optional, but if you'd like some goodies, head back down to the
eighth floor. Read the stone tablet and it tells you to bomb the wall to the
right. Walk with the torch phantom and you'll see the crack in the wall. Blow
it open and then head inside to find a treasure chest containing a random piece
of treasure! Now return to the ninth floor.
It�s a good idea to let the phantom lead the way and then follow right behind
with Link. Walk to the left and the path now extends over a large bottomless
pit. Lead with the phantom and carefully follow suit with Link. Another cool
perk about the phantoms sword, is that it can light torches on its own since it
is on fire.
Lead with the phantom and make your way all the way to the bottom left of the
map and you�ll see there are two unlit torches and a closed door. Use the
phantom and slash at the two torches to light them up. Walk up the staircase to
get to the 10th floor.
_______________
~ / Tenth Floor \ ~
��
Walk to the right and you�ll see a switch here. Have Link step on it and then
send the phantom to the right and then up. You�ll see a second switch, so step
on it. With both switches pressed down, the door near Link will open up. Call
the phantom over and head through the door. There is a stone tablet here that
tells you to illuminate as much as you can to find the answer.
Walk all the way northward until you get to a wall. From here go to the left,
and then down until Princess Zelda gets scare of the rats running around. Kill
the two rats, head left, and then up. Use the phantom to light up the torch and
then open the treasure chest to get a random piece of treasure!
Backtrack a bit and walk on over to where you see a locked door that is
indicated on the map. You�ll notice there are a bunch gold colored squares on
the ground. This is what that tablet was referring to. Walk around so that you
can see all of the gold colored squares and you�ll notice that it makes the
shape of a �Z�.
With that out of the way, walk on over to the southeast corner of the map,
allowing the phantom to lead the way. You�ll see a red door here. Tap on it and
it tells you to draw a symbol. Draw the letter �Z� as was shown on the floor
and this will open up the door. You�ll see the big key here, but it has an
electric shock, so Link is unable to pick it up himself. Call the phantom over
and have the phantom hold the big key.
Once the phantom picks up the key, three Key Masters will appear. Their goal
is to pick up the big key and put it back to where it originally is. The
phantom must carry the big key to the locked door at the top of the screen, but
Link must protect the phantom from the key masters. These key masters will
appear even after you defeated them, so don�t bother try to kill them all over
and over again. Just clear the phantom and then quickly have the phantom run
by. Once you are close enough, have the phantom toss the key into the key hole
to open the door. Walk up the stairs.
__________________
~ / Eleventh Floor \ ~
��
Once you walk up the stairs, the door will shut behind you. A mighty looking
geozard will appear. This ferocious looking enemy is a geozard chief but it�s
really not that much harder than the geozard. The general idea is the same.
Just set the phantom after the geozard while you sneak behind him. Double team
the geozard with constant sword slashing and the enemy will eventually jump
away. The geozard will also spit out fire from its mouth that will harm Link,
so tried to avoid that. Just repeat this process until the geozard has been
defeated.
Once defeated a treasure chest will appear. Run on over and open it to get a
rare piece of treasure. Walk up the staircase to get to the 12th floor of the
temple.
________________
~ / Twelth Floor \ ~
��
This is the final floor so Princess Zelda will leave the phantom�s body and
Link�s sword will revert to normal. Run up the steps and pick up the Ocean Rail
Map. Walk into the blue warp portal to be sent back to the entrance.
Talk to Anjean and she�ll instruct you that the Locomo at the Ocean Realm is
Carben. Jump on the train and that concludes chapter 5 of the Spirit Tracks
Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 6 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Ocean Realm ____________________/ [W6] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 6.1 Repairing the Bridge [W6.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now that we have the Ocean Rail Map, let�s head to our next destination! You'll
find some new enemies along the way and they are in the form of bulblin riders.
Just blast away with your cannon to defeat them. If there are more than one,
alternate your cannon shots so that you don't let them shoot of a bomb arrow at
your train.
Journey to the southeast portion of this map and as you make the final curve on
the tracks, keep your eye to the right. You'll see a rabbit peaking out from
behind a stone. Blast away and capture the rabbit to get the 5th grass rabbit,
and 12th rabbit overall. This rabbit is really tucked behind a rock that is
over the hill. You will soon restore tracks to make it easier to reach this
rabbit if you cannot reach it already.
Continue heading east and as you draw near, you�ll notice that the bridge that
least to the new area is broken! You�ll also notice that there is a station
here. Pull up at the station to arrive at the trading post.
________________
~ / Trading Post \ ~
��
Run on over to the only house that is at this train stop and you�ll meet up
with a very familiar face. Linebeck the III. He runs a trade post, but because
the bridge is broken and the Spirit Tracks are disappearing, it is affecting
his business. He mentions that he knows a bridge repair specialists that lives
up in the Snow. The bridge worker he is referring to lives over at the station
that is conveniently known as the Bridge Worker's Home. After defeating the
Snow Temple, you did gain access to this station, so you might have already met
him. Leave the house and head back to the train.
Leave the trading post and head towards the Tower of Spirits. This is actually
the fastest way way to get to the east part of the Snow Realm. Once you get off
the train, just talk to Anjean and get right back on, but this time select the
Snow Realm. Once you are in the Snow Realm, just ride forward and the very
first stop is the Bridge Worker�s Home, so stop right there.
________________________
~ / Bridge Worker's Home \ ~
��
Run straight to the house and speak with the carpenter here a few times and
tell him about the broken bridge in the Forest Realm. He�s ready to go right
now and he�ll head off to the train.
Before heading on over, there is a quick secret here at the Bridge Worker's
House. Just to the east of the house you will find four rocks. Toss the four
rocks aside and then play the song of discovery. This will cause a treasure to
appear, so open it up to get a big green rupee!
No run off towards the train and you�ll actually run into Ferrus, our
photographer friend. He tells you that you have to follow all the train signs,
as well as the train speeds. You cannot make any sudden stops or forget to pull
the train whistle at marked signs; otherwise the carpenter will get off your
train and yell at you. All aboard! Now go back to the Tower of Spirits and then
all the way back to the Trading Posting station. Remember to adhere to all
railroad signs, while always watching out for enemies!
__________________________
~ / Trading Post Revisited \ ~
��
The Carpenter will then head off to start working on the bridge. Run on over to
check it out and you�ll be joined by Linebeck III. Linebeck doesn�t want to pay
the 5,000 rupee cost to fix the bridge, so that burden will fall on Link. Once
the discussion is over run over to Linebeck�s house to talk to him and he makes
you an offer. His grandfather left him a note about the very rare Regal Ring
that is worth 8000 rupees, but he was never able to figure it out.
Leave the house and head to your left. If you haven�t learned the Song of
Discovery yet, play the Song of Awakening for the statue here to learn it. Now
enter the cave to the left.
Inside the cave you�ll see a Like-Like. Be careful as these fellows will steal
your shield if they suck you in. They are tough to defeat so it may be best to
just run right passed them. If you do choose to stay in fight, your best bet
would be to toss a bomb into its mouth while it is trying to suck you in.
Run forward and you�ll notice that there is a stamp station on the left side.
Jump over to the left and then use a bomb to blow up the boulder that is
blocking the way. Jump on over and stamp your stamp book at the stamp station!
That gives us the all important 10th stamp into our notebook, which we will
soon get a reward for! Exit the cave at the north end and you�ll appear back
outside but now you are north of the train tracks.
You can read the tablet to find that the legendary Captain Linebeck is buried
here. How sad. You will see a statue with small notes being playing out of it.
The order is Purple, Yellow, Orange, Turquoise, and Silver. Pull out the Spirit
Flute and play these notes. The song is absolutely brilliant and it�s known as
the Song of Light. A crystal will appear from the ground and it shines its
light to the northeast.
Walk to the edge where the light is shining. Pull out the boomerang and trace a
path where the light is shining and you�ll find a switch out in the water. Hit
it and it will create a small bridge to the east.
Run on over and cross the bridge and you�ll find a cracked hole in the wall.
Use your bombs or the bomb flowers from across the bridge to blow up the hole.
Enter the cave.
Defeat the six octoroks in this cave and you�ll notice two crystal switches and
a treasure chest. However, there is something very fishy about that treasure
chest! It�s shaking and if you try to open it, it is actually a Like-Like so
don�t do it!
Pull out Linebeck�s letter and you�ll read several clues to finding the ring.
1. To enter the hiding spot, sound the light and follows its beam.
2. Inside, go 4 steps north and 6 steps west from where the lights cross.
Pretty simple right?
Stand directly next to each of the crystals and play the newly acquired Song of
Light. The crystals will activate and create beams that intersect one another.
Linebeck�s Note says we are supposed to go 4 steps north and 6 steps west from
where the lights cross. Do just that and then whip out the Spirit Flute. Play
the Song of Discovery to uncover the hidden treasure! Remember, the song is
Orange, Yellow, Orange, Turquoise.
An old treasure chest will appear. Open it up to get the Regal Ring! Leave the
cave, and head all the way back to the house and talk to Linebeck III. Show him
the Regal Ring and is very excited to see it. The bridge repair man has also
just finished his work and jumps into the conversation about the Regal Ring.
The bridge repair man agrees to take the ring as repayment and then walks off.
Linebeck tells you that from here on out, bring any treasure to him and he�ll
even help you customize your train a bit.
That's all that you need to do right now, so you can head right back to the
train and make your way over to the Ocean Realm... However, there is still
plenty of optional quests to do before then! Now is a good idea to finally
trade in a bunch of the pieces of treasure that we have aquired. If you've been
following the walkthrough, you should have well over 1000 rupees by now.
However, we would like to be at 2000 rupees so we can purchase that heart
container that was for sale at the Snow Sanctuary shop up in the Snow Realm.
Trade in whichever treasure you'd like, and then exit the hut.
You can go check out the brand new bridge if you'd like. The repair man is just
standing there... so I guess he doesn�t want a ride back home. Make your way
over and board the train.
_________________
~ / Aboda Village \ ~
��
If you have been following along, we have collect 10 stamps in Niko�s Stamp
Book. Trace a path to Aboda Village and ride on over. Once you arrive, go and
visit Niko and tell him of the good news! Niko is happy to hear of your
accomplishments and he rewards you with the Shield of Antiquity! This is the
same shield used by the Hero of Winds from Phantom Hourglass! The shield acts
identically to the shield that Link had already been using except for one
noticeable change. This shield cannot be gobbled up by Like-Like enemies that
roam some of the caves. At any point if you�d like to switch back to your old
shield, you can just talk to Niko and he�ll switch it for you. Afterwards,
head back and board the train.
__________________
~ / Snow Sanctuary \ ~
��
Our next stop is over at the Snow Sanctuary within the Snow Realm. You need to
have at least 2,000 rupees on hand to get the next item. If you don't have
enough rupees, you can trade in some treasure to Linebeck III. If you are still
short, you can just progress with the game and then come back to this at a
later point in time.
Ride on over to the Snow Sanctuary. Use warp gate A, which is just north of
Whittleton Village, in order to quickly reach the Snow Realm. Once you�ve
arrived at the Snow Sanctuary, enter the shop that is near the station. Up for
sale is a full heart container for a pricey 2,000 rupees. Pay the clerk to get
the sixth heart container! Leave the shop and board the train once more.
Use Warp Gate A if you'd like and make your way all the way back to the Trading
Post at the southeast corner of the Forest Realm. Ride your train eastward
across the bridge and enter the Ocean Realm.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 6.2 Ocean Sanctuary [W6.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter the Ocean Realm and ride on. Skip the first stop, which is Papuchia
Village and keep heading east to the Ocean Sanctuary. (We�ll return to Papuchia
in just a bit). Once you arrive, make your way to the cave. There is a strange
looking enemy known as a lobarrier blocking your way. It wields a large stone
like item that it hits Link with if he comes to close. Use your boomerang and
trace a path to hit the lobarrier in the back to stun it. Run around and slash
at it to defeat it. Enter the cave above.
There is another lobarrier waiting for you here. Defeat it using the same
method and then walk around the cave until you reach an area with a gap. There
are two bomb flowers here but across the gap you�ll see several breakable
boulders and a switch. Lift a bomb flower and toss it over the gap so that it
will hit the breakable boulders. Then pull out the boomerang and hit the switch
to create a bridge to cross. Continue through the cave defeating another
lobarrier and then head up the stairs.
You will now be back outside in a rather larger area. If you look around and
look at your map, you�ll notice that there six face statues located on a series
of islands here. There is one locked red door and it hints that the way to find
the correct path is to trace which direction all the face statues are looking.
Run around the island defeating the octoroks on the left, as well as several
more lobarriers. All the statues can be seen on the map with a small circle.
Run towards them and trace which way all the statues are facing.
In order to reach the island on the left, use the boomerang to hit the crystal
switch behind the octoroks. To reach the island on the right, grab a cucco and
float to the island from the high up area at the top-right of the map. You can
also use a cucco to get to the island just south of here where you will find a
treasure chest containing a random piece of treasure.
Once you�ve drawn out the path of all the faces, you�ll see that with the
crossing lines, it creates two equivalent diamond-like shapes right next to
each other. A sideways 8 or a mathematical infinite sign might be a better way
to describe it. Run over to the red door and draw out this shape and the door
will open up. Enter the sanctuary.
Carben, the Locomo that we are looking for doesn�t seem to be here. However, a
note is left instead and it reads, �I�m at Papuchia Village visiting my sky
friends�. Exit the sanctuary to get back outside. Walk to the southeast
portion of the map and head down. Step on the switch here to create a bridge
allowing for quick access. Run back over to the train and then take off
towards Papuchia Village, which is just to the west.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 6.3 Papuchia Village [W6.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Run around the town and talk to some of the town folk if you�d like. Princess
Zelda will see Carben, seemingly floating around in the air with the birds.
Don�t mind that for now and run over and enter the largest of the four houses
on the island. Speak with the Fortune Teller and after all the mumble jumble,
she tells you that there is a hidden stone near the lonely tree, underneath the
sky dwellers.
Walk back south across a bridge and stand right next to the lone palm tree.
Whip out the Spirit Flute and play the Song of Discovery. Right below the palm
tree, another one of those statues that hum notes will appear. Tap on the
statue and you�ll see the set of notes; Purple, yellow, and purple. Play this
song and the bird creature that is holding Carben will set him down.
Speak with Carben and he seems upset with Link for playing the Song of Birds,
which has the power to summon birds. After some small talk with Princess Zelda,
Carben will ask you to take him back to the Ocean Sanctuary.
Before leaving, there is a treasure chest we can get. Walk to the northeast
portion of map and the jump across the small islands to the west. Open the
treasure chest here to get a random piece of treasure. Now run all the way back
through the village and board the train.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 6.4 Find the Ocean Temple! [W6.4]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Set your target for the Ocean Sanctuary. Since you have a passenger on board
you must adhere to all the traffic signs along the way� but there aren�t any
signs at all. As you are driving over the bridge, your train will be invaded by
a group of miniblin pirates. A battle sequence inside the train will follow. A
seemingly endless amount of miniblins will jump onto the train through the
windows. Just slash away at them with your sword one by one, trying to avoid
letting them get too close to Carben.
After the miniblins are done away with a giant monster carrying a large club
will be the last foe tackle. It moves incredibly slow so just slash away with
your sword. Once it is gearing to attack, back away to avoid its club strike.
Repeat this process over and over for a seemingly endless number of times.
Eventually miniblins will also start jumping from the windows to attack Carben.
Defeat the miniblins and then finish off the big moblin.
After that distraction is done away with, finish off the path to the Ocean
Sanctuary. Upon arriving, Carben will give Link a Force Gem and this causes the
Forest Rail Map to shine and a new path is opened at the southern portion of
the map! Carben will then take off to the Sanctuary.
Follow Carben and run all the way to the Sanctuary. Remember, you can use the
shortcut we made on the east part of the station. Speak with Carben once again
and you�ll then get to practice the next song! This one is a bit more
complicated as it goes turquoise, orange, and then purple. It skips yellow so
you will have to move very quickly to purple. After some practice do the real
thing and perform with Carben. It can be quite aggravating but make sure you
don�t perform your notes until AFTER Carben plays the notes. The Ocean Map will
start glowing and access to the Ocean temple will open up! Carben will then
give you�re a letter with directions to the temple. Leave the sanctuary and
return to the train.
The new tracks that are now opened up in the Forest Realm are not overly
important at the moment. The new area will allow easier access to grass rabbit
#5 if you haven't captured it already. It will also lead to the second Warp
Gate, which leads to the Snow Realm. You can activate this now if you'd like,
but you can just skip ahead.
_____________________
~ / Six Ocean Rabbits \ ~
��
Now that a bunch of the Spirit Tracks in the Ocean Realm have been restored,
there are six new ocean rabbits that we can now capture.
+-------------------------+
+-------------------------+ .-----| Ocean Rabbit #4 [OR04] |-----.
.-----| Ocean Rabbit #5 [OR05] |-----. | +-------------------------+ |
| +-------------------------+ | | At the northeast part of the Ocean |
| West of Ocean Rabbit #4 on the | | Realm on the south side of the |
| southeast side of the tracks. | | tracks. |
'-------------------------------------' '-------------------------------------'
__________________________________________________
| ......... |
| : Ocean/: |
| : Marine: |
| .....................: Temple: |
| : : #4 : |
| ....:#5 : : |
| : Underwater : : |
| : Tracks : : |
| : : : : |
| : : : : |
| :...............: : |
| : : : |
| : : #3 : |
| : : ........: |
| : #6 : : : |
| :...............:........: : |
| : : |
| : : |
| Ocean : : |
| Sanctuary : #2 : |
|......@........................................: |
| #1 |
|__________________________________________________|
+-------------------------+ +-------------------------+
.-----| Ocean Rabbit #6 [OR06] |-----. .-----| Ocean Rabbit #3 [OR03] |-----.
| +-------------------------+ | | +-------------------------+ |
| West of Ocean Rabbit #3 on the | | North of Ocean Rabbit #2 on the |
| north side of the tracks. | | north side of the tracks. |
'-------------------------------------' '-------------------------------------'
+-------------------------+ +-------------------------+
.-----| Ocean Rabbit #1 [OR01] |-----. .-----| Ocean Rabbit #2 [OR02] |-----.
| +-------------------------+ | | +-------------------------+ |
| East of the Ocean Sanctuary on the | | East of Ocean Rabbit #1 on the |
| south side of the tracks. | | north side of the tracks. |
'-------------------------------------' '-------------------------------------'
_______________________
~ / Carben's Three Orbs \ ~
��
Open up Carben's letter and you�ll see the numbers listed on some of the
places. The number 1 on Carben�s letter corresponds to the small island on the
east end of the map. As you ride over you�ll see Ferrus once again taking
photos. He gives you a hint that you need to pull your train whistle and it can
activate orbs. Ride on over to the island that Carben marked as a 1. Look
around and you�ll notice an orb as you draw closer. When the orb is in view,
just pull on the train whistle and the orb will turn blue. The timing is a bit
off so just keep pulling your train whistle while looking for the orb and
you�ll get it.<br>
The number 2 on Carben�s letter corresponds to an island northwest from our

current location so ride on over to this spot. Ride up all the way north and
then take the west path. The orb is on the right side of the mountain. So stare
it at either before you go into the tunnel or after you come out of it and
pull on the train whistle. This orb will also turn blue.
The third and final orb is found to the southwest of here. Ride on over and
enter this area of the tracks that seem to just end by looking at the map. As
you draw closer you�ll see the orb on the left. Look at it and pull the train
whistle to cause it to turn blue. Since we�ve activated all three orbs in the
proper order� a fish appears at the end of the tracks� so ride right into its
mouth!
____________________
~ / Underwater World \ ~
��
Upon arriving in the water, our next stop is the Ocean Temple. Just trace a
path directly to the Water Temple. There are a few ocean octoroks floating
around, so just shoot water missiles out of your cannon to defeat them. You'll
also see some black sea urchin floating around. Hit these with your water
cannon and you'll be rewarded with some rupees.
As you draw close to the temple itself, an evil armored train will appear, so
you have to avoid it. These armored trains are much smarter than the dark
trains we've faced off with before. They move faster and will switch their
route in order to attack Link's train.
The best way to avoid the first armored train is to just travel to the
northwest portion of this area. As you get closer to this corner a second enemy
train will appear and come out from the right side of the temple! Just continue
along the course you are on as you make your way to the top-right portion of
the map. The armored train on the right will come to a fork in the road and
whichever path it takes, have Link take the alternate route. Now that you are
past the 2nd armored train, and the 1st train is trailing behind, make your way
to the Ocean Temple.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 6.5 The Ocean Temple [W6.5]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________
~ / 1st Floor \ ~
��
Once you get off the train, head right on up to enter the main portion of the
temple. Walk up and take a left and you�ll find some yellow chuchu�s. These
chu�s have an electric shock to them, so be careful. First stun them with your
boomerang and then slash away with your sword.
There are four stone tablets here, and they are basically labeled with numbers
1-4. However the tablets say that whatever it is referring to is �above�. The
order goes Left, Right, Top, and then Bottom. Just keep a note of this as we�ll
use it in just a bit.
Walk over to the north and you�ll see some arrow shooters along the north wall.
Just stick to the bottom of this area and run across to the right. You can
awaken the statue here to find out about treasure on this floor, but we will
be getting this later anyway Walk up the stairs to get to the 2nd floor.
_____________
~ / 2nd Floor \ ~
��
There is a wall to your left that can be cracked open, so bomb it open if you
have bombs to find secret portion of the second floor. Once you enter, you'll
notice that there is another entrance on the right side of the room. Walk back
south and then place a bomb against the wall on the right side to reveal a
secret opening. While we have access to this secret room, we cannot do much as
we need the temple item to progress. So just leave this room and we'll be back
in just a bit.
Walk down and stand on the platform here and it will move Link across the gap.
Make sure you keep your shield facing northward to block the arrows that are
shot at you.
Walk south and stand on another moving platform. Remember the order, Left,
Right, Top, and then Bottom. There are four switches here, so use your
boomerang and hit them in that precise order and the door on the right side
will open. Let the platform take you there and go through.
Walk to the right and you�ll see around the corner there is a switch. The
boulders that are rolling down the path and will fall into a hole. If you hit
the switch, the hole will move a few spaces to the south. We want to stand at
the bottom hallway and use the boomerang to hit the switch to change where the
trap doors are. While its effect might not be clear now, what this does is
change where the boulders fall on the floor below. Use the moving platforms to
get back all the way to the first floor of the dungeon.
______________________
~ / 1st Floor Revisted \ ~
��
Run all the way back to just north of the entrance and now the path on the
right can be passed. On the far right side there is a strange, colorful vine
that prevents you from getting by. Ignore this for now and head up the stairs
to the north.
________________________
~ / 2nd Floor - East End \ ~
��
Defeat the two yellow chuchu�s on this floor. You'll notice that there is a
statue on the right side. You can awaken it to find that there is a treasure
chest at the bottom corner of this room that we currently cannot reach. No
worries though, as we'll soon be able to reach this area.
Walk to the right side of the room. Walk up the stairs to get up to the 3rd
floor of the temple.
_____________
~ / 3rd Floor \ ~
��
Walk to the room to the left and you�ll find an enemy known as a snapper. This
enemy will swing its whip and grab Link. When it pulls Link closer to its body
quickly slash away with your sword, preventing him from getting off a punch.
Link will now be free of the whip. Link can use the boomerang to hit the
snapper and then slash away with his sword. The snapper will also sling Link
back and forth with his whip. Just keep slashing away until the whip man has
been defeated. Open the treasure chest that is left to get the dungeon item,
the whip!
____________________
~ / Secret Treasures \ ~
��
Now that we have the Whip, we can get some secret treasure chests from some
previous floors as well as finding the temple stamp station. These are
completely optional, so you can skip ahead if you'd like.
Run back to the east end of the room and head down the stairs. At the south end
of the room, use your newly aquired whip on the wooden poles. Swing across from
pole to pole, tapping on them with your stylus and Link will make it across,
Indiana Jones style. Open the treasure chest here to get a piece of treasure!
Run over to the staircase and return to the first floor. On the east end of the
room, use the whip on the colorful vines that are blocking your way. Pull off
the two spikes and you'll be able to cross. Open the treasure chest to get
another piece of treasure.
Run to the south end of the room and swing across several wooden poles to make
your way to the southwest corner of the room. Use the whip on the fish statue
here to pull on the handle. This will cause a treasure chest to appear at the
top part of the room. Run on over and open the treasure chest to get another
piece of treasure! Climb up the stairs to get back to the 2nd floor.
_________________
~ / Stamp Station \ ~
��
At the north end of the 2nd floor, place a bomb on the right side of the
staircase if you haven't already. Then walk north to the secret area of this
floor. Use the whip on the spikes to clear a passage for Link. Run up north and
then use your boomerang to hit the crystal switch on the right. This will cause
a wooden pole to appear on the left side of the room.
Exit to the south and then run around to get to the west side of the secret
floor on the 2nd floor. Use the whip to hook across three wooden poles to get
to the north end of the room. Use the whip on the fish statue to pull on the
handle. This will cause a door just to the right to open up.
Walk to the south and keep an eye out for the moving platform. When it is all
way to the left. Hook over to the wooden pole and then just let it drop you on
to the moving platform. Let it carry you over to the right side and then run on
over to the stamp station. Stamp your notebook to get the 11th stamp!
That's all the secrets that we can get thus far. Backtrack all the way through
the temple to get back to the 3rd floor of the temple where we fought the
snapper.
_____________
~ / 3rd Floor \ ~
��
From the central room Link can now go in four directions. Go west for now by
using your whip on the wooden pole that hangs above the gap. This will allow
Link to swing across the gap and will land on the other side. Walk up the
stairs to get up to the 4th floor of the dungeon.
_____________
~ / 4th Floor \ ~
��
There is a stone tablet that hints to you that there are three handles, but
Link should only pull the furthest of the few. Run south and use the whip on
the wooden pole to swing across. Defeat the few yellow chuchu�s here by either
using the boomerang to stun them first or by whipping them twice with your
newest weapon. Grab onto the handle in the corner of the room and it will open
the door to the middle of the room.
There are three platforms extended over the large gap here. Remember what the
stone tablet said, pull the handle that is the furthest, which means the one on
the right. This will create a staircase that leads to the bottom of the room.
Run over and head down the staircase.
______________________
~ / 3rd Floor Revisted \ ~
��
Run all the way to the left side of the room and you�ll see two fish statues
against the north wall. Use your whip to pull out a sword from the fish statue
on the left. Keeping the whip equipped and thus the sword attached, hit the
second fish statue to stick the sword in. This will make a treasure chest
appear and will make a wooden pole appear, allowing Link to access the middle
of the room from here. Open the treasure chest to get a small key and then use
the whip to get to the center of the room.
Use the whip on the pole to swing to the north side of the room. From here,
head to the right and attach the whip to the pole. Wait until the platform is
underneath you before landing. Land and open the treasure chest to get a
random piece of treasure.
Backtrack to the north side of the room and then head west. Defeat the two
yellow chuchu�s, unlock the door, and then head back up to the 4th floor.
_________________________
~ / 4th Floor - North End \ ~
��
Pull the lever on the left with your whip if you�d like and this will cause the
door below to open up. We don�t need to go that way though since we�ve already
been there, so instead we want to head eastward. There are three consecutive
wooden poles here that Link can whip towards. While you are swinging and are
all the way to the right, quickly tap the next wooden pole to attach your whip
to it. Repeat this process to get all the way to the right side of the room.
Walk south and you�ll find two helmet chuchu�s. Use the whip to pull off the
chuchu�s helmet to reveal a plain old red chuchu. Defeat them both and the
doors will open up. Head up the stairs to get to the 5th floor of the dungeon.
_____________
~ / 5th Floor \ ~
��
You�ll see another one of those vines here. Just ignore it for now and head to
the center of the room. Defeat the two snappers that are in this room. They
aren�t too difficult to defeat, just use your whip to stun them and slash away
with your sword. Walk to the west side of the room and defeat the helmet
chuchu.
Walk all the way to the left and use the whip on the handle and a floating
propeller is pulled out. Use the whip and hold onto the propeller as it floats
off and it will take you all the way to the southwest corner of the room. Walk
up the stairs to get to the 6th floor.
_____________
~ / 6th Floor \ ~
��
There are two blue chuchu�s in this room. These fellows have an electric shock
and are not vulnerable to the whip or the boomerang. Instead, use the whip on
the statue above to pull out a sword. Keep the sword on the whip and use it to
attack the blue chuchu�s. Defeat both and a wooden pole appears at the far
right of the room. There isn�t anything else we can do here, so leave the room
and get back to the 5th floor.
____________________
~ / 5th Floor Part 2 \ ~
��
Pull on the lever here and let the propeller float Link back up to the platform
above. Use your whip and pull out the swords that are sticking out of the fish
statues. Toss the swords aside so that they break. After you pull all three
swords out, the wood poles at the top will drop, allowing Link to cross.
Walk to the northeast corner of the room and use your whip on the colorful vine
creature to pull off some of its tentacles. Walk through the open path and then
use the whip to get across the huge gap. Climb the stairs at the top-left
corner of the room to get back to the 6th floor.
____________________
��
There are five wooden poles along the top of this room so swing across. The
fifth wooden pole however, is much lower than the others and you must allow
yourself to fall a bit before grabbing onto the last pole. Just keep tapping on
the last pole as you are falling. This can be extremely frustrating but just
keep trying at it and you�ll eventually get it. Once on the right side, hit the
crystal switch and it will lower the 2nd closest of the wooden poles, making it
easier to use these in the future.
Walk south and defeat the helmet chuchu. Read the stone tablet and it tells you
to remember the placement of the blades. Walk around the floor and be sure to
note in which fish statues swords are located in. You can mark these on your
map.
Walk to the east end of the room and use the whip on the wooden pole to swing
yourself across the gap. Open the treasure chest to get a small key.
Swing back down and walk to the west side of the room. Remove the spikes from
the vine using the whip and then pull the handle out. This will cause a
treasure chest to appear in the room. Run on over and open it to get a random
treasure.
With the small key in hand, along with knowing which fish statues have swords
in them, return to the staircase at the top-left corner of the map. Walk back
down the stairs to get to the 5th floor.
____________________
��
Swing back across and then arrange all the swords so that they are in the same
arrangement as the room above. If you didn�t jot it down on your map, these are
the locations.
Top-left Top-right
o o x o x o o x o x
Bottom-left Bottom-left
o o o x o x
Top-left-� There is a sword in the middle and the far right.

Top-right-� There is a sword in the middle and the far right.
Bottom-left-- No swords.
Bottom-right-� There is a sword on the left and the right.
After all four sections have been copied to look like the floor above; a door
at the bottom-right portion of the room will open up. Walk to the south end of
the room and use the small key on the locked door.
Swing across using the wooden pole and then climb up the larger stairs here.
Climb up to get back to the 6th floor.
______________________________
~ / 6th Floor Part 3 - Big Key \ ~
��
Pull the handle that is located here and another propeller with a handle will
popup and starting floating off. Grab onto this handle using the whip and hang
on as it flies you over to the left. Once you are above the moving platform,
let go to land on it and then walk over and step on the switch to the left to
create a bridge.
Lift up the big key and walk northward and you�ll be greeted by three key
masters! These ones can be quite aggressive and you�ll actually have to fight
them all off. Quickly kill all of them and then carry the key up the long steps
and unlock the big lock. The floor masters to respawn after a few moments, so
you may need to defeat any of them that appear in your way. Walk up the stairs
to get up to the 7th floor.
_____________
~ / 7th Floor \ ~
��
Use the whip to cross the gap and get to the north portion of the room. Use the
whip to clear the vines in the room and then tap the stone tablet on the left
to create a wrap portal to the temple entrance. Slash at the pots in the room
to recover some of your life and then once you are ready, head up the stairs to
face off with the temple boss!
The door will close behind you and a short cinema of the place will be in full
display. Once you gain control of Link start scaling this tower-looking area by
using your whip to hook across the gaps. There is a vine hanging from one of
the wooden poles and it has a large eye in the center of its body. Use the whip
to pull out one of its spikes and then launch that spike into the vines eye to
defeat it.
Continue scaling the tower by using the whip on wooden poles to get across
gaps. Link will eventually reach a handle so pull on it and then grab a hold of
the propeller and make your dramatic entrance to the battlefield to take on
Phytops, Barbed Menace.
__________________________
/ PHYTOPS, Barbed Menace \___________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/4) Gunk Shot | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Vine Whip | |*|*|*| | | | | | | | |
| (1/2) Fall off edge | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first part of the battle will have Phytops stick out two of its |
| tentacles, which will put a constraint on where Link can go. The body |
| of Phytops, including its eye, is covered by the purple smudge that |
| is in the way. Use your whip on one of the tentacles to pull out a |
| spike. Hold onto the spike and then launch it at the face of Phytops. |
| If the spike hits Phytops it will clear a small area of the purple |
| smudge that covers its eye. Repeat this same process a second time to |
| remove more purple smudge. After two direct hits, the eye of Phytops |
| will be uncovered. Grab another spike from its tentacle and launch it |
| at the eye of Phytops, and the boss will fall to the ground stunned |
| for a short period of time, leaving its eye vulnerable to further |
| attacks. Run on over and slash away at its eye using your sword until |
| Phytops gets back up. |
| |
| Phytops has one main attack in this early phase and that is when it |
| will shoot a gunk shot out at Link. However, once Phytops is revived, |
| he will go on a tear with a serious of vine whips that are hard to |
| avoid. They aren�t too damaging though as each hit will only take � |
| damage. |
| |
| The first phase of the battle will repeat, so do the same thing and |
| grab the spikes from its tentacles, remove its gunk, and then hit |
| Phytops in the eye. After several consecutive hits like this, Phytops |
| will start combining its two phases in one by having all four |
| tentacles in the arena at once. It will use its gunk shot but will |
| also use its vine whip with its two back tentacles. It�s hard to |
| avoid the vine whips and the gunk at once, so you may take a few hits |
| at this part of the battle. Just repeat the same process and remove |
| its gunk and then nail it in the eye. |
| |
| The only other thing that Phytops does differently in the final phase |
| of the battle is that it will rotate around a bit, making it harder |
| for Link to reach the tentacles on the sides. This is just a minor |
| nuisance and the rest of the battle will be just like the previous |
| form. Nail Phytops in the eye a few more times to defeat this barbed |
| menace. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Use the whip on the vines of Phytops to pull out spikes. Then target |
| the front of Phytops and launch the spike to remove some of its |
| purple shield. Repeat this process until its eye is unveiled. Now |
| deliver a spike into the eye of Phytops to stun the boss. Run over |
| and slash as its eye. Phytops will toss more aggressive attacks |
| towards Link, but just repeat this same attack process until Phytops |
| has been defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
After Phytops has been defeated a blue force gem appears, another statue forms,
more of the Spirits Tracks are restored, and another section of the Tower of
Spirits is put back together!
Grab the heart container and walk into the blue portal that appears to warp
back to the temple entrance. Jump on board on the train and leave the ocean
temple behind. This concludes chapter 6 of the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 7 �� /�� /__\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 7.1 Lots of Goodies [W7.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Now that we have the Song of Birds and the Whip, there are a ton of overworld
secrets we can get. Additionally, there are several more Force Gems that we can
now acquire. However, this entire section consists of sidequests. If you�d like
to continue on with the main quest, just head straight for the Tower of Spirits
and skip over to section 7.2.
___________________
~ / Ocean Rabbit #7 \ ~
��
_____________________________________________________________________________
|/ \ |
| Tower \ |
| of | |
|Spirits/ |
|\_____/ |
| @ |
| : |
| :... |
| : |
| : ......... |
| : : : |
| : : Ocean : |
| : .....................: Temple: |
| : : : : |
| :........ ....: : : |
| : : Underwater : : |
| : : Tracks : : |
| : : : : : |
| : : : : : |
| : :...............: : |
| : : : : |
| #7: : : : |
| :............. : : ........: |
| : : : : : |
| :...........:...............:........: : |
| : : |
| : : |
| Ocean : : |
| Sanctuary : : |
|............@....................@........................................: |
| Papuchia |
| Village |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
There isn�t too much to do in most of the Ocean Realm, so let�s first knock out
this Ocean Rabbit. Ride along the new tracks that have been restored, riding
towards the Tower of Spirits. When you are directly north of Papuchia Village
and the tracks start turning northward, keep an eye out on the west side of the
tracks. The 7th Ocean Rabbit is found here so capture it!
_______________________________________
~ / Ocean Sanctuary - Stamp Station #12 \ ~
��
Our next stop is nearby at the Ocean Sanctuary. Once you arrive just take a
look at your map and you�ll see an island at the top portion of this area. We
previously were unable to reach this island but now we can. Just south of the
island there is a palm tree and a bird is flying nearby. Play the Song of Birds
and then use your whip to latch on to the handle. Let the bird carry you
northward and land on the small island. Open the treasure chest here to get a
piece of treasure.
Get back across using the bird and then make your way to the north part of the
Ocean Sanctuary. Just outside the entrance to where Carben is. There is a bird
floating around just south of Carben�s lair. Use the Song of Birds and attach
onto the bird. It will take you to the higher platform where you fill find a
stamp station. Be sure to Stamp Niko�s stamp book to get your 12th stamp
overall!
Before leaving, head to the northwest corner of the map and you�ll find another
bird floating around. Play the Song of Birds and latch on to get to the small
island at the corner of the map. Open the treasure chest that is here to get
another piece of treasure. That�s just about it for the Ocean Sanctuary, so
let�s make our way back to the train.
________________________________________
~ / Papuchia Village - Stamp Station #13 \ ~
��
Once you arrive at Papuchia Village, run over to where Carben was floating
around with the birds. Latch on using your whip and the bird will take you to
the southeast part of the map. From here, walk south to get to the southern
portion of Papuchia Village.
There are numerous islands in this part of the village. The large island in the
center of the map has a treasure chest containing a big green rupee, while the
island just to the west has a treasure chest with a random piece of treasure.
Just latch on to any nearby birds and use them to get from island to island. If
there are no birds nearby, play the Song of Birds to summon one.
After getting both treasure chests, make your way to the island at the
southwest part of the village. Here you will find the village stamp station, so
stamp Niko�s book to get the 13th stamp. Afterwards, use the birds to get back
to the northern portion of Papuchia Village.
________________
~ / Force Gem #2 \ ~
��
Enter the center house in the village and you�ll find a woman who seems
desperate to find a husband. She is looking for somebody with a beard, a large
nose, and who has a rugged, burly appearance. Sounds exactly like somebody we
know from Whittleton Village! Leave the hut and return to the train.
Our next stop is to find this lady a husband! Trace a path back to the Forest
Realm and over to Whittleton Village. Once you arrive, head on over to the
village chief�s house. He lives at the northern most of the small huts at the
station. Speak with him and he seems a bit skeptical of getting married since
he is kind of old. However, he agrees to it and will meet you back at the
train. Follow suit and board the train.
Trace a path along the tracks back to Papuchia Village. Once you arrive, the
village chief will immediately make his way to the woman and Link will follow.
They are so happy with one another and are going to get married immediately!
(If only it was really this easy). Their happiness will reward Link with the
second Force Gem! This will restore more Spirit Tracks near the east end of the
Forest Realm. This will allow us to gain access to grass rabbits #6 and #7.
Leave the hut and return to the train.
___________________________
~ / Grass Rabbits #6 and #7 \ ~
��
_____________________________________________________________________________
| : + + + / \|
| : + Forest + + / Tower |
| :++++++++++++++ Temple + + | of |
| : + @ ++++++++++++++++++++++++ \Spirits|
| : ++++++: + + \_____/|
| : : + +Hyrule @ |
| : : + #7 +Castle : |
| :.... :+++++++++++++++++++++........@...........: |
| : : + : : : |
| : : + : : : |
| @Rabbitland : + : : : |
| :Rescue : + : : : |
| :...............:.......++++ ...:...........:.......: |
| : : : : |
| : : : : |
| : : : : |
| : : : : |
| : Forest :...........:...........: |
| : Sanctuary : : : |
| :..@........: : : |
| : : Whittleton: + |
| : : Village : #6 + |
| : :...@.......:+++++++++++++++ |
| : : : + |
| : : : + |
| :.......: : + |
| : : + |
| : : + #5 |
| : : + |
| : :.....@............:.....|
| :#3 + Trading |
| : + Post |
| @...........:++++++++ #4 |
| Aboda + |
| Village +++++++++++++ |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
Trace a path back to the Forest Realm. Once you enter the realm take the new
tracks that lead northward. Immediately on the east end of the tracks you'll
find a rabbit hiding behind a boulder. Hit it with the cannon and then capture
it with the rabbit net.
Continue along the newly formed Spirit Tracks. Don't mind the new path to the
north as it leads to a dead end for now. You'll find another grass rabbit
peaking its head here, so capture it with the rabbit net. Continue heading west
and stop the train at Whittleton Station.
____________________
| +----------------+ |
| | Whittleton | |
| +----------------+ |
��
Back in Whittleton Village, run to the northeast corner and then head up to get
to the north part of the village. Use the newly acquired whip to swing across
the gap to the north. Open the treasure chest that is nearby to get a piece of
treasure. You can blow all the leaves that are in this area with the whirlwind,
as cheap pieces of treasure are found all over the place.
Swing back across and head to the south part of this area. Swing across to the
right and defeat the yellow spinuts that are all over the place. After blowing
away some leaves if you�d like, make your way to the northeast corner of the
map. You�ll find a villager who runs a mini-game all the way in this secluded
part of the woods. Pay the 50 rupees to participate in the whip race.
_______________
~ / Bomb Bag #2 \ ~
��
The game is quite simple and all you need to do is climb the area. Use the whip
to go from pole to pole as you climb your way around. In some cases you�ll need
to drop down a bit to swing over to the next pole. You�ll also bump into some
vines along your way which you will need to pull the spikes off in order to
pass. If you finish the race in between 1:15 and 1:30, you will be rewarded
with the medium bomb bag! This will allow you to carry 20 bombs!
______________________
��
If you can win the race in less than 1:15, Link will be rewarded with an even
greater prize of a heart container! There is little room for error in trying to
get to the 1:15 mark, so it may take several tries. The good thing is that even
if you don�t quite get 1:15 there are alternate prizes in the form of treasure
pieces for still scoring under 1:30. Once you are down with the game, leave
down and head all the way back to the train station.
_____________________
| +-----------------+ |
| | Castle Town | |
| +-----------------+ |
��
There are several things that we can do in Castle Town, but our first stop is
going to be at the "Take 'Em All On" challenge. It is the building at the
southeast part of town so run on over and enter it.
_______________
~ / Bomb Bag #3 \ ~
��
The second challenge of the "Take 'Em All On" game is now open. This one is
quite a bit more elaborate than the first time around. You'll face off with
numerous enemies as well as fighting Stagnox, Fraaz, and Phytops once again! Be
sure you've collected as many heart containers and have at least one, if not
two, potions with you. Remember, there are no recovery hearts throughout the
entire challenge. Once you are ready, pay the 50 rupees and take on the second
challenge!
Room 1 - Six Yellow Spinuts, Six Keese

Room 2 - Four White Wolfos
Room 3 - Six Freezards
Room 4 - Five Ice ChuChus
Room 5 - Two Geozards
Room 6 - Stagnox, Armored Collosus
Room 7 - Twenty Rats
Room 8 - Four Octives
Room 9 - One Geozard Chief
Room 10 - Fraaz, Master of Icy Fire
Room 11 - Two Snappers
Room 12 - Sixteen Green Spinuts
Room 13 - Eleven Octoroks
Room 14 - Phytops, Barbed Menace
After getting through this long and difficult, yet very fun challenge, you will
be rewarded with the big bomb bag! This will allow you to carry up to 30 bombs!
_____________
~ / Cucco Fun \ ~
��
There are a few other things we can still do here in Castle Town. Run to the
west part of town and you�ll see a cucco on top of the building. Play the Song
of Birds and the cucco will fly down. Pick it up and then run to the northeast
part of town and climb up to the ramparts. There are treasure chests on top of
the roofs of the buildings at the southwest and southeast part of town. Link
can use the cucco and float on over to each of the buildings. Both treasure
chests contain a piece of treasure.
There is a third treasure chest on top of the building just to the right of the
cucco stable. Use a cucco and fly on top of the building at the northeast
corner of the map. Fly over to the building just to the left. This next part is
a bit tricky. We need to fly to the southwest and land on top of the lion
statue. From there, you need to jump to the next lion statue that is to your
west. From there, fly over to the building to the northwest. These jumps can be
quite tricky and there is little room for error. Just keep trying it until you
get it. Open the treasure chest here to get a treasure that is a bit more rare.
________________
��
Before leaving town, enter the building that is on the west side of Castle
Town. Her husband loves rabbits but seems to have vanished. We know this man as
the Rabbitland Rescue owner. Tell the woman you know where her husband is and
then agree to take her to him. She'll then head off for the train.
Make your way to the Rabbitland Rescue, avoiding the Dark Trains along the way.
As you pass through the Forest, you'll bump into larger Skulltulas known as big
skulltula. These larger spiders take two shots to defeat and are not much of a
threat. Ride on over and stop at the Rabbitland station.
Once you arrive, the woman will walk over to her husband. She really does yell
at him quite a bit. The man really cares for the rabbits and the woman is so
fed up, she demands you take her back to Castle Town and then walks back
towards the train. Walk on over to her and speak with her once again to find
that she has had a change of heart and wants to stay. As a reward for bringing
her to the Rabbitland Rescue, she'll give Force Gem #3! This will open up some
tracks nearby. Climb back on board the train.
___________________________
~ / Grass Rabbits #8 and #9 \ ~
��
Ride along the newly restored tracks just west of the Rabbitland. After going
through a forest portion the area will open up again. On the east end of the
tracks you�ll find grass rabbit #8 peaking out so capture it!
Just seconds later you�ll find another rabbit peeking its head out from behind
a boulder on the south end of the tracks. Break the boulder and capture it with
the rabbit net.
________________
��
There is one more Force Gem we can get. Ride the train back to your home town
of Aboda Village. Once you arrive, speak with the young boy here and you�ll
find out that he has dreams of seeing the world from the sky. Offer to bring
him along for the trip and then return to the train.
Our destination is actually Beedle�s Air Shop. Keep an eye out for it on your
map. If it isn�t around, just ride around a bit until it appears. Once it is
close by, pull on the train whistle to get it to land. Ride on over and stop at
the air shop.
Once you have stopped, the boy will question whether this thing can actually
fly and there is a funny exchange between the boy and Beedle. The boy thanks
Link for bringing him here and will give away Force Gem #4! This gem will
restore some of the tracks that are just west of Castle Town. It gives you
easier access to rabbit #4 if you haven�t gotten it already, but otherwise, it
is just a shortcut in the tracks and nothing more.
___________________
~ / Pick Up Teacher \ ~
��
You probably noticed a man standing right by the station in Castle Town. This
is actually Teach, although he has disguised himself for whatever reason. He is
searching for Zelda and wants you take him to various places. Where he wants to
go will depend on what day it is. He may ask you to take him to Aboda Village,
Anouki Village, or Papuchia Village. At a later time, Teacher will ask you to
bring him back to Castle Town or take him to another village which we haven't
uncovered yet.
Taking Teacher from place to place is exactly like taking regular passengers.
Once you arrive at your destination, instead of a Force Gem, Teacher will pay
you some rupees. The amount of rupees will depend on how happy Teacher is when
he arrives, so make sure to follow all the signs while on the train!
That's all there is to do. So you can finally head on over to the Tower of
Spirits to tackle the next set of floors.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you haven't already, jump on the train and head to the Tower of Spirits.
With the new Spirits Tracks in place, we can get there right from the Ocean
Realm. Be careful as along your way, you�ll run into new ships that are on the
sea. These ships will target Link�s train with cannons of their own. Just
repeatedly tap on the enemy ships to shoot your own cannons at them.
Once you arrive at the Tower of Spirits, you may talk to Anjean if you�d like,
but then head up into actual tower. Climb the even larger amount of stairs to
get to the new area near the top of the tower.
____________________
~ / Thirteenth Floor \ ~
��
The map in this room looks a bit intimidating with all the enemies, but it
isn�t that bad when taken one at a time. The phantom that is crawling around in
this room is a warp phantom. The glowing enemies in the room are known as
phantom eyes and they will patrol some of the hallways in the room. If a
phantom eye spots Link, it will make a noise and the warp phantom will then
join him. While it appears that there are a limited number of phantom eyes in
this room, you cannot get rid of all them as they will rejuvenate. The
boomerang can be used to stun phantom eyes and then Link can finish them off
with a sword slash.
The first Tear of Light can be seen on the right side of the map. Wait until
the phantom is patrolling the left part of that square area hall, and then run
down the hall to the east. You�ll notice that there is a lit torch. Continue to
the east and you�ll see an unlit torch. Use the boomerang to light up the unlit
torch and this will create a treasure chest at the upper part of the room.
Walk around the edge on the right side and head up. Use the boomerang and hit
the phantom eye that is guarding the Tear of Light. Run on over and slash at it
to defeat it. Collect the first Tear of Light!
When there are no enemies nearby, run to the north and slash the crystal switch
that is in the safe zone. This will create a bridge at the southwest corner of
the room. Run down and left to get around the corner and then climb the steps.
Walk to the edge at the top of this area and pull out your whip. Use the whip
to pull the sword out of the middle fish statue and place it in the right
statue. This will make a treasure chest appear at the bottom-left portion of
the map.
If the phantom eye nearby responds, be sure to get rid of it as it could cause
you trouble. Walk around the corner on the left and open the treasure chest
here to get a small key. There is a patrolling phantom eye on the left side
here that covers a lot of ground. Without being seen, use the boomerang to stun
the phantom and then slash away with your sword.
Quickly run back to the higher platform on the right and from here pull out the
whip and target the wooden pole on the left. After using a second wooden pole
you�ll surface at a higher area. Walk up and then use the whip a second time on
the wooden poll to get to the top-left portion. Then quickly use the whip on
the two consecutive poles that head southward. Run to the right and use the
whip on the pole here as well. The phantom eye will see you, but just run into
the safe zone and get the 2nd Tear of Light!
Wait until the warp phantom returns to its regular spot and then run to the
right and swing across the gap over using the whip. Jump down and pull out the
boomerang and defeat the patrolling phantom eye that has respawned. Now run all
the way to the northeast corner of the map and use the small key on the locked
door. Head up the stairs to the 14th floor of the tower.
____________________
~ / Fourteenth Floor \ ~
��
Walk south to the safe zone and then head down this corridor. There is a
stationary phantom eye here, so stand around the corner and use the boomerang
to stun the enemy. Run on over and slash at it. Walk around the corner and
there is another phantom eye here. Use the boomerang to stun this enemy and
defeat it with the sword.
The warp phantom on the right is the only thing protecting the Tear of Light.
Stand around the corner just to the left of the phantom. Pull out the boomerang
and trace a path so that it hits a wall to the right of the phantom. The
phantom will go and investigate what is going on and this will allow Link to
run and collect the third Tear of Light!
With the sword now powered up and all three Tears of Light collected, strike
the phantom and Princess Zelda will take control of the armored beast. Now that
Zelda is in the form of a warp phantom, you can trace a path to any phantom eye
and the phantom will automatically warp on over. Trace a line to the phantom
eye on the right side of the map and the phantom will warp over to the spot.
Have the phantom step on the switch nearby and then let Link run all the way
around the room to meet up with the phantom. Open the treasure chest here to
get a random piece of treasure. There is nothing left to do in this part of the
room, so let�s walk back to the northeast corner of the room and head down the
stairs.
_____________________________
~ / Thirteenth Floor Revisted \ ~
��
Run to the southwest portion of the room and get rid of the phantom eye that is
patrolling this area. Climb the steps here and run across the bridge to get to
a treasure chest. Open it up to get a small key.
Run to the west side of the room and use the small key on the locked door.
There is a crystal switch here, but we need to hit two crystal switches as once
in order to make use of it. Just leave Link here from now and switch to the
Phantom.
Use the phantom and trace a line to the phantom eye at the northwest portion of
the room. The phantom will warp on over and then slash at the phantom eye. Walk
south and to the west and you�ll see a crystal switch. Hit this crystal switch
with the phantom and then switch to Link and hit the crystal switch that he is
standing by. With both switches hit at the same time, the nearby door will
open. Switch back to Link and run to the staircase at the top-left corner of
the map.
_____________________________
~ / Fourteenth Floor Revisted \ ~
��
Walk around this room and a blue chuchu will appear. Link�s sword cannot defeat
a blue chuchu, but the phantoms sword can! Defeat the two blue chuchus and make
your way to the southwest corner of the room.
There is sand that Link can cross here, but the phantom cannot. However, there
are two switches, one on each side. Have the phantom stand on the one on the
left and let Link stand on the one at the right. This will create a bridge so
that Phantom can easily cross.
Walk to the right and you�ll see a set of spikes. Keep walking around the
corner and you�ll see a strange looking tile on the ground that glows when you
stand in it. Leave Link on this title, but then send the phantom to walk across
the spikes. There is another one of these tiles in the corner here. Stand on it
and what it will do is switch the locations of Link and the Phantom. Now
control the phantom once again and walk it past the spikes.
Pull out the whip and walk to the left side of this area. Pull out the sword
that is in the fish statue and place it in the other statue. This will open the
door so head up to the 15th floor!
___________________
~ / Fifteenth Floor \ ~
��
Control the phantom and send it over the spikes at the right side of the room.
Have it walk all the way to the wall on the right, turn to the south, and then
walk left all the way to the glowing triangle. Now control Link and walk over
to the triangle on his side of the wall and this will flip the positions of
Link and the phantom.
Control Link and you�ll find a blue chuchu. Just run by it and head northward
across the sand. Run right by the Zora Warrior and you�ll find a block on the
ground. Push it to the left and then up. There are two switches to stand on.
Push the block onto one of them and then have Link stand on the other one. This
will lower the spikes that we had just crossed with the phantom. However, once
Link gets off the switch, the spikes will be back up.
Switch to the phantom and send him onto the glowing square near the center of
the map. Switch to Link and run to the southwest portion of where he is and
stand on the square to switch places with the Phantom. Now send the phantom on
the switch and it will lower the spikes.
Run over to the east end of the map with Link and then bring the Phantom in
this direction. Team up with the phantom to double team the Zora Warrior that
is found here. Once the enemy has been defeated, have Link and the Phantom work
together to open up the massive door. Open the treasure chest to get a small
key.
Control Link and just to the left where we fought the Zora Warrior there is a
staircase that will allow Link to jump back to the middle part of the room. Run
through the corridor at the west wide of the room and stand at the very edge.
Pull out the boomerang and trace a path to the northwest and hit the switch
that will come in view. This will create a bridge straight above.
Control the phantom and warp it over to the phantom eye at the northwest part
of the map. From here head down, cross the bridge, and walk over some spikes to
get all the way to the bottom-left part of the room. Walk with the phantom onto
the circle to the right and then switch back to Link.
Run to the south part of the room and step on the glowing circle here to switch
places with the phantom. Control the phantom once again and warp to the phantom
eye at the northwest part of the room once again. Walk almost all the way to
Link and step on the switch that is just to the right of the spikes. This will
cause the spikes to raise and allow Link to run free.
Walk to the left with Link and you�ll notice that between the rolling boulders
and the spikes, the path is blocked. Control the phantom and cross the spikes
to the north. Walk to the source of the boulders and right after a boulder
passes, run with the phantom as far up as you can go and then immediately
switch back to Link. The Phantom will hold off the boulders for a little
awhile, so quickly run with Link around the spikes.
Step on one of the switches nearby and then have the Phantom step on the other
switch, and this will cause another bridge to form nearby. Walk with the
phantom northward but don�t cross the bridge, you just need the phantom to be
close by.
Now walk across the bridge with Link and stun the phantom eye with the
boomerang but do not slash at it with your sword. Rather, use the whirlwind to
send the phantom eye to the northwest corner of the map. Each time you use the
whirlwind on the phantom eye, it will reset its stun time.
Once the phantom eye is in the corner of the room, switch to the phantom and
quickly trace a path to the phantom eye so that it will switch places. Have the
phantom step on one of the switches and have Link step on the other. This will
cause the door near the north part of the map to open up.
Run with Link all the way back to the center of the room. Use the phantom and
warp to the phantom eye near the top of the room. Now have the characters
joined together, open the locked door, and head up to the 16th floor.
___________________
~ / Sixteenth Floor \ ~
��
Run around the corners and read the tablet here. It says to move from the green
tile to the red tile and it will form a symbol. Use the phantom and warp over
to the phantom eye on the left side of the map.
The trick in this room is that the phantom needs to mimic the exact same route
as the phantom is doing on the right side of the map. In order to do this, step
on the green tile and then walk to the top-right most block. Then walk
diagonally to the bottom-left most block. Then walk upwards but don�t quite
touch the top-left most block. (Otherwise it will reset). Finish off the puzzle
by walking diagonally to the bottom-right most block and step on the red title.
This will cause the door in the center of the room to open up.
Walk all the way to the stairs with the phantom and then join along with Link.
Together, walk up to the 17th floor of the Tower.
_____________________
~ / Seventeenth Floor \ ~
��
Link�s sword will lose its power and Princess Zelda will leave the body of the
Phantom. Walk up the steps and collect the Fire Rail Map!
After a short celebration between Link and Zelda, Byrne shows up to ruin the
party. (Finally, we haven�t seen the main villains since the beginning of the
game!) Byrne jump up and looks like he is about to destroy Link, but he is
stopped by Anjean of all people.
It turns out that Byrne was actually the apprentice to Anjean, but he would
never listen. Anjean explains that the Spirits sent the Locomo to protect the
good. The fact that Byrne is trying to resurrect the Demon King is unfathomable
to Anjean. Byrne stopped following the Spirits, because they would never answer
him and he could become just as powerful as them. Byrne believes that Malladus
is the only thing more powerful than the Spirits. Anjean has given up hope on
convincing Byrne otherwise and tells Link and Zelda to head towards the Fire
Temple. Anjean then warps the two back to the entrance of the Tower of Spirits.
A battle between Byrne and Anjean seems to be apparent, but the next we see, we
are back at the entrance with Princess Zelda and Link. After some small talk,
it is decided that the Fire Temple shall be the next destination. Jump on the
train and head towards the Snow Realm. This here concludes the 7th chapter of
the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 8 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Fire Realm ____________________/ [W8] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 8.1 Goron Village [W8.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you haven�t already, leave the Tower of Spirits for the Snow Realm. Just
ride on northward and take the first right turn and then enter the Fire Realm.
Drive on forward and you�ll hear a loud noise and you�ll see a view of a
volcano. Be careful as you ride forward, as many of the rocks will fall from
the volcano above and land on the train tracks. Just shoot these rocks with the
cannon and they will blow up.
There are two known stops that can be accessed here. The first one is the Goron
Targeting Range, but because of the recent eruption, they are closed. Ride
eastward and stop the train at other marked location on the map, Goron Village.
Upon entering the village, you�ll see that it isn�t in the best of shape. You
can run around and talk to some of the villagers, but you cannot get to the
main part of town. Climb up the path on the left and head to the west part of
the village.
Walk to the northwest and open a treasure chest to get a random piece of
treasure. Walk to the west and you�ll see a series of boulders rolling down. If
you watch carefully you�ll notice pattern to the boulders. They come two in a
row, then one, then two, then one, etc� Since the path curves, if Link stands
in some corners, the boulders won�t be able to hurt him. Time your way and run
past the boulders when you can and hide against corners of walls. Work your way
to the west side of this area, dodging a series of rolling boulders.
You�ll eventually see a switch next to a large field of lava. Hitting the
switch will cause a bridge to appear to a short time in an area to the
northwest. Leave this alone for now and run to the corner of the map.
Pull out the whip and use it on the wooden poles to swing across the gap. Walk
up north and you�ll see another gap, so swing across the wooden pole with the
whip. Immediately upon crossing, you�ll bump into a new enemy known as a Fire
Baba. Theses plant like enemies will try to bite Link and will also shoot fire
out of their mouth. Use the boomerang or whip to cut its head off from the rest
of its body and then finish it off with the sword. Alternatively, you can just
use bombs to defeat them.
Walk over to the northwest corner of the map, defeating more Fire Babas on the
way and you�ll eventually encounter a Stamp Station. Stamp Niko�s Stamp Book
for the 13th stamp! Backtrack all the way to the southwest corner of the map
and run back over to the nearby switch we saw.
Activate the switch and quickly run back to the west part of the area. Pull out
the whip again and swing across the gap, using the wooden poles. Run across the
bridge before time expires.
Walk up to the north to enter a new part of the village. Talk to the Goron and
tell him you�d like to reach the Fire Sanctuary. Turns out in order to do this,
you have to meet the Goron Elder, but there is currently no way to reach him.
After he finds out that Link has a train, he agrees to meet you there. Leave
this area and head east.
Use the whip on the wooden poles to get across the gap. Walk up the stairs and
open the treasure chest to get a random piece of treasure! Now run south and
follow this higher ledge to the center of the map. Right near the center of the
map, jump off the ledge to the south. Run to the south a bit and open the
treasure chest here to get a piece of treasure!
Jump off the ledge, and head back east to the main part of town. Run all the
way back to the train and on your way, a scene will show a goron talking to
Kagoron, the special Goron that we just met up with. After they talk, we find
out that Kagoron wants to get Link a freight car for his train! Kagoron wants
Link to use the freight car to bring something back that is cold enough to cool
the lava. Jump back on the train, and let�s set our path back to the Snow
Realm.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 8.2 Mega Ice! [W8.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
__________________
~ / Anouki Village \ ~
��
Our next destination is all the way in Anouki Village so head on over! Once you
arrive, run to the northwest to find an Anouki standing near the water. He
talks about something known as Mega Ice, but unfortunately the water in Anouki
Village is no longer useful as it has been contaminated by chuchus. After
hearing that you have a passanger car, the Anoukie will ask if you can take him
to someplace with fresh water. Agree to do so and he'll take off for the train.
Run on over and jump aboard.
______________________
~ / Wellspring Station \ ~
��
Trace a path to Wellspring Station to the east. Remember, you have a passenger
on board now, so you cannot afford to get hit too many times and you cannot
make sudden stops. Once you arrive the Anouki will head off to the water. Walk
over to the water yourself and talk to the Anouki. In thanks for bringing him
here, the Anouki will give Link the 5th Force Gem! This will cause the Snow
rail map to light up and create some new Spirit Tracks!
The new tracks that are formed will form don't offer any new rabbits or new
stations, but they do however, offer the third warp point. Located just east of
Anouki Village, you will find Warp Gate C. Activate it and this will connect
you to the Ocean Realm just east of the Ocean Sanctuary. There are numerous
Force Gems that we'll soon be able to get, and thus Warp Gate will be useful,
so be sure to activate it once you get a chance.
The Anouki needs time to make the Mega Ice. In the meantime, run to the
northwest part of Wellspring Station and pull out your whip. Use the whip to
swing across the wooden poles to the east to get to the northeast part of the
map. Open the treasure chest here to get some rupees! Jump down and enter the
house on the right side of the map.
Just exit immediately and then run back to the Anouki to find some Mega Ice.
For the low cost of 25 rupees, the Anouki will load up some Mega Ice on your
freight car. If you repeatedly decline the offer, he will lower the price to 10
rupees. If you still say no to the deal, the Anouki will eventually give you
the Mega Ice for free! The Anouki will then explain some things about Mega Ice.
When transporting it, you need to be careful of enemies or sudden stops, as it
might cause some of the ice to fall out. Also, since Link is carrying ice, it
will melt when he is in warm places, so Link needs to move quickly. Walk back
over to the train and you will see the ice already loaded on your cart. Jump on
the train and head off to Goron Village back in the Fire Realm.
Once you enter the Fire Realm, you�ll notice that there is now a third dark
train here that is located right next to the Goron Targeting Range. This
prevents us from heading directly to the Goron Village, so we�ll have to take
an alternate path by heading north at the first juncture. Avoid the two dark
trains in this area as you navigate your way to Goron Village.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 8.3 Fire Sanctuary [W8.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_________________
~ / Goron Village \ ~
��
Once you arrive at the Goron Village, run to the west and speak with Karagon.
After telling him that you have the Mega Ice, Karagon will work with the
Goron�s and cool down the lava so that the path to the north is now open!
The Goron Elder is at the highest cave in the village. Run on over and talk to
the Goron Elder. You will be joined by the elder�s grandson who tells the elder
of the work that Link did for the village. The Goron Elder will then move
aside, revealing a passage behind him. Walk through the passage to get to enter
a cave.
There are several fire keese in your path. Have Link run around and either use
the boomerang or the whip to get rid of the keese. Walk to the north and use
your whip to swing across the gap. Step on the switch and a bridge will appear,
leading to the east side of the cave. There are several pots here, some of
which are shaking, signifying that there are some Like-Like�s here. These guys
are incredibly annoying so your best bet is to just avoid them. If you do
choose to fight them the whip actually works quite well against them.
Alternatively, if you have the bombs, toss one into its mouth while it is
trying to suck you in.
Climb the steps and then walk all the way to the left. Open the treasure chest
here to get a random piece of treasure. Walk back to the right and head up some
stairs to get some stairs. Walk north and you�ll enter the Fire Sanctuary!
__________________
~ / Fire Sanctuary \ ~
��
Run to the north and defeat the fire keese here. You�ll bump into several more
fire babas in this area. Remember, bombs are the best way to defeat them, but
alternatively you can use your whip or boomerang to cut of its head. This will
make it easier to finish them off with your sword.
Walk to the east and you�ll see several torches as well as several fire babas.
Defeat all the annoying fire babas first, and then the boomerang and light up
all the torches. Lighting up the first three torches will create a bridge in
the center of the map. Lighting up the bottom two torches creates two more
bridges.
Climb the nearby steps, and cross the bridge to the left. Walk to the northwest
corner and open the treasure chest here to get a random piece of treasure.
Cross the bridge to the north here and you�ll find a stamp station, so mark
your stamp booklet with the 15th stamp!
Return to the middle of the map and then head right across the bridge in the
center. Keep running to the right and you will find numerous face statues. Tap
the stone tablet and you�ll hear a story about two men falling in love with one
woman. After rivalry over the woman, the friendship shone like a light, uniting
the pair... it as if a door had been unlocked.
A strange tablet indeed but it does give a hint to the puzzle. Look around at
the eight face statues here and you will see that all the ones on the outside
are staring right at the middle one, except for the one on the right. Stand in
the middle between the middle statue and the one on the right and play the Song
of Light. (Purple, Yellow, Orange, Turquoise, Silver). This will cause a
crystal to appear and it will shine at the door above, opening it up.
Walk inside and speak with Embrose, the Locomo of the Fire Sanctuary. After
some small talk, agree to play a duet with him, just like the other Locomo.
First let Embrose show you the song, and it goes, Purple, Yellow, Purple,
Yellow, and then Turquoise. It�s quite hard and the rhythm is a bit
complicated. It might take a lot of practice, but keep trying it out and then
perform the duet with Embrose. After finally successfully completing the song,
the Fire Rail Map will start to glow revealing a ton of new Spirit Tracks!
Embrose gives Link advice to talk to some of the villagers before heading to
the Fire Temple. Leave the Sanctuary at the southwest corner and you�ll be back
in the cave. Jump off the ledge on the left and then exit to get back to the
main part of the village. The Goron Elder will tell you that the gate to the
Fire Temple is locked by three locks. There are three monsters that stole the
keys. The Elder mentions that the villagers may know more about the monsters.
Leave the house and talk to the Goron in the house to the left to find out the
monsters don�t like certain noise. The noise is one short noise, and then one
long one. This is a hint to use the train whistle against these monsters.
Another one of the Goron�s in one of the houses tells you not to try to get
behind them, but rather, hit them straight on.
The Goron on the east end of the village is in need of 10 blocks of Mega Ice,
as his house is still blocked off with lava. Agree to bring him ice, but you
don�t necessarily have to do this right now if you don�t want to. Now that we
have the freight car and have access to the Fire Realm, there are nine new
Force Gems we can collect. These are completely optional though and if you'd
like you can skip right ahead to the Fire Temple.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 8.4 Force Gem Galore [W8.4]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
This part of the walkthrough is entirely optional. If you�d like to continue

along with the main quest, you can head straight to the Fire Temple at this
point. Just skip down to section 8.5 of the walkthrough. However, now that we
have the freight car and access to the Fire Realm, there are a ton of side
quests we can take part in. This includes the collection of numerous force
gems, and in turn, access to several new stations, rabbits, treasures, warp
gates, and more.
________________
��
There is still some lava on the east end of Goron Village, so why don�t we get
rid of it? Talk to the nearby Goron here and he seems down because he cannot
get to his house. Agree to bring over some Mega Ice and return to the train.
Ride back westward to the Snow Realm and stop at Wellspring Station. You'll get
a letter in the mail and it is from Ferrus. Don't mind this for now as we'll
get to it in just a bitTalk to the Anouki here and purchase some Mega Ice. Then
head back to the train and board.
Ride your train and make your way over to Goron Village. You need to arrive
with at least 10 units of Mega Ice. Run on over to the Goron on the east side
of the village near the lava. This will cool off the lava and the Goron will be
delighted since he got now reach his home. In exchange for your work, you will
be rewarded with Force Gem #8. This will open up some new tracks that lead
south of the Goron Target Range. You'll be able to access a new Warp Gate and
capture your first desert rabbit!
_____________________
~ / Four More Rabbits \ ~
��
There are three mountain rabbits that we now can capture since there are no
longer and dark trains roaming the northern area of the map. From Goron Village
travel west just a bit and then take the path northward. Just continue riding
northward, passing the first intersection and when you come to the next
intersection, turn right. The first mountain rabbit is just to your left, so
hit the boulder and then capture the rabbit with the rabbit net.
Ride northward and the tracks turn to the west. The next rabbit is located on
the north side of the tracks, just before the tracks turn to the south. Capture
it to get the 2nd mountain rabbit!
The next rabbit is located on the southeast side of the tracks... directly west
of the Goron Target Range. Ride on over and break the boulder and capture the
rabbit for mountain rabbit #4.
Let's now navigate the new tracks that were opened up by Force Gem #6. Travel
directly south of the Goron Target Range and when the tracks turn to the west
keep an eye out at the southeast corner. A rabbit peaks its head out from
behind a boulder. Hit the boulder and capture your first desert rabbit!
Ride westward and activate Warp Portal D. Pull the train whistle and ride
forward and you will be warped over to the Ocean Realm.
________________
��
Our force gem quest begins nearby at Papuchia Village so ride on over. There is
a woman in Castle Town who has been talking constantly about fish and
coincidentally there is a fish merchant in Papuchia Village. Once you arrive
run over to the woman on the west side of the village. She�ll call over so go
and talk to her. She offers to sell you 20 fish for 50 rupees. She tells you
that you cannot just leave the fish out in the sun and also to watch out for
birds. Head back towards the train.
Set a path back to the Forest Realm and then back to Castle Town. Once you
enter the Forest Realm, it seems random what types of enemies will appear.
You�ll either see two dark trains at the north part of the tracks near Castle
Town or you�ll encounter snurgle and new enemy tanks. The snurgle are
especially attracted to the fish that you are carrying, so be sure to get rid
of them quickly. The tanks are new enemies that you may have already
encountered in the overworld. They usually come in groups of two or three and
they will shoot cannons out you. Each tank takes two hits to defeat. If you see
a cannon being shot at you, shoot it before it hits your train. Make your way
all the way to the train station and stop at Castle Town.
Once you arrive run over to the person in the center of town near the small
waterfall. The woman will call you over once you are close by. After hearing
that you have fish, agree to give them to her and she�ll reward you with Force
Gem #7! This gem opens up some new tracks at the east end of the Forest Realm.
These new tracks will allow Link to reach the Grass Rabbit #10 and Ocean Rabbit
#8! Jump back on your train.
____________________
~ / Two More Rabbits \ ~
��
There are two new rabbits that we can now capture from the new Spirit Tracks
that were unlocked. From Castle, ride towards the Tower of Spirits and then
head south towards the new tracks. Turn to the west and keep an eye out on the
south part of the tracks. Blast at the boulder here and capture the 10th and
final grass rabbit!
Travel to the east and you�ll enter the Ocean Realm. The track only extends
briefly into the Ocean Realm. The Ocean Rabbit can be found at the southwest
of the tracks.
Now that we have all 10 grass rabbits, we can finally make our way to the
Rabbitland Rescue to get a reward. You will be rewarded with some treasure
pieces for your hard work. These aren�t the cheap treasure either, these are
the expensive ones that are worth 500 rupees at Linebeck�s Trading Post. Your
next rabbit quest is to collect all 10 rabbits from the Snow Realm. We�re
almost there actually, but for now, just head back to the train.
________________
��
Our next force gem quest begins over in Castle Town. Ride on towards Castle
Town and stop the train. Run over to the cucco man at the northwest part of
town. His cuccos have grown and it is now time to sell them. He offers to sell
you 5 of them for 50 rupees. Agree to purchase them and they�ll be put on your
train. Remember the man back in Aboda Village wanted to raise cuccos? Well,
that is our next destination so jump on board the train.
Set the course for Aboda Village and be sure you do not get hit by any enemies
on your way or else you will lose cuccos. Once you have arrived run over to the
man at the northwest part of the village and show him the cuccos. He is happy,
but he wants 10 cuccos all together. This means we�ll have to make a second
trip to Castle Town to pick up some more cuccos. Ride on over, purchase 5 more
cuccos for 50 rupees, and safely bring all 5 cuccos back to Aboda Village. Once
he finally has 10 cuccos, he will be so delighted that he will reward you with
Force Gem #8!
This new gem will restore some new tracks that are north of Aboda Village. The
highlight of these new tracks is Warp Gate E, which will connect the Forest
Realm to the Fire Realm. Ride on over to the Warp Gate and activate it. One
your way you will find two new enemies. One if a big skulltula, which you may
have already encountered. These larger skulltulas take two hits to defeat. You
will also find tektites right near the warp gate. These spikder like enemies
will climb on the walls and will jump and try to land on top of your train.
One cannon shot will do them in. When you pass by the warp gate, pull the train
whistle, and then ride right through to get to the Fire Realm. Ride on over and
stop at Goron Village.
________________
��
If you haven�t already, ride on over and stop your train at the station at
Goron Village. While at Whittleton Village, you may have overheard that they
were in need of some iron to forge new axes. Well, you can purchase some right
here in Goron Village! On the west part of Goron Village, pay up some rupees in
order to get some iron from the Goron. Run back to the train and take off.
The path to Whittleton is a bit distant and there really are no good shortcuts
at the moment. You can take warp gate A or B if you�d like, or even the new
tracks that were formed from Force Gem #5. However, the best route is through
the Tower of Spirits. You need to make sure that you have five units of iron
when you get there.
Once you arrive at Whittleton speak to the villager just west of the station.
He�s happy and will get Link Force Gem #9. This gem will unlock some tracks
just west of the Forest Temple. It really is completely useless as there is
nothing of interest at these new tracks other than it being a small shortcut.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #10 \ ~
��
One of the Anouki back at Anouki Village was in need of some lumber, as well
as somebody that can be of use as a builder. Well, we can knock out one of
those things right here in Whittleton Village. Talk to the lumber man and
purchase some lumber for 100 rupees. Then head back to the train.
We also need a handy man that can help build the fence for us. The Bridge
Worker should be able to do the trick. The last we saw of him, he was still
at the Trading Post in the Forest Realm. Use the train and ride on over to
the Trading Post. Speak with the Bridge Worker, who apparently hasn�t moved
for days now� and he�ll jump on board. Use Warp Gate A to get to the Snow
Realm and then travel to Anouki Village.
Once you arrive with the Bridge Worker, speak with the Anouki and will give
you a treasure for bringing the Bridge Worker. Since you've brought the
lumberhe as well, he is so happy that he�ll reward you with Force Gem #10.
This new gem will restore new Spirit Tracks west of the Snow Temple and will
actually be of good use!
__________________
~ / Snow Rabbit #8 \ ~
��
The new tracks that have opened because of Forece Gem #10 will allow us to
reach a new rabbit. Jump on the train and make your way all the to the
northwest part of the map. Watch out for the dark train as well as the armored
train that are patroling the tracks here.
Once you reach the new tracks keep an eye out for the north side of the tracks
as the rabbit will pop its head out from behind a boulder. Capture the rabbit
with the rabbit net to get the 8th Snow Rabbit. Ride up north and stop at a new
station here.
___________________________
| +-----------------------+ |
| | Snowdrift Station | |
| +-----------------------+ |
��
You�ll arrive at what is known as Snowdrift Station. The outdoor portion of

this station consists of a lot of snow, some fencing, and a bunch of white
wolfos that come up from underground. Defeat any enemies that pop up and
maneuver around the fencing to get to the northwest part of the map. Enter the
cave and you�ll find yourself in a dungeon like area.
This place is known as the Snowdrift Station Dungeon. You�ll see a stone tablet
straight ahead and it warns you that you shouldn�t get the order wrong. This
tablet is referring to the five switches that are just to the north. Don�t hit
the switches as we need to first learn the proper order. There are four
staircases on your map along with a few freezards roaming around. Let�s start
off by heading to the northeast corner of the room and head down the stairs.
_____________________
~ / Northeast Chamber \ ~
��
This room is dark but there are ice torches that light up the room. Walk to the
west and you�ll see an unlit torch that is actually in water. Use the boomerang
to light it up and then create a path of ice with your boomerang. Continue
lighting a series of torches with the boomerang as you head west, north, east,
north, and then west.
You�ll eventually come to a stone tablet. Read it and it says� "Don�t hit the
false one in the middle." This is a clue that of the five switches on the floor
below, you do not need to hit the one in the middle. Walk to the north and then
all the way to the east. Jump off the ledge and head back up the stairs to get
to the main chamber. Our next spot is the southeast chamber, so walk on over
and head down the stairs.
_____________________
~ / Southeast Chamber \ ~
��
Walk to the right and then up and the door will shut behind you. This water
filled room has several octives in the water and a few ice keese floating
around. Keep the boomerang out and get rid of the ice keese. Stun the octives
while creating paths of ice to walk on. Go around the room creating ice while
defeating all the octives. Once all the enemies have been taken care of, the
doors will open up. Create a path to the north and get back onto land.
Walk up and read the stone tablet here and it says... "The second switch from
the left is the third switch to hit." Be sure to remember that and then head
back south. Cross the water and then climb the stairs to get back to the main
chamber. Run over to the southwest chamber and head down the steps.
_____________________
~ / Southwest Chamber \ ~
��
This room is very straight forward but can be a bit frustrating. There is a
switch once you enter the floor and stepping on this switch will open up a door
within the room but only for a short period of time. You have to race across
the ice, making sharp, efficient turns in order to get to the door before the
timer run out. It might take you several tries to get the hang of it, but once
you�ve got it down, you�ll make it passed the door.
Walk forward and read the third stone tablet and it says� "The first and the
last are on the ends</b>. Now head back south and backtrack up the stairs to
get back to the main chamber. Let�s now head to the top-left part of the room
and head down the stairs to enter the northwest chamber.
_____________________
~ / Northwest Chamber \ ~
��
Walk to the right and you�ll see what looks like a rather intimidating block
pushing puzzle. The goal here is to push the block around on the ice in order
to get it into the water on the right. The best order is to push it as such�
North, East, South, West, South, East, North, and then East into the water.
Jump on top of the block and you�ll find there are four octives in the water,
as well as some annoying arrow shooters coming from the north wall. Use the
whirlwind to propel yourself across the water. Also use the whirlwind to
deflect the rocks of the octives back at them. As you are crossing the water,
you can face northward with your shield and it will block the arrows that are
being shot towards you. It can be rather annoying, but eventually you�ll make
your way across to the right and surface on the land.
Run up and read the stone tablet here and it says� "The second one and the
fourth one are next to each other." Climb up the steps and run back to the west
side of the room. Climb up the steps to resurface at the main chamber.
________________
~ / Main Chamber \ ~
��
We now have all four clues and they are as follows.
1. Don�t hit the false one in the middle.

2. The second switch from the left is the third switch to hit.
3. The first and the last are on the ends.
4. The second one and the fourth one are next to each other.
If you use all the clues then you can solve the puzzle. From left to right, the
proper order is 1st, 4th, 2nd, 5th. Stand on the higher platform and carefully
trace a path with your boomerang so it hits these four switches in this
particular order.
Properly hitting the four switches will cause a bridge to form. Cross it and
head north. You will find a tiny room filled with freezards and there is ice on
the ground! Stay in a corner with your shielf facing the center of the room and
then slash your sword at the freezards. They will move at fast speeds across
the ice but they will slowly begin to shed some of their protective ice. Keep
slashing away until you weaken the freezards. A faster way to defeating
freezards is by tossing bombs at themb.
Once all four freezards have been defeated, walk up north and open the treasure
chest to get a extremely rare piece of treasure! This isn't just some regular
treasure. This is an Alchemy Stone, which alongside the Regal Ring, are the
rarest of all treasure. They are worth 2,500 rupees at Linebeck's Trading Post.
You can also trade in an Alchemy Stone in order to get Golden Train Parts!
That is about all there is to the Snowdrift Station, so exit the dungeon and
return to the train.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #11 \ ~
��
The next force gem that we can collect stems from a letter that we got in the
mail from Ferrus. If you haven�t gotten it yet, just stop by any village with a
mailbox and you will get the letter. It shows a picture of a bomb train in the
snow, with the forest in the background. Ferrus tells you to find him here and
pick him up. The exact location of where Ferrus is just southeast of the Snow
Temple. He is along the vertical tracks that are just east of the Snow Temple.
He is near the southern part of this area and on the east end of the tracks.
Just ride in this area and you will hear his camera clicking.
Once you pick up Ferrus, you�ll find out that his destination is Aboda Village
where he wants to visit Alfonzo. Use either Warp Gate A or B in order to
quickly get to the Forest Realm. From here just ride straight towards Aboda
Village on stop the train. Ferrus will head off to find Alfonzo. Follow suite
and enter Alfonzo�s house. Ferrus is really excited and even asks to get
Alfonzo�s autograph. It turns out that Ferrus is completely wrong about Alfonzo
and he wasn�t a legendary engineer, but rather a legendary swordsman. In any
case, Ferrus rewards you with a Force Gem, which restores tracks just west and
north of Castle Town, leading to the Snow Realm. These are just more rather
useless tracks who�s only purpose is a shortcut along the tracks.
______________________
~ / Engineer's Clothes \ ~
��
If you've been following along in the walkthrough, you should have collected 15
stamps in Niko's Stamp Book. If you have done so, run on over to your house and
speak with Niko. He is happy that you have collected 15 stamps and in return,
he will give you the engineer's clothes.
These are actually the same clothes Link had at the beginning of the game, but
it is kind of cool to be able to use them. You can come back to Niko at anytime
and switch between Link's green tunic and the engineer's clothes. That's about
all there is to do here, so let's jump back on the train.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #12 \ ~
��
The next force gem quest begins back at Papuchia Village. Ride on over to the
Ocean Realm and stop at Papuchia Village. Once you are at Papuchia, run on over
and speak with the Wise One who is in the large building at the center of the
village. After going through her usual round of questions, tell her you are
having bad luck and she will offer to sell you a vessel for 50 rupees. Purchase
it and then head back to your train.
It has been quite awhile since you met with Steem, the Locomo at the Snow
Sanctuary, but if you have spoken with him, you would know that he is looking
for something nice to decorate his chamber. The Snow Sanctuary is our
destination but since you are carrying this expensive vessel, you cannot allow
any enemy at all to hit you, or else the vessel will break.
Using Warp Gate C to the east is the fastest way to get to the Snow Sanctuary,
but it isn�t the easiest as you�ll encounter some pirate ships. Alternatively
you can use Warp Gate A or B within the Forest Realm. Whichever route you take,
ride on over and safely stop at the Snow Sanctuary. Once you arrive Steem is
waiting there right for you. Talk to him and he�ll be happy you brought him a
nice vessel and will give you Force Gem #12! This gem will restore some tracks
at the north end of the Snow Realm! Leave Steem�s sanctuary and run all the way
back to the train.
__________________________
| +----------------------+ |
| | Slippery Station | |
| +----------------------+ |
��
Let�s check out the newly restored tracks at the north end of the Snow Realm.
Ride on over and at the very end of the tracks you will find a station. Once
you come to a stop you�ll be at a place known as Slippery Station. There is a
bunch of ice chuchu�s running around here. Use your boomerang to stun them and
finish them off with your sword. Enter the cave here to find another mini
dungeon.
Once you enter you�ll see a few stone tablets. Read the one on the right to
find you are at a skating rink. There are three courses: Amateur, Pro, and
Champion. These courses obviously correspond to the switches to your left.
The bottom of the three switches is the Amateur Course. Step on the switch and
a door at the north end of the room will open up. Just like in the Snowdrift
Station Dungeon, the door is on a timer and you have to run across the ice and
get there before it closes. The Amateur one is not too hard, just try to make
as sharp as turns as possible as you run towards the door. Once you�ve
successfully made it, open the treasure chest here to get a big gold rupee.
These things are worth 300 rupees! Step in the blue warp portal to be sent back
to the entrance.
The middle of the three courses is the Pro Course. This is basically the same
thing as the Amateur one, except the door is at the top-right part of the map,
but you have slightly more time. You need to try to cut corners as best as you
can. Also there are spots where there are breaks in the ice and there are
regular platforms. If you run on to these platforms you will be able to move a
bit quicker through the course. Once you�ve successfully reached the end, open
the treasure chest to get a rare piece of treasure. Step into the blue warp
portal to be sent back to the entrance.
The top of the three courses is the Champion Course. Once you step on the
switch, the door at the bottom-right part of the room will open up. You have to
run across the entire room and you must cut every corner as best you can.
Whenever there are breaks in the ice, use them to pick up a few valuable
seconds in the race. Remember, the more you run in a straight line, the better
you will do. After a bunch of tries you will eventually get it. Once you do so,
open the treasure chest here to get another uber rare Alchemy Stone! Step into
the blue warp portal to be sent back to the entrance.
That�s all there is to do here at the Slipper Station. Leave the skating rink
and then run back over and board the train. That is finally all we can do for
now, so let's make our way over to the tracks outside of the Fire Temple.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 8.5 Enter the Fire Temple [W8.5]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Ride eastward and you�ll go through a small cave. This cave is filled with
three of these much smaller cave dwellers that are easily defeated with some
cannon shots. Once you exit the cave to the east, you�ll see the three monsters
that are holding the keys. They act similar to bomb trains as they follow a set
path and their next turn is shown.
Remember the advice that the Goron�s gave, do not try trailing them, but
instead, just head straight on. Once you are in direct path of the monster and
get its attention, pull your train whistle just as the Goron advised you. A
short pull, following by a long below and this will cause the monster to be
stationary while it closes its ears. Use the cannon to shoot the monster and
get the first key!
There really is not much different in the process of going about getting the
keys. While you are trying to hunt down the three monsters, if you travel to
the far north-east portion of the tracks, you�ll find a mountain rabbit hiding
behind a rock. You can try to catch it if you�d like. Just be patient with the
route the monsters take as it can be annoying when they are going in different
directions. Once you have collected all three of the keys, the door will open
to the Fire Temple, so trace a path and ride on over!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 8.6 Fire Temple [W8.5]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________
~ / 1st Floor \ ~
��
After some small talk with Princess Zelda, walk on up through the door to get
to enter the main part of the Fire Temple. Walk straight upwards and defeat the
several fire keese that will block your way. You�ll see two locked doors and a
close door, just head left for now and make your way around the corridor.
This area is filled with spikes on the floor and a rotating set of flames.
Carefully maneuver around the spikes and the flames as you make your way around
this room and get to the northwest part of the map. Walk to the south and the
door will shut behind you. There are three skeleton enemies known as stalfos.
They will jump when Link tries to swing his sword at them, but just keep
slashing away and you�ll be able to hit them. The whip also works great against
these guys. Once all three have been defeated, the door to the bottom will open
up.
There is a stone tablet here that hints that the trapped doors in this room are
symmetric same as on the other side of the map. The trap doors are easily
distinguished on the ground here, but not so much on the other side of the map.
Make sure to note on your map where the symmetric trap doors are. There are
enemies in this area known as moldola. They are invincible to Link�s attack so
just try to avoid them. Maneuver around the trap doors and up the stairs to get
to the 2nd floor.
____________________________
~ / 2nd Floor - Small Key #1 \ ~
��
Jump onto the cart you see here and it will ride Link around the room and he
will land by a treasure chest. Open it up to get a small key. Jump on the court
again and then walk back down to the first floor.
______________________
~ / 1st Floor Revisted \ ~
��
Walk back south, and turn around the corner and walk up the stairs here. Don�t
jump down though. Instead, pull out the boomerang and hit the switch that is to
the northeast. This will cause a circular platform to fall to the floor. Jump
down and pick it and carry it to the right side of the room. There is some lava
that Link cannot jump onto. Instead, toss the platform onto the lava and then
Link can use this to get across the gap.
There is a block here in the corner and some fire that blocks your way on the
right. Pull the block down two spaces and then push it right one, all the way
and all the way to the right. The block will cover Link from the fire that is
coming out of a statue at the corner of this area.
Run to the southeast part of the room and you should have noted on your map
where the trap doors are. If you haven�t, the path to get across is to go down,
then left, then up, then left, and then down twice. From here you can run to
the right and open the treasure chest to get some red potion. Then run all the
way to the left and then head up to get back to the 2nd floor.
____________________________
~ / 2nd Floor - Small Key #2 \ ~
��
There is another cart here, but if you look at the path, it is a bit trickier.
As you ride on the court, you�ll notice switches that Link can hit on his way.
The first time through, hit only the first switch you see, and this will take
you to a platform that has a treasure chest. Open it up to get a random piece
of treasure. Ride the cart back to the staircase. Now the second time around we
want to hit both switches that we see. Doing so will allow the cart to ride all
the way to the northwest part of the map. Defeat the stalfos enemy here and
open the treasure chest to get another small key. Ride the cart back to the
staircase and head back down to the 1st floor.
____________________
~ / 1st Floor Part 3 \ ~
��
Run south, wrap around the corner, and head north, climbing the stairs. Make
your way over to where the two locked doors were. Use small keys on both of the
locked doors and you�ll find two switches. If you hit one of the switches, it
will activate but only for a short while. You don�t have the time to run to
both switches and hit them with your sword. The best way to go about this is to
stand right in front of the closed door and in one long path, trace a boomerang
so that it hits both switches. Alternatively, you can use bombs if you have the
bomb bag. Once the door is opened head up to get back to the 2nd floor.
_____________________________
~ / 2nd Floor - Bow and Arrow \ ~
��
Walk up to fight a mini-boss battle with a giant turtle known as heatoise. Also
in the room are those electric moldola that will stay around the edge of the
room. Slash at the head of heatoise, and it will then cover under its shell and
start spinning towards you. You need to lure it so that it will spin into a
wall when a moldola is nearby. It can be a bit tricky to dodge the turtle shell
though so be careful. Once the heatoise hits the moldola, the heatoise will be
stunned for a short moment, which will allow Link to slash away at heaad of
heatoise. Repeat this process until heatoise has been defeated. Afterwards a
treasure chest appears and it contains the bow and arrow!
Walk to the right and break the chestnut in order to get some more arrows.
Target the red switch on the wall with your bow and arrow and this will cause a
bridge to form walk across and head back down to the 1st floor of the dungeon.
__________________________________
~ / 1st Floor - Northeast Corridor \ ~
��
Use the bow and arrow and shoot the blue arrow orb that is across the gap. This
will shoot an arrow to the right and hit another orb, which will shoot an arrow
to hit the red switch, creating a bridge that Link can cross. Jump over to the
right side and open the treasure chest to get a random piece of treasure!
Return to the first blue arrow orb and slash at it so it is facing northward.
Pick it up and walk to the edge of the platform on the left and toss over so it
lands on the platform that is over the gap. Use your bow to shoot an arrow at
this orb which will eventually hit another red switch, creating a platform for
Link to cross.
Run over and hit the orb once again until it faces west. Pick it up and toss it
to the platform to the north. Shoot an arrow at the orb and this will hit
another switch creating yet another platform for Link to cross. Run across the
bridge and head down the stairs to get to the Basement 1.
____________________
~ / Basement 1 and 2 \ ~
��
There is a stone tablet here, but all it says is that you need a small key. Go
down the staircase to get to Basement 2 and the door will shut behind you.
There is a chestnut here that feeds endless amount of arrows if need be. Use
the bow and arrow and defeat the four stalfos that appear on both sides of the
lava. Once all four have been defeated, the door below will open up.
Fill up with arrows if need be and then walk to the south. Shoot an arrow at
the orb to the left and this will hit a switch, which will lower the lava
flames on the right side. Use the whip on the wooden poles to cross the gap to
the right side and get to the top-right part of the room.
Walk around the room and defeat the two stalfos that are in your way. There are
a series of platforms above the lava here. Use these platforms and wait until
they rise and lower, and jump on over to the northeast part of the map. Open
the treasure chest here to get a random piece of treasure. Pull out the whip
and use it at the wooden pole below and continue along traveling southward by
whip. Step on the switch here and it will open the nearby door allowing for
easier access.
Carefully walk to the left as you pass the moving spikes. At the far left, wait
until the spike is moving downwards, and quickly follow it. Turn onto one of
the side routes so you don�t get hit when the spike travels back upwards.
Walk to the east and open the treasure chest to get a random piece of treasure.
To the right you�ll see two unlit torches as well as two fire keese. There are
an unlimited number of fire keese in this area as they�ll keep coming from the
lava. Use the boomerang and target and trace a path so that it hits the fire
keese, but then afterwards hits the two unlit torches. When the boomerang
defeat the fire keese, the flame will stay with the boomerang and it will light
up the two unlit torches.
A platform falls on top of lava just to the area at your left. Run on over,
avoiding the moving spike once again. Jump on over to the circular platform and
the jump to the north. Walk up the stairs to get back to Basement 1.
_____________________________
~ / Basement 1 - Two Heatoise \ ~
��
Walk down a bit and the doors close behind you. Two more heatoise will appear.
However, now that we have the bow and arrow, these turtles are just a joke. Two
hits in their head with arrows will do them in. After both heatoise are done
away with, open the treasure chest here to get a random piece of treasure.
There are four tablet here and they have useful information that will help you
solve a puzzle later in the temple. The first tablets read (From left to
right):
1. Aim for the eye above second
2. Aim for the eye above first
3. Aim for the eye above fourth
4. Aim for the eye above third.
2-1-4-3, simple enough so jot that down on your map. Head down the staircase on
the left to get back to Basement 2.
__________________________
~ / Basement 2 - Small Key \ ~
��
Walk around the corner and defeat the two stalfos that are located here by
using either your sword or the bow and arrow. Walk north and you�ll see a
switch and if you step on it, it will lower the door to the left and you�ll see
a switch. However, once you get off the ground switch the door closes. Walk to
the north and grab the blue arrow orb here and bring down. Strike it so that it
is facing to the left. Line it up so that it is just north of the ground
switch, and right of the wall switch. Step on the ground switch to open the
door and then shoot an arrow at the blue orb. This will drop a circular
platform.
Lift up the platform and carry it northward and toss it on the lava spot. Walk
back and pick up the blue orb from below and then stand on the circular
platform. Once the lava blows the platform upwards, jump off to get to the
northwest part of the map.
Toss the orb aside for now and get rid of the few fire keese in this room.
There are two switches found in this room as well. Hit the one at the
bottom-right and this will cause a wooden pole to appear elsewhere in the
large room, for easy access through the dungeon. The switch at the top left can
be activated or deactivated, and it will cause lava to come from the ground in
the three holes.
There is a large statue in the middle of this room as well with wall switches
on the left and on the right. Hit the blue orb that faces diagnolly and make
sure it faces northeast. Pick it up and toss it in the lava just south of the
statue. Hit the other blue orb so it is facing to the left and toss it in the
lava on the right of the statue.
Now walk back to the circular platform. Wait until the lava pushes it upward
and then grab the circular platform. Toss it so that it sits on the lava just
west of the statue. Step on top of the circular platform and pull out the bow.
Hit the switch just north of where you are standing and this will cause all
three parts of the lava to push upwards. Use the bow and hit the wall switch
that is connected to the pillar in the middle. Then use the arrows to hit the
blue orb below the pillar, and it will shoot an arrow hitting the other orb,
and then the other wall switch. This will cause the door at the top-left part
of the map to open up. Run over and open the treasure chest to get a small key!
Run back to the southeast part of this area and jump down. Use the whip on the
wooden pole to swing across the gap and then head north towards the staircase
to get back to Basement 1.
____________________________
~ / Basement 1 - Rail Riding \ ~
��
Use the small key on the door to the left and walk around the corner to get to
a cart. Pull out the bow and arrow and then jump on the cart. Link will remain
on the cart and go in a circle as long as he doesn�t do anything. When you
travel over the area at the south part, you�ll see that there are four wall
switches just above the tablets on the ground. If you remember the order the
tablets told you, it was 2-1-4-3. So go around the room over and over and hit
the wall targets in this order. The 2nd one, the 1st one, the 4th one, and then
the 3rd one. If you run out of arrows, hit the switch at the top of the cart
path and it will send you back to the top-left corner of the room where there
is a chestnut with arrows.
Once you�ve hit all four switches in the proper order, the track will shift,
allowing Link to reach a new area in the center of the map.
_________________
��
However, once you reach this area, jump back on to the rail and you�ll now be
sent clockwise around the room. When you reach the southwest corner of the
room, pull out your bow and arrow and aim to the southwest corner. There is a
switch here and if you hit it, the track will turn, allowing Link to reach the
northwest corner of the room. There is a stamp station here, so stamp your book
and then jump back on the cart.
Once your back at the middle platform once again, head down the stairs to get
to Basement 2. Walk down a second flight of stairs to get to Basement 3.
_________________________
~ / Basement 3 - Boss Key \ ~
��
Check out the map along the wall on the left. Mark the five spots that are
shown on your own map.
Jump across the blocks to the left and pick up the bomb flower. Jump back to
the right and toss it so that it blows up the boulder. Pick up the circular
platform and toss it on top of the lava here. Jump on the platform and then
into the cart.
Ride the cart and along the way you�ll see three switches. However, if you
marked the spots on the map, you only want to hit two of them. Hit the first
switch you see and then the third switch you see. Hitting the proper switches
will guide Link to the north side of the room.
The tablet here tells you to carry the boss key by cart. Walk southwest of the
tablet and you�ll see the big key just to your left. Use the whirlwind and send
the big into the cart here.
Run to the north part of the map and down the stairs. Use the whip on the
wooden pole to get across the gap and then open the treasure chest here to get
a random piece of treasure!
Whip back across to the right, climb the steps, and jump into the cart. Ride
around and hit the first and second switch with your sword. Skip the third
switch and then hit the fourth switch using the bow and arrow. If you�ve
properly hit all switches, Link and the big key will safely land on the
platform right next to the big lock. Pick up the key and use it on the big
lock! (If you messed up, just jump off the ledge to the right and use your ship
to get back to the carts.) Walk down the steps to get to Basement 4.
______________
~ / Basement 4 \ ~
��
Break all of the pots here to get some hearts and some arrows. Tap on the
tablet and it will take you back to the temple entrance. Once you are ready for
the boss battle, head up the stairs to the north to take on Cragma, Lava Lord!
_____________________
~ / Cragma, Lava Lord \ ~
��
Once you enter the boss arena the door shuts behind and the giant boulder on
the ground comes alive and it reveals the boss Cragma, a freaking giant rock
lava monster.
_____________________
/ CRAGMA, Lava Lord \________________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| ( 1 ) Fist Smash | ___________________ |
| ( 1 ) Double Axe Smash | |*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | | |
| (1/2) Fall in lava | �� |
| (1/4) Lava Boulders | |
| ( 1 ) Grab | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first phase of the battle, Cragma will try to smash Link with his |
| right fist while boulders of lava are also falling from the ceiling. |
| When Cragma is gearing up to punch Link, a part of his body will |
| start to glow. Pull out the bow and arrow and shoot an arrow at this |
| glowing ball. Cragma will when clutch his fists together and try to |
| smash Link with two hands. Roll out of the way to avoid this damaging |
| attack. |
| |
| The massive attack will cause a huge boulder to fall to the ground. |
| The next thing you need to do, is stand near the boulder and Cragma |
| will try to smash you with his right fist. Quickly roll out of the |
| way and Cragma will smash the boulder and create a circular platform. |
| Pick it up and run over to the right side of the room. Toss the |
| platform onto the small area of lava and then jump onto it. From here |
| you can jump onto the moving cart. |
| |
| Ride around on the cart and have your bow and arrow equipped. Look |
| for the various shiny parts of Cragma�s body as you are riding on the |
| cart. Whenever you see a shiny spot, that is a weak point, so use the |
| bow and arrow and hit the weak spot. After hitting several weak |
| spots, you�ll climb even higher on the cart. At this point, aim for |
| the eye of Cragma and nail him, causing his massive body to fall to |
| the floor. Once Link reaches the ground, run and slash away madly |
| with your sword until Cragma gets back up. If you miss Cragma�s weaks |
| pots while riding on the cart, the boss may grab Link and toss him |
| back to the bottom area of the room. |
| |
| This next phase is very similar to the first phase, but the only |
| difference is that Cragma doesn�t wait as long to smash his arms and |
| lava boulders fall a lot more frequently. Look for loose arrows that |
| are left from falling boulders as you�ll need more for the next go |
| around on the cart part of the battle. If you are low on health, use |
| any potions you have may have, break the pots in the corner of the |
| room, or play the song of healing to use your fair. Repeat the same |
| process of hitting his weak spot, making a boulder appear, and |
| causing Cragma to break the boulder, and then lifting up the circular |
| platform and tossing it on the lava to the right. Once on the cart, |
| repeat the same process of hitting its weak spots and eventually hit |
| its eye. Cragma will come crumbling to the floor once again, at which |
| Link can finish him off with some sword slashes. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Use the bow and arrow and hit Cragma�s weak spot in its belly. After |
| it double arm smashes the ground, a larger boulder appears. Stand |
| near the boulder and dodge Cragma�s attack at the last second. The |
| crushed boulder will turn into a circular platform. Lift it up and |
| take it to the right side of the room and toss it on the lava. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
Ride around on the cart and use your bow and arrow to hit all the weak points
of Cragma. After hitting all its weak points, hit Cragma in the eye and it will
come crashing down. Slash away with your sword. Repeat this entire process
until Cragma has been defeated.
As usual, a red force gem appears, followed by a statue. The power flows from
the Spirit Tracks and it will repair the top floor area of the Tower of
Spirits! The Fire rail map will glow and allow a path tto the Tower of Spirits.
Open the treasure chest to get another heart container and then step into the
warp portal to be taken to the dungeon entrance. Climb on board the train and
take off towards the Tower of Spirits! That concludes the 8th chapter of the
Spirit Tracks Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 9 �� /�� /__\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 9.1 Tons of Goodies [W9.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
There are a ton of side quests that we can do before heading to the Tower of
Spirits. However, they are completely optional. You can skip down to section
9.2 and head directly to the Tower of Spirits to continue along with the main
quest.
___________________________
~ / Mountain Rabbit Roundup \ ~
��
There are six more rabbits here in the Fire Realm that we can now capture.
Mountain Rabbit #4 � From the Fire Temple, head south, west, south, and west to
see the rabbit on the north side of the tracks.
Mountain Rabbit #5 � At the far northwest part of the Fire Temple maze. Found
east of the tracks.
Mountain Rabbit #6 � Directly north of the Fire Temple, on the south side of
the tracks.
Mountain Rabbit #7 � At the far northeast part of the Fire Temple maze. Found
southwest of the tracks.
Mountain Rabbit #8 � Near the southeast part of the Fire Temple maze. Found
just southeast of the tracks.
Mountain Rabbit #9 � Found southeast of the new tracks that lead towards the
Tower of Spirits.
______________________
~ / Goron Target Range \ ~
��
Our next optional stop is the Goron Target Game. It was closed earlier because
of the volcanic activity on the mountain but now it is open for business! The
prizes at the Goron Target Game consist of treasure though. Ride on over to the
station and speak to the Goron. It costs only 20 rupees to play.
Blue targets are worth 10 points and you can hit them once.
Red targets are worth 30 points and can be hit 3 times for 90 points.
Goron Targets will reduce your score by 30 points if you hit them.
Some targets will spin around and reveal Goron Targets, so be careful.
If you score more than 1,000 points and set a new high score, the Goron will
add even more tracks to the game. Play again and when you get to the new tracks
at the end, be sure to turn around to find more targets that are spinning to
bump your score. At the end of each game, you�ll have an option of two treasure
chests to pick from. Depending on how high your score is, the treasure will be
rarer. You can play the game as many times as you�d like, but once you�ve had
enough jump back on the train.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #13 \ ~
��
Ride on over to Goron Village. Near the tracks in Goron Village you will find a
Goron who wants to visit Anouki Village. Agree to take him and he will board
the train. Carefully ride on over to the Snow Realm and stop at Anouki Village.
The Goron is so happy that he will reward you with Force Gem #13! This gem will
restore more tracks within the Snow Realm. These new tracks will allow you to
collect two more rabbits and also find a Warp Gate D. This new Warp Gate will
make it a bit easier to travel between the Snow and Fire Realm.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #14 \ ~
��
Our next Force Gem quest starts right here in Anouki Village. Speak with Anouki
who is in Honcho's house to find he wants to go to Goron Village. Agree to take
the Anouki there, and he will meet you at the train. Set the path east to the
Fire Realm and arrive at Goron Village. Once you arrive, the Anouki here will
be so thrilled that he will reward you with Force Gem #14. This gem will
restore Spirit Tracks that connect the Snow and Fire Realm. These new tracks
aren't overly useful but they do provide more tracks to explore.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #15 \ ~
��
Our next force gem quest begins right here in Goron Village. Run to house where
the Goron Elder is and speak with his son who is just outside. This young boy
has dreams of the big city and wants you to take him to Castle Town. Agree to
do so and he�ll walk back to the train. Jump on board and ride towards Castle
Town.
The quickest route is through the Tower of Spirits. Once you arrive the Goron
will be so delighted that he is in the city that he will run off looking for
the princess. Follow him around and after talking to a woman in town, the Goron
will give you a Force Gem. This new gem will open up some more tarcks at the
north end of the Fire Realm, which will allow Link to access a new secret
station!
___________________________
~ / Snow Rabbits #9 and #10 \ ~
��
Let�s check out some of these new tracks we�ve opened up. The first new tracks
we want to explore are just northwest of Wellspring Station. Ride on over and
then head to the new tracks. Keep an eye out on the left side of the tracks as
you�ll see a rabbit hiding behind the rock. Blast away at the boulder and
capture the rabbit to get the 9th snow rabbit!
Ride forward a bit more and once you pass the intersection, you�ll find the
10th and final snow rabbit, so capture it! Straight ahead you�ll also find Warp
Gate F. This gate will connect the Snow and Fire Realm, with the other gate
being east of Goron Village. Activate it if you�d like.
__________________________
~ / Disorientation Station \ ~
��
Our next destination is the new tracks that are at the north part of the Fire
Realm. Ride on over and at the northwest part of the map, you�ll find a
station. Stop at what is known as the Disorientation Station. Once you arrive
Princess Zelda will notice that there is a Castle Guard up on the cliff. What
the heck is he doing all the way over here?
Before heading up, there are several treasure chests for us to collect. The
first is located on a higher ledge just to the west. It is out of reach but
you�ll notice some birds flying just above. Play the song of birds and use it
to get to the higher platform. Open the treasure chest to get some treasure.
Play the song of birds and grab onto the bird once again. This time let it take
you to the higher platform on the right side of the map. Use your whip on the
wooden pole to the right to swing across the gap.
Climb up to the higher level at the southeast part of the map. Make your way
all the way to the southwest part of the map, defeating some green spinuts
along the way. Open the treasure chest here to get a red rupee. Climb up to the
higher level and then make your way to the staircase at the corner of the map
where the Castle Guard can be found. The guard tells you him and his partner
came searching for treasure, but he got scared because of the enemies and ran
out. He asks Link to go in to find his partner and warns you of the monsters
that are inside. He gives you a click of �From a room that knows no south,
follow the rocky trail north and north�� There is a treasure here waiting to be
discovered.
Walk down the staircase to enter this maze. This cave is well� disoriented and
really doesn�t make sense. The fastest way through is by going�
East
South
North
North
After going north the first time you�ll see a stone tablet and it is a message
from the missing Castle Guard. He thinks that he is hopelessly lost and gives
what sounds like his final words to his friend. Go north once again and defeat
the Fire Babas here. There is a stone block at the northeast part of the room.
Stand next to it and play the Song of Discovery to make a treasure chest
appear. Open it up to get a super rare Alchemy Stone!
Walk around the cave and you�ll see some sign posts. Read them and they will
tell you the way out of the cave. Leave the cave and speak with the Castle
Guard� who is now patrolling the area. When he asks you a question, answer
'well' and for your honesty, the guard will thank you and reward you with a big
green rupee. Before running back to the train, just run to the east and fight
off some more green spinuts. You�ll find a treasure chest that contains a big
green rupee! Now you can head back to the train as there is nothing left for
you here.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #16 \ ~
��
If you purchased some fish from the woman back at Papuchia Village, you might
have remembered that she was a bit worried that her fish were going bad
because of the weather. She needs some ice to keep her fish fresh. So let�s
make a stop at Wellspring Station and pick up some mega ice.
Use warp gate b if you�ve activated it. This warp gate is located east of
Wellspring Station and will take you near the Trading Post. Ride on over the
Ocean Realm and stop at Papuchia Village. You need to have at least 10 units
of Mega Ice with you. Give them to the woman selling fish and she�ll give you
a Force Gem in return! This gem will restore some new tracks nearby in the
Ocean Realm. These new tracks will let Link access another secret station!
Leave the village and jump back on the train.
_______________________
| +-------------------+ |
| | Pirate Hideout | |
| +-------------------+ |
��
Our next stop is the recently restored Spirit Tracks on the west side of the
Ocean Realm. Ride on over and travel northward. You�ll come across another
secret station. Stop at it to find yourself at the Pirate Hideout.
_____________________
~ / Stamp Station #17 \ ~
��
The first thing we want to do is find the local stamp station. Just run to the
east and then north and you�ll see the stamp station on the higher platform to
the left. A bird is flying around as well so play the song of birds to summon
it. Use the whip to latch on and it will take you up to the higher platform.
Stamp Niko�s stamp book to get the 17th stamp overall.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #17 \ ~
��
Enter the cave at the north side of the map. You�ll see a Papuchia Prisoner
at the back of this room and you will then be bombarded with Miniblins. This
triggers a mini-game in which you have unlimited arrows. Shoot the arrows
and hit the miniblins as they walk across the screen. If you hit miniblins
consecutively, this will multiply your score. Hit as many miniblins in a row
to get a high score. Be careful, because if you miss a miniblin it will
create a net and try to toss it towards you. You�ll have to shoot the net to
stop them, but this will break your score multiplier. Keep repeating this until
you�ve freed the prisoner.
There are some cart rails on the side and the next thing you know, Link and
the Papuchia Prisoner are on the cart together. The mini-game continues as
other miniblins will appear on mine carts. Shoot the miniblins as you ride
the mine cart, still trying to hit them consecutively to multiply your
score. Near the end of the path, you�ll find numerous miniblins as well as a
big blin. Just unload as many arrows as you can on the big blin and you will
escape with the prisoner.
Once you are outside the prisoner asks you to take him back to Papuchia
Village. Agree to do so and jump on the train. On your way towards Papuchia,
some pirate ships will attack you and if the large one gets close enough,
miniblins will board your train just like they did earlier in the game when
you were taking Carben to the Ocean Sanctuary. Defeat all the miniblins and
then finish off the large big blin.
Afterwards, safely bring the train to a stop at Papuchia Village. The man
here is so excited to be back home that he will reward you with Force Gem
#17. This gem restores two sets of tracks in the Ocean Realm. The larger
section includes Warp Gate G, which connects the Ocean and Forest Realm. It
also hold one ocean rabbit which we will soon collect. Jump back on the
train and ride back to the Pirate Hideout to go play the mini-game once
more.
_____________________
~ / Quiver Upgrade #1 \ ~
��
Play the Pirate Hideout mini-game once again. Your goal is to break the high
score and get at least 3500 points. Score between 3500 and 4000 points and you
will be rewarded with a quiver upgrade! This will allow you to carry up to 30
arrows!
_______________________
��
Keep playing the Pirate Hideout mini-game. Your new goal is to score over 4000
points! This can be quite difficult and you need to use the multiplyer as much
as possible. Once you've scored 4000 points, you will be rewarded with a new
heart container!
___________________
��
Force Gem #17 opened up some new tracks for us in the center of the Ocean
Realm. Ride on over and on the south end of the tracks you will find a rabbit.
Blast at its barrel and capture it with the rabbit net to get the 9th of the
Ocean Rabbits!
__________________________________
~ / Trading Post and Aboda Village \ ~
��
We have been collecting quite a bit of treasure lately and there are a few
things we are going to be purchasing soon, one of which costs an expensive 2000
rupees. Additionally, you want to try and buy as many things as you can from
Beedle's Air Shop, as we need a certain number of membership points so that we
can get that heart container you see behind his shop.
Stop at the Trading Post and you can sell some of your treasure if you'd like.
If you've been following the guide, you should have three Alchemy Stones
already. You'll only ever need two of them if you'd like to fully customize
your train. So pretty much, it is safe to go ahead and sell one of the Alchemy
Stones. This will give Link 2500 rupees! Feel free to customize your train. You
should be able to purchase the golden cannon at this point if you'd like. This
along will bump your trains health up to five hearts. Once you are done, jump
back on the train.
You should have gotten a letter from Niko sometime after you beat the Fire
Temple. It comes with a map of Aboda Village with a few secrets. Ride on over
to Aboda Village and pull out Niko's letter. You'll see there are X's next to
two of the palm trees in the village. Stand next to these marks and play the
Song of Discovery. You'll find two more treasure chests, both containing some
treasure. That's about all there is to do here, so jump back on the train.
_____________________
~ / Rabbitland Rescue \ ~
��
You don't need to do this now, but since we have collected all ten of the
rabbits from the Snow Realm you can stop at the Rabbitland Rescue and show the
man all the goodies you've collected. He'll reward you with rupees for all the
rabbits, but will give you a rare piece of treasure for getting all of the snow
rabbits! Run back and get back on the train.
_____________________
~ / Quiver Upgrade #2 \ ~
��
Our next stop is back at Goron Village. Use and of the Warp Gates and ride
yourself over to the Village. Enter the shop that is at the east end of the
village. Up for sale is a quiver, selling for 2000 rupees. Purchase the quiver
and you will now be able to hold up to 50 arrows! Exit the shop and return to
the train.
There is nothing left for you to now, so we can finally make our way over to
the Tower of Spirits.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
____________________
~ / Eighteenth Floor \ ~
��
Upon arriving at the Tower of Spirits, Princess Zelda notices that the Tower is
now fully intact, but it seems evil still lurks. Walk up the stairs and now
scale all the way to the top of the tower and enter the new area.
Three massive phantoms patrol this area. Our first spot of interest is the Tear
of Light at the bottom right corner of the map. Wait until the path is clear
and run to the right and use bombs to blow up the boulders that lead southward.
You�ll have to be patient since you�ll need four bombs to blow through two sets
of two blocks. If any of the phantoms spot you, they will hurl blocks back at
Link!
Our next area of interest is at the top-left part of the room. When the path is
clear run back to the inner portion of the room and on your map you�ll see a
safe zone at the north portion of the room by a locked door. Wait there until
the path is clear and then run to your left and use bombs to blow up the
boulders in this corner.
When the path is clear make a run for the large safe zone in the corner of the
room. Grab a hold of the first block and pull it out to the left. There is a
second block here as well, so pull this one to the left once, and down once.
Run past and step on the switch and this will create a treasure chest at the
east end of the room.
When it is safe to do so, run back to the safe zone near the locked door at the
north end of the room. If you need bombs there was a chestnut by the room
entrance that holds 3 bombs and continuously regenerates. We now need to blow
up the boulders that are on the east side of the room. Do so without letting
the phantoms see you.
Wait for the phantom on the right to walk southward and then run all the way to
the northeast corner of the room. Use the whip on the wooden pole to get to the
treasure chest. Open it up to get a small key. Now run all the way back to the
locked door at the top of the room. Use the small key and then go up to the
19th floor of the Temple of Spirits.
____________________
~ / Nineteenth Floor \ ~
��
Walk to the top-right corner and pick up the blue arrow orb and then walk all
the way to the left. Walk around the corner while avoiding the mounted miniblin
and set the orb on the square just to the right of the door. Now walk and step
on the switch and the door will open. Use the boomerang and trace a path
through the door and hit the orb to the left side of the door so that it is
facing northward. Then use the bow and arrow to hit the blue orb and it will
send an arrow out and hit the other orb, and finally hitting a wall switch at
the top of the room, causing a bridge to form all the way at the southeast
corner of the room.
Walk all the way to the southeast part of the room, avoiding the mounted
miniblins along the way. Cross the bridge and start walking to the left. A
wrecker phantom will appear and it will roll after Link. Quickly run as far to
the left as you can towards the safe zone. When the wrecker phantom draws near,
roll out of the way so that the phantom will break the boulders that lead to
the safe zone. Quickly run intot he safe zone so you cannot get harmed. Wait
for the phantom to talk to the east end of the room and then go and get the 2nd
Tear of Light! Walk up the staircase at the southwest part of the room to get
to the 20th floor of the Tower.
___________________
~ / Twentieth Floor \ ~
��
This phantom in this room patrols rather slowly so you can easily maneuver
around it. Run to the northeast part of this room and you�ll see a switch. If
you step on the switch a door will open, but it will quickly close once you get
off the switch. We�ll get to this in just a bit. Just south of the switch is a
block that can be pulled. Move it so that it just to the left of the platform
with the switch. Link can now jump onto the platform and then jump to the west.
Now maneuver around the phantom and head to the southeast part of the area
where you will find a blow arrow orb on top of a ton of boulders. Use your
bombs to blow up these boulders and many of them will come crashing down. Pick
up the orb and run back to the switch at the northeast part of the room. Jump
onto the block to the left and then to the platform on the left. Place the orb
on the block here and make sure it is facing southward.
All the blocks in the middle of the room are in the way here. You can get rid
of them by using bombs, or by purposely getting spotted by the wrecker phantom
and getting him to roll into the blocks himself. If the phantom spots you, you
can always just run to the safe zone in the corner of the room. Either way, get
rid of the boulders in the room and then run to the safe zone in the corner.
Walk up the stairs on the platform to the west. Use the boomerang to target the
closer of the orbs at the southern wall. Hit it until it is facing northward.
With all this out of the way, run to the northeast corner of the room and step
on the switch. While stepping on the switch shoot an arrow at the blue orb to
the left, and after activating several orbs, an arrow will hit the wall switch
and the door on the far left will open up. Run on over and get the third Tear
of Light!
Walk behind the phantom and slash at its back. Take control with Princess Zelda
and Zelda will become a wrecker phantom! Use the staircase in the corner of the
room and return to the lower floor.
______________________________
~ / Nineteenth Floor Revisited \ ~
��
Roll to the right and roll all the way into the phantom. Link can actually hit
the phantom in the back and Zelda will change phantoms, so then you don�t have
to worry about any phantoms on this floor.
Walk across the bridge and then use the phantom toll into the mounted miniblins
here, as well as all the stationary statues that block the path to the left.
Run around in this area and walk up the steps. Use the boomerang to hit the orb
in the center of the room, causing it to face northward. Then hit it with the
bow and it will hit a wall switch, cause a treasure chest to appear. Jump down
and open the chest to get a random piece of treasure. Walk down the stairs to
get back to the 18th floor.
______________________________
~ / Eighteenth Floor Revisited \ ~
��
The wrecking phantom has the ability to move these giant blue blocks. Use Link
and south, to the west and then back up north. There are two switches in the
corner of the room here and a large blue block to the right. Have Link move the
small blue block all the way north so that it is out of the way. Then take
control of the wreaking phantom and have her push the large blue block all the
way against the west wall. Then stand above the block and pull it upwards. Run
around the block and push it northwards until it sits on both of the switches
here.
There are several other switches in this area, one of which is at the
bottom-left corner of the room. Use Link and push the nearby small block all
the way southward. Now bring the phantom around and pull the large blue block
up one spot. Control Link and push the small block all the way against the west
wall. Now run around the blocks so that you are standing just north of this
small block. Push it down so that it lands on top of the switch.
The next switch at the bottom-right corner is a bit trickier as it�s more
packed together. First things first, pull the small block up one. Then run
around and push the small block up once again. Then walk around and move the
block two spaces to the left so that then phantom can maneuver around in here.
Have the phantom move the blue block on the left one space to the left. Then
roll around the area to get to the other side of the blue block and have the
phantom push it to the left once. Now use the phantom and push the block on the
right up once.
With the blocks move out of the way get the phantom out of the way so that Link
can go to work! Push and pull the small block several times as you maneuver it
and eventually you�ll get it all the way onto the switch. Only one more switch
to go!
There is one more block lying around in the middle of the room. Push it around
so and get it all the way to the northeast corner here so it is on one of the
switches. Step on the other switch with Link and now that all the switches in
the room are covered, the spikes at the area to the south will fall. Run on
over and open the treasure chest to get a small key. Now head back up the
stairs to get back to the 19th floor.
_____________________________
~ / Twentieth Floor Revisited \ ~
��
Use the small key on the locked door and then head up the stairs back to the
20th floor. There are a ton of boulders rolling around on the right side of the
room here. Send the phantom rolling northward and then to the left. Hit the
switch with the phantom and the boulders will stop coming. Catch up with Link
and walk to the left.
There is lava here, but wrecking phantoms cannot walk in lava. Instead, have
Zelda roll to the area to the south, breaking the boulders along the way.
Follow up with Link and then head up the stairs to the 21st floor.
______________________
~ / Twenty-First Floor \ ~
��
Walk to the center of the room and step on one of the switches while the
phantom steps on the other one. Four stalfos will appear and they aren�t too
difficult to defeat at all. You can use the phantom to roll into them for an
easy set of kills. Afterwards three Geozards will appear. You can either use
the phantom to roll into these enemies, or use the whip to steal their shields
and then slash away with the sword. If you are using the phantom be careful, as
there is a rat hole at the north end of the room and the rats will scare the
phantom.
Try to end the fight near the bottom-right portion of the room if you can, as
once all these enemies are done away, the door will open, but four phantoms
will appear! Quickly run to the safe zone if you can. If you get hit, no
worries, you�ll appear back at the stairs, but you won�t have to fight the
enemies again. We need to switch phantom types for Zelda, so stand near the
safe zone and when a phantom walks by, slash at its back and then switch
phantoms. With our new phantoms, head back down to the 20th floor.
__________________________
~ / Twentieth Floor Part 3 \ ~
��
Walk over to the lava and have the phantom jump in. Jump on top of the phantoms
back and walk all the way to the left side of the room. Jump off the phantom
and pick up the blue orb. Jump back on to the phantoms back and walk to the
middle part of the lava. Have Link jump off to the area at the south and place
the orb on either one of the square tiles. Have the orb face to the right.
Jump back on top of Zelda and walk to north wall. You�ll notice there are two
wooden poles above. Use the whip on the pole to the left and swing up to the
higher platform. Hit the orb so that it is facing tot he left and then grave it
with Link. Call over the phantom and then jump onto the phantom. Walk over to
the southwest part of the room and the jump off with Link. Drop the orb and
make sure it is facing to the left.
Jump back on the phantom and walk to the northern wall once again. Use the whip
to get to the higher platform once again. Now control the phantom and walk back
to the southwest platform where the orb was and pick it up. Stand on one of the
tiles and make sure the orb is facing right.
Switch back to Link and from here, Link can use his arrows and shoot both of
the blue orbs that he planted. Hit the one on the right first and it will hit a
wall switch that will open a door on the left for a few moments. Now hit the
orb on the left and it will hit a wall switch that will open the door by the
staircase on the left.
With the door open, control the phantom and walk all the way back to the east
part of the room. Switch back to Link and use the whip on the wooden poles to
cross the gap and get back to the right side. Hit the phantom with an item to
cause it to drop the orb. Then have the phantom jump back into the lava. Jump
on the phantoms shield with Link and walk across the lava for a final time.
Head up the stairs to get to the 21st floor of the tower.
_______________________
~ / Twenty-Second Floor \ ~
��
There isn�t much to do on this floor so just walk up the stairs to get to the
22nd floor of the tower. Control the phantom and walk through the fire to the
north and the fire to the west. Then walk all the way to the big key, but don�t
get it quite yet. Control Link and run all the way to the big key as well.
Pick up the big key with the phantom and key masters will appear. Walk to the
northwest corner with the phantom. Control Link and slash away at the two key
masters that are at this side of the room. Once you are at the northwest part
of the room, trace a path for the phantom to the northeast corner of the map.
Control Link and cross the sand paths. Use arrows to hit the key masters and
protect the phantom. Circle in the corner and then switch to Link and step on
the glowing circle. After the two switch places, send the phantom over to the
big lock and use the big key. The key masters will all go away, as will the
flames. Switch to Link and run all the way over the phantom. Climb up the
stairs to get to the 23rd floor.
______________________
~ / Twenty-Third Floor \ ~
��
Walk forward and together with the phantom open the large door to the north.
A blue warp portal appears on the side. Walk up the stairs to get to the 24th
floor of the Tower of Spirits and face off with the Tower boss, Byrne. After
an exchange of dialogue, the battle will begin!
_________
/ BRYNE \____________________________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/4) Beam | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Gauntlet | |*|*|*| | | | | | | | |
| (1/4) Slap | �� |
| ( 1 ) Charge | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The battle starts with Byrne jumping along pillars and occasionally |
| shooting weak beams towards Link. Just dodge these and eventually |
| Byrne will attempt to hit Link with his massive gauntlet arm. Just |
| dodge out of the way and the gauntlet arm will get stuck in the |
| ground. Use the phantom and run over to the gauntlet. Zelda will pull |
| on the gauntlet cause Byrne to fall to the ground, so run on over and |
| get a few sword slashes in before he awakes. Repeat this process |
| until Byrne stays on the ground level. |
| |
| Just run up to Byrne and slash at him repeatedly. He�ll block your |
| first two attacks but the third one will usually hit. After Byrne is |
| a bit shaken up, he will now perform large purple charged attack |
| towards Link. When he is charging up, go hide behind the phantom. |
| When Byrne charges in, the phantom will grab him and hold him steady. |
| Run on over and deliver some sword slashes while he is stuck. |
| |
| Afterwards Byrne will get a bit quicker with his attacks and does a |
| better job of blocking Link�s sword attacks. Just keep at it and keep |
| slashing away. Byrne will eventually be defeated without much of a |
| sweat. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Wait for Byrne to target you with its gauntlet. Jump out of the way |
| and then send the phantom towards the gauntlet. Slash at Byrne with |
| your sword until Byrne revives. Repeat this process until Bryne comes |
| down to the surface to battle. Slash away with your sword three times |
| and Byrne will be shaken up. Avoid Byrne�s charged attack by hiding |
| behind the phantom. The phantom will hold Byrne down, so slash away |
| with your sword. Repeat this process until Byrne has been defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
After the battle a scene with the battered Byrne will take place and after a
premature celebration by Link and Zelda, Byrne escapes. Gain control of Link
and follow Byrne and you�ll now be outside near the top of the Tower. Scale the
tower and another scene will take place between Cole and Byrne.
Malladus has been resurrected and is now controlling the body of Princess
Zelda. Bryne is nearly killed and after the lengthy scene, Cole and Malladus
leave with the Demon King Train.
Anjean will show up and after some more talk, you�ll next appear inside of the
Spirits� Train. She mentions that there was a weapon known as the Bow of Light.
After some more talk, Anjean advises you go to the final temple known as the
Sand Temple. Anjean will give you a Force Gem, which will cause the Ocean rail
map to start glowing and new Spirit Tracks will appear. You will then be sent
off into the Ocean Realm. That here concludes chapter 9 of the Spirit Tracks
Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 10 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Sand Realm ____________________/ [W10] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 10.1 Sand Sanctuary [W10.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
If you haven�t already, leave the Tower of Spirits through the Ocean Realm
exit. Set a course into the sand area of the map. Once you enter, Princess
Zelda mentions that the statue here is incredibly big and asks who built it.
Rather, what will be important to us is which direction the statue is facing.
This one in particular is facing to the northeast. Pull out your map and draw a
path in the direction that this statue is facing.
Watch out for the Malgyorg that are found in the sand. These sand shark
creatures will jump out from the ground and try to attack Link�s train. Just
use the cannon once they leave the ground. Pull your train whistle and they
will jump out from under the sand.
There are three other large statues in thise area. One is at the northwest
portion of the rails and that one is facing to the southeast. There is also one
at the northeast corner of the rails and that is facing an angle. It isn�t
quite southwest, as it is facing west much more than it is facing south. Be
sure to trace a path in the direction that the statue is facing. The final
statue is in the middle near the bottom of this area, and it is facing to
the northwest. Once you see all four of them, trace a path that they are facing
and you'll see that they all intersect. We will be using this information in
just a moment.
In the center of the newly formed Spirit Tracks, there is a rail that just
appears to stop. This is our next destination so ride on over there to get to
the Sand Sanctuary.
__________________
~ / Sand Sanctuary \ ~
��
Once you arrive at the Sand Sanctuary, if you look carefully at the map, the
darker areas of the map are the exact same as the overall Spirit Tracks layout
of the Sand Realm thus far. So mark up on your map where the four statues were
and draw out a line as to where they faced. If you mapped them out properly,
you�ll see that the four intersect near the middle of the map.
There is a rectangular area in the sand just to the left of the middle of the
map and the lines intersect near the top-right part of this rectangle. Place a
bomb here or use a bomb flower from one of the higher platforms. This will
cause a staircase to appear in the sand. Walk down the steps.
Walk to the left and enter to meet up with Rael, the guardian of the Sand
Realm. After some talk, Rael will practice a song with you. Listen to it
carefully and practice so you get it down. This song is the longest that we�ve
learned thus far at six notes. It goes; Lime Green, Silver, Turquoise, Silver,
Turquoise, and Lime Green. Practice it and once you got it down, play the real
thing. The Ocean Rail map will light up and new tracks will form to the east!
Rael will tell you that you must pass three trials in order to reach the Sand
Temple. You�ll encounter a big eye that looms in the shadows, then you�ll need
to navigate the twisted tunnels, and finally you�ll face the impenetrable
temple. Exit Rael's chamber.
You'll notice that there are some small islands at the bottom-right part of the
map. This is where the stamp station is located but we unfortunately cannot
reach it just yet. For now, just jump back onto the train.
_________________________
~ / Desert Rabbit Roundup \ ~
��
There are four more rabbits that we can pick up in this area of the overworld.
Desert Rabbit #2 - South of the Sand Sanctuary, found on the southeast part of
the tracks.
Desert Rabbit #3 - Far west of the Sand Sanctuary, found on the southwest of
the tracks.
Desert Rabbit #4 - North of the Sand Sanctuary, found on the north side of the
tracks.
Desert Rabbit #5 - Far east of the Sand Sanctuary, found on the southwest part
of the tracks.
With rabbits in hand, trace a path north leading to the Fire Realm.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 10.2 Reaching the Sand Temple! [W10.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________
~ / First Trial \ ~
��
Trace a path across the new path that leads north to the Fire Realm. Defeat
any malgyorgs as they appear from underground. Once you arrive at the edge of
map leading to the Fire Realm, you�ll enter a cave.
This cave is almost identical to the cave that we went through in the Snow
Realm much earlier in the game. A massive rocktite is found within this cave.
Just like before, the rocktite will be storming through the cave trying to jump
on top of the train and cause damage. Repeatedly use your stylus and hit the
rocktite in the eye over and over until it falls back. Repeat this same process
until the rocktite starts adjusting its style. It will run after Link but it
will keep its eyes close. Conveniently there are explosive barrels around the
cave. Target one of the barrels when rocktite is nearby and it will explode,
opening up rocktite�s eye. Rocktite will alternate between methods, so just
keep attacking until it has been defeated.
________________
~ / Second Trial \ ~
��
This is basically a Lost Woods type deal where you need to go in the proper
path to successfully get through. It is rather simple� if you know the right
way to go.
1. Once you get through the tunnel, stop the train and go in reverse. Back up
the train into the tunnel an you�ll appear elsewhere along the twisted
tunnels.
2. In this area stop the train immediately once again and go in reverse. Doing
so will sent you to another part of the Twisted Tunnel.
3. At the last section, just turn to the right and you�ll leave the twisted
tunnels. Rude on southwards and you�ll get back to the Ocean Realm.
_______________
~ / Third Trial \ ~
��
If you turn to the left, you�ll see one of those stone structures that extend
over the tracks. Ride on over and hit the gem that is above the tracks and this
will activate a warp portal to the west side of the Sand Realm. Don�t mind this
for now, but it is useful for easier travel.
Ride around the temple and you�ll see numerous cannons attached to the sides of
the temple. Shoot down these cannons one by one, but be careful of the
cannonballs that they fire! If a cannonball is being shot at you, shoot the
cannonball so you do not take damage.
Just keep riding in a circle around the Temple and fight off all the cannons.
It can be quite difficult to get by as the cannons gang up on you. Just
remember to hit the cannonballs instead of the cannons when they are shot at
you. Once they have all been defeated, you can now ride towards and enter the
Sand Temple.
_______________________
~ / Five Desert Rabbits \ ~
��
Before entering the Sand Temple, you can finish off collecting the five
remaining Desert Rabbits.
Desert Rabbit #6 - Located in the upside down T shaped section of the Forgotten
Tunnels. It is on the west side, just south of the tracks.
Desert Rabbit #7 - Located in the upside down T shaped section of the Forgotten
Tunnels. It is on the east side, just north of the tracks.
Desert Rabbit #8 - Located in the T shaped section of the Forgotten Tunnels. It

is in the middle on the east side of the tracks.
Desert Rabbit #9 - Found on the south side of the tracks, along the path
leading to the Sand Temple.
Desert Rabbit #10 - West of the Sand Temple, found on the west side of the
tracks.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 10.3 Sand Temple [W10.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________
~ / 1st Floor \ ~
��
Break the jars for some health and then head up north to enter the main part of
the temple. Run to the right side of the room and you�ll see a bunch of
boulders rolling southwards. There is pattern to these boulders and they are
easy to pick up on. Dodge the boulders as you run northward. Careful, as what
appears to be a safe area on the left is actually a trapped door. Run upwards
and then take a left down a corridor.
The door is locked to the left and there are numerous boulders rolling away at
the top of the screen. Use the bow and arrow and hit the switch to the north.
You�ll have to time it so you the arrow squeezes through the onslaught of the
boulders. Once you hit the wall switch, the door to the left will open up.
Run to the left and open the treasure chest to get� 1 rupee? Several stalfos
will appear in this area and if you just defeat them one by one, a seemingly
infinite number of them will come up from underground. The trick is that you
need to defeat all of the active stalfos within a short period of time. Corner
them if you need to but once they are done away with, a treasure chest appears.
Open it up to get a small key! Run back to the east end of the room and dodge
the boulders as you run southward.
Walk up the steps in the main area of the room and use the small key on the
locked door. Walk up the stairs to get to the 2nd floor.
_____________
~ / 2nd Floor \ ~
��
Jump off the higher area to the right and run south. You�ll find a new sand
enemy here known as a Gerune. We cannot do anything to defeat these guys just
yet. Run to the southeast part of the room and you can see there is a statue
here. You can awaken it and it will show you the location of a statue... but
we�ll be getting that soon anyway.
Run northward and you�ll see three massive rotating spikes. Wait for the
middle one to head upwards and then follow it. When there is a gap between the
middle rotating spike and the one on the right, squeeze through. Run up the
stairs here to get to the 3rd floor.
_________________________
~ / 3rd Floor - Sand Wand \ ~
��
Run south and the door will close behind you. There are three stalfos warriors
here. These fellows are a bit tougher than ordinary stalfos. Bombs work best
against these warriors as one bomb each will do them in. Once all three stalfos
warriors have been defeated, walk through the open door to the west. Climb the
steps and open the treasure chest here to get the dungeon item, the Sand Wand!
This baby can be used to raise sand into a wall! Once you get it, you�ll hear a
rumbling from somewhere else in the temple.
Run back to where you fought the stalfos warriors and you can experiment with
your new item. Use it to reach the platform to the north to test it out.
(That�s why that platform is there!) Once you�ve gotten accustomed to how it
works, run down the stairs to get back to the 2nd floor.
_________________________
~ / 2nd Floor - Revisited \ ~
��
There are two treasure chests in this room on each of the sides of the rolling
spikes. The rolling spikes are now rolling in unison, but thanks to the Sand
Wand, we can stop them right in their tracks! (pun intended). You can raise the
sand on the left side of the room to reach a treasure chest with a red rupee.
The treasure chest on the right is a bit more complicated. You need to halt the
rolling spike in the middle and the one on the right, but make sure the one on
the right is even with the treasure chest. You can run across the top of the
rolling spike without getting hurt. Open the treasure chest to get a random
piece of treasure!
Run to the southwest part of the room and the door will close behind you. Now
that we have the Sand Wand, we can take on the gerune. Use the Sand Wand on
each of the enemies and they will stop moving and form a wall. Run over and
either pick up and throw the gerune, or just slash away with your sword. The
gerune fear the Sand Wand and will aggressively try to run away from it, but
just follow them and this should be no problem.
Walk to the north end of the room and you�ll see that the rolling spike here
is activated. Use the Sand Wand raise Link up and walk to the higher platform
above. In order to reach the staircase below, you need to use the Sand Wand to
stop the rolling spike while it is standing on the part of the ground with no
sand. Then just run right across rolling spike and then down the stairs back to
the 1st floor.
_________________________
~ / 1st Floor - Revisited \ ~
��
To your left you�ll notice that there is a treasure chest. Walk down to the
main part of the room and use the sand wand to raise the sand. Repeat this
again on the higher platform as you make your way over to the treasure chest.
Open it up to get a random piece of treasure!
Run to the southwest part of the room and you�ll see a large rolling stone
block. Use the sand wand to raise the sand and cause the stone block to roll
all the way to the west and into a hole. Walk up to the platform here and then
use the whip to hook onto the wooden pole on the right.
After crossing the gap you�ll see another rolling stone block. Push it to the
right and this will leave just enough room for Link to squeeze by. Run
northward and to the west and you�ll see three wall switches to the north. Use
the sand wand to raise the sand and then pull out the arrows. Hit the two wall
switches above and then once the sand lowers, hit the third switch. This will
cause a door to the right to open up.
Run past the door and you�ll find another rolling stone block. The goal with
this one is to get it to roll to the south. Stand in the sandy area on the
right and then use the sand wand on the sand above the rolling stone. This
will cause it to roll southward. Roll it to the south so that Link can pass,
and then run up the north.
Use the sand wand to raise Link up and then head left. There are short stairs
on the right here, but you cannot walk across because they are higher up. Use
the sand wand one again on the rolling stone and set so that it is right in
between the steps to the north. Walk across to the right and then repeat this
same thing to get the rolling stone in line with the steps at the bottom. Run
across the rolling stone.
Use the sand wand on the two gerune to defeat them and it will cause a treasure
chest to appear nearby. We�ll get that in just a moment. Use the sand wand to
get across the barrier at the top of this room and then check out the map. It
says that between one and three is where the key hides. There are pictures of
wall switches here.
If you remember, we just hit three wall switches to an area just south of here.
There was also just one wall switch at the square area at the northeast part of
the map. Draw a line between these two sections on the map and then mark the
middle point. The middle point is in the sand just north of the middle of the
entire room. Leave this area and go and open the treasure chest that we
unveiled and get a red rupee. Run south jump off the two ledges to get back to
the main part of the room.
Run to the east end of the room again and you�ll see that the boulders have now
changed their route, making it impossible for Link to run passed them. Instead,
run to the sand area to the right and use the Sand Wand to raise Link up. Run
northward as much as you can. From here, you want to time the boulders on the
left. As soon as the boulders pass, quickly run to the northwest.
The area above now has two stationary boulders that are blocking the path. Use
the sand wand to roll these boulders out of the way. Now pull out the bow and
arrow once again and hit the wall switch to open the door to the left.
Run through and this area now has new enemies known as ergtorak�s. These sand
creatures will crawl under the sand and will occasionally pop put trying to
shoot rocks at Link. Use the sand wand on them and bring them above the
surface. They will be stunned for a short period of time, so raise Link up to
their height and run on over and slash at them with your sword. After all three
have been defeated, a treasure chest to the west will appear. Run over and use
the sand wand to get up to this area. Open the treasure chest to get a red
rupee.
Just to the south, use the sand wand on the ground where we marked it on the
map. The sand will rise up and this will reveal a small key! Now run to the
area to the south, use the sand wand and then jump over the ledge to the south
to get back to the main part of the room.
You may have notice some sort of boulder catapult mechanism at the bottom of
this room. There conveniently is a boulder as well. Use the sand wand to get
the boulder onto the boulder mechanism and then hit the switch to the left.
This will catapult the boulder to the north, destroying the wall. Run down the
stairs to get to Basement 1 of the temple.
______________
~ / Basement 1 \ ~
��
Walk to the left and you�ll find some quicksand blocking your path. Use the
sand wand and create some sand blocks, allowing Link to cross. Use the small
key and open the door here.
There are two of these sandmen enemies in this room. Use the sand wand to turn
them into sand statues, but don�t quite defeat them yet. Instead pick them up
and toss them onto the two switches that are in the room. This will cause the
door to the right to open up, so head through it.
_________________
��
This area is filled with quicksand. The path to the left will lead to a stamp
station. Use the sand wand to create sand block to walk on. Step on them and
quickly create more to the west and run onto those. Watch out for the arrow
shooters against the north wall. Once you make your way to the stamp station,
stamp your stamp booklet.
_________________________
~ / Basement 1 - East Side \ ~
��
Now we want to make a series of sand blocks and travel all the way to the
northeast corner of the room. There are numerous arrow shooters on the walls,
so be careful. Remember, if you have a shield, Link can block the arrows. Don�t
create long stretches of sand blocks as they may disappear before you can make
use of them. Just make some small groups of sand blocks and you should be fine.
Once you reach the northeast corner of the room, you�ll see a classic block
pushing puzzle. There is a diamond hole in the middle of the area here and a
large block with a diamond at the top. The goal is to use the sand wand to push
the block around and cause it to have the diamond sticking into the hole. Just
move the block Down, Right, Down, Right, Up, and Left. (Note there are several
ways to solve this puzzle and this is just one of many. Once you�ve solved it,
the door at the southeast corner will open up, so head through it.
There are boulders coming out of a hole on the left side of the room. Use the
sand wand to lift the sand and cause the boulder to stop. Then use the sand
wand to push it onto the catapult at the northeast part of the room. Step on
the ground switch below to create a bridge leading to the southeast part of the
room. While standing on the ground switch, use the boomerang to hit the crystal
switch above and this will catapult a boulder to the wall below and blast it
open.
Boulders will now start rolling on the left once again. Use the sand wand to
create a sand block to stop the boulder. Roll the boulder onto the ground
switch so the bridge stays active and then run to the corner of the room.
Walk to the left and you�ll find another one of these block pushing puzzles,
this time the blocks have blue diamonds and red circles. Walk Pull out the sand
wand and let�s first focus on the block on the left. Use the sand wand to move
it Right, Right, Down, Left, Down, Right, and Right. This will set it on the
blue diamond at the bottom-right of the puzzle. However, we will need to move
this block once again as it interferes with trying to get the second block in
place, so just move this block to the right and down, so that it is in the
corner. Now use the sand wand on the other block and move it Left, Left, Down,
Right, Down, Left, Up, and Left. Now push the other block back in place by
pushing it up and left. The door at the bottom-left will open up.
___________
~ / Big Key \ ~
��
Just to the left of the puzzle, you�ll see a ground switch. This will open up
the door to the left, making it easier to reach this location. Now walk to the
southwest portion of this area and you�ll find a rolling spike. Just use the
gap at the bottom to get by the rolling spike. At the corner of the room,
defeat the two stalfos warriors using bombs or arrows and a treasure chest
appears. Open it up to get a random piece of treasure.
Walk north and you�ll find two rotating spikes. There is a ground switch on the
higher platform to the south that we need to step on. Use the sand wand to stop
the upper of the rolling two spikes. Now raise the sand underneath you to lift
yourself up. Use the sand wand to block off the rotating spike below. Use the
spike to reach the platform below and step on the ground switch. This will open
up the door above.
The door above is still at a higher level though, so we need to use the sand
wand to stop the two rotating blocks, creating a bridge that Link can run
across. Do so and head up and the door will close behind you.
There are several ergtorok�s in this room. Use the sand wand while they are
underground to stun them. Raise yourself up and run after them with your sword.
Once all three have been defeated, head up through the opened door.
Use the sand wand to lift up all the sand in this area. On the left side you�ll
find a big green rupee and on the right side you�ll uncover the big key!
Backtrack all the way to the area that had the two-block puzzle. We now need to
maneuver the blocks so the red circles are plugged into the ground. Use the
sand wand and move the block that is currently on the left. Move it left, down,
right, up, left, down, and right; and it will settle on the red circle switch.
Move the block that is on the right up one and that�s it! With both red circles
plugged, the door above will open up.
Use the sand wand on the quick sand above and then quickly pick up the big key
and run across the gap. Toss the big key into the big lock to open it. Walk
downstairs to get to the Basement 2.
______________
~ / Basement 2 \ ~
��
Walk to the north and use the sand wand while standing on the sand. There are
four jars on the side, each with recovery hearts, so get this if you need them.
Climb to the top part of the room and tap on the stone tablet, which will
create a blue warp point. Once you are ready, head north to fight Skeldritch,
Ancient Demon.
_____________________________
~ / Skeldritch, Ancient Demon \ ~
��
Once you are in the boss room just run forward and Skeldritch will come to
life!
_____________________________
/ SKELDRITCH, Ancient Demon \________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/2) Boulder | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Fall off ledge | |*|*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | |
| (3/4) Jaw Attack | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The battle begins with Skeldritch shooting boulders out the bottom of |
| its body. Use the sand wand to block these boulders and keep them in |
| the arena. Use the sand wand to maneuver them over so they are on top |
| of the catapult. Make sure there are no boulders in the way and then |
| hit the switch. This will hit Skeldritch and cause him to lose a part |
| of its body. |
| |
| Skeldritch will turn start sending three boulders out in a row so be |
| alert. The boss will also shoot out a laser at you, so you�ll have to |
| dodge that. The last three parts of Skledritch�s body are protected |
| on certain sides. The next one is only vulnerable from the right |
| side. Load up a boulder on one of the catapults and then run to the |
| left. Skeldritch will always face you. When you at the left, pull out |
| the bow and arrow and shoot the crystal switch to the right. This |
| will make the boulder hit Skeldritch on the right side, removing |
| another part of its body. |
| |
| During the next phase, Skeldritch will shoot out red boulders which |
| will travel through more sand barriers and come out much faster! The |
| next body part of Skeldritch is only vulnerable at its back. So load |
| up a boulder onto a catapult and then run all the way to the other |
| side of the room. Use an arrow to hit the crystal switch and this |
| will send the boulder into Skeldritch�s back. |
| |
| The last weak spot is a bit tricky. It is a small spot that is not |
| quite on its left and not quite behind him, but right in the middle. |
| Load up a boulder on one of the catapults. It�s quite difficult to |
| reach this area with a bow and arrow, so you have two choices. One is |
| to drop a bomb right next to the switch and then make a run to the |
| right side. Past the catapult here and stand in between catapults so |
| that Skeldritch�s weak spot is facing the boulder. Once the bomb |
| explodes, the boulder will hit its weak spot. Skeldritch will now |
| shoot four consecutive boulders out at Link. Alternatively, instead |
| of using the bombs, you can trace a long path with the boomerang, but |
| that leaves Link vulnerable for quite awhile. Eventually you�ll hit |
| Skeldritch and its skull will drop to the ground. |
| |
| The final phase of the battle can be quite hectic. Use the sand wand |
| and create a massive wall of sand surrounding Skeldritch. Skeldritch |
| will begin eating away at the sand. Very quickly run to the backside |
| of Skeldritch and slash away at purple spot at the back of its head. |
| Remember, Link must be elevated on top of sand in order to reach |
| Skeldritch�s head. Make sure you completely surround Skeldritch, as |
| if it has any room to move, it will turn around. Repeat this process |
| until Skeldritch has been defeated. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Stop a boulder that Skeldritch spits out with the sand wand and then |
| maneuver it onto a catapult. Hit the switch and the catapult will |
| remove a part of Skeldritch�s body. Skeldritch�s weak spot changes |
| and the first time it�s at Skeldritch�s right, then behind, and then |
| behind and to the left. Place boulders on the catapults and then run |
| around the room so the catapult is in line with Skeldritch. Use your |
| bow and arrow, boomerang, or even timed bombs to blow up the switches |
| and launch the catapult. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
After the battle is over, the sand will disappear and a staircase will appear.
Open the treasure chest to get a full heart container and then head down the
steps. Jump off the ledge to the left and then walk up the steps to find a
treasure chest. Open it up to get the Bow of Light!
A blue warp portal appears to the north. Use your new bow, (it replaces the old
bow), and hit the eye switch on the wall. Step into the blue portal and you�ll
be sent to the temple entrance. Talk to Zelda and enter the Spirits� Train.
Anjean is still waiting for Link in the train. After a rather excited Princess
Zelda tells Anjean the news of the Bow of Light, the mood is shattered as
Anjean doesn�t know where Malladus can be. Anjean went searching for the Demon
Train but to no avail. Byrne awakens and tells them that there is a hidden
section of tracks underneath the Tower of Spirits. Byrne mentions that there is
the Compass of Light and that will lead you to the Demon Train, located within
the Dark Realm. Cole and Malladus cannot touch the Compass of Light since it
uses the power of the spirits.
Before Link heads off, Anjean presents Link with the Lokomo Sword! The sword is
filled with sacred energy! You�ll next appear back outside riding the train.
Next stop, Tower of Spirits... again! That here concludes chapter 10 of the
Spirit Tracks Walkthrough.
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 11 �� /�� /__\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 11.1 The Final Collection [W11.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
There are several new Force Gems that we can now collect and this will lead to
several other collectibles that we can then acquire. First things first, we
want to get out of this area of the overworld as there isn't much to do here.
Ride to the northeast part of the map and activate the Warp Gate if you have
not done so just yet. Ride through the warp gate to get back to the west near
the Sand Sanctuary.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #18 \ ~
��
You can stop by the Sand Sanctuary to find out that Rael wants you to bring him
some cuccos. This will be our next destination. Ride on towards Castle Town and
go to the Cucco man. Purchase 5 cuccos from him and then run back to the train.
Set a path back to the Ocean Realm. The fastest route is to just head straight
to the Ocean Realm through the tracks that we opened up with Force Gems.
Once you arrive at the Sand Sanctuary. Talk to Rael and he�ll be happy that you
have brought him some cuccos and he will give you the 18th Force Gem! This gem
will open up some new tracks at the northeast part of the Fire Realm. This will
give you access to the 10th and final Mountain Rabbit, as well as a secret
station.
_____________________
~ / Stamp Station #19 \ ~
��
Now that there are cuccos here, run over and grab one. Walk to the southeast
part of the map and you�ll see a small island. Use the cucco to float over to
the island and then over to a further island. This small island has a stamp
station. Stamp Niko�s Stamp Book to get the 19th stamp! Only one more to go!
Use the cucco to float back to the left and then jump back on the train.
_______________________
~ / Mountain Rabbit #10 \ ~
��
Our next destination is the newly restored tracks in the Fire Realm. Ride your
train north to the Fire Realm and then make the long trip to the northeast
corner of the map. When you first reach the new tracks, keep an eye out on the
north side of the tracks. You�ll see a rabbit peeking out from behind a
boulder. This is the 10th and final Mountain Rabbit, so break the boulder and
capture it with the rabbit net.
___________________________________
| +-------------------------------+ |
| | Ends of the Earth Station | |
| +-------------------------------+ |
��
Ride to the far northeast corner of the realm and you�ll find a train station
known as the Ends of the Earth Station. There are three cave entrances at this
station, each with stone tablets on the outside. Run to the center one and
check out the stone tablet to find that it is a brainteaser block puzzle. Enter
the cave for more block fun.
_________________
~ / Center Cavern \ ~
��
Walk north through another door to reach a block puzzle. This one is a bit
simple as there is just one block and one hole. Stand outside of the perimeter
and move the block so that the blue diamond is on top of the hole. In order to
do this, simply move the block Right, Right, Down, Down, Left, Up, and Left to
land in the hole. This will open up the door to the north, so head through it.
There is another block to move in this room but there are now borders to deal
with. Fortunately, this room is incredibly easy. Use the Sand Wand and move the
block Right, Right, Right, Down, Down, Down, and then Left to land in the hole.
The door above will open up so head through it.
This third puzzle is much more challenging but there is still only one block
and there isn�t much space. There are many ways to correctly solve this puzzle,
one of which is Down, Right, Up, Left, Left, Down, Right, Up, Right, Down, and
Left to land in the hole. Walk up the stairs to the north and open the treasure
chest to get a rare piece of treasure! Exit through the door on the right side
of the room. Cross the bridge and open the treasure chest to get a big green
rupee! Now exit the cave.
________________________________________
~ / Western Cavern - Heart Container #12 \ ~
��
Our next stop is the cave on the west side of the map. Climb the steps and
enter it. Walk north to reach the first block puzzle. There are now two blocks
and two switches. Start with the one on the right and move it Up, Left, Down,
Left, Down, and Left on to the switch. Now move the block on the left side Up,
Right, Up, Right, Down, Right, Down, and Down on to the switch. With both
blocks in place, head through the door to the north.
This next room has two blocks in a very restricted area. The process is quite
elaborate where you have to move each block multiple times in order to get them
aligned. Just use some logic and some trial and error to get this one and then
head north to the next room.
This room is even crazier as it has three large blocks and three holes in the
ground. Additionally, there are some borders that prevent you from pushing
blocks in certain areas. You�ll need to do a ton of pushing of the blocks in
order to correctly put them in place. Once again just use some logic and some
trial and error until you finally get it. Run up north and open the treasure
chest to get the 12th heart container! Now exit through the door to the right.
Cross the bridge and open the treasure chest to get another big green rupee.
Exit the cave.
_______________________________
~ / Eastern Cavern - Regal Ring \ ~
��
Our last stop is the cave on the east end of the map. Run on over and enter it.
The next three rooms in this cave are quite difficult. The first is just like
the third puzzle of the western cavern with three blocks and three holes. Just
work your way through this puzzle and then head north through the door.
The next puzzle has only two blocks but it is incredibly restricted. Move
around the blocks until the blue diamonds are able to land into the blue holes
in the ground. This one might take some time and you�ll certainly need to move
back and forth in which blocks you are presently moving. Once you finally get
it, head up through the door to the north.
The next puzzle is another incredibly difficult one. It is a 2x3 area, with the
top row having the three blocks and the bottom row have the three holes. There
are so many different ways to solve this puzzle but in any which way you
choose, it is rather long and will take a lot of trial and error. Just once
again use some logic and puzzle solving skills and you�ll eventually get it.
Run up north and open the treasure chest to get a super rare Regal Ring as your
reward! Run through the door on the right, cross the bridge, and open the
treasure chest to get a big green rupee. That is about all there is to do at
the Ends of the Earth Station, so run back over to the train and take off.
________________________________________
~ / Tower of Spirits - Stamp Station #20 \ ~
��
Our next stop is back at the Tower of Spirits, but not because we are ready to
tackle the next part of the tower, but rather, because it is the location of
the final stamp station, and it also triggers a side quest. Ride on over to the
Tower of Spirits.
Head up the stairs and climb to the very top of the Tower. Once you reach the
top, you�ll see a warp portal, enter it and it takes you to just outside where
you fought Byrne. Go through the old boss room to get outside and then climb to
the very top of the Tower. There is a stamp station right here, so pull out
Niko�s Stamp Book and stamp the 20th and final stamp into the book. While we
can progress deeper into the Tower here, there are still a ton of other quests
to do. Backtrack through Byrne�s room and through the warp portal. You don�t
need to climb the stairs, but just take the quick elevator near the warp
portal. Jump back on the train.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #19 \ ~
��
Now that we have been to the Tower of Spirits, this will trigger Ferrus to send
you a second letter in the mail. Leave the Tower of Spirits for the Fire Realm
and make a quick stop at Goron Village if you haven�t gotten the letter yet.
There is a mailbox on the west side of Goron Village. Once you�ve gotten the
letter from Ferrus, check it out and it has a small map attached to it. The
area in the map is in the Fire Realm just north of Goron Target Range.
Ride on over to this area and you�ll hear Ferrus snapping his camera. Stop by
and pick him up and he now wants you to take him to the ocean floor! Agree to
do so and he�ll say that he wants to be let off at the Ocean Temple. The
quickest way to get there from here is by use of the warp gate that is just
east of the Tower of Spirits in the Fire Realm. Ride on over to Warp Gate D and
use it and this will bring you to the middle part of the Ocean Realm.
Ride straight into the fish statue that leads to the underwater area. The path
to the Ocean Temple is simple since there are no Armored Trains this time
around. Just defeat the Ocean Octorok�s and make your way over to the Ocean
Temple entrance. Once you arrive, Ferrus is over the top excited about being
here and will give you the 19th Force Gem! This gem restores tracks on the east
end of the Fire Realm and will give us access to another station! Afterwards
jump back on the train and head off.
_________________
~ / Dark Ore Mine \ ~
��
Our next stop is the new tracks we just opened up with Force Gem #19. If you
stop at a village, you will get another letter, this one from Kargoron, who
hints of a treasure hidden around this new area. A quick way to get to these
new tracks is by use of Warp Gate H, which is the one just south of the Sand
Sanctuary. This warp gate will take you to the area east of the Sand Temple.
From here ride north into the Fire Realm and continue north along the new
tracks. You�ll come across a new station known as the Dark Ore Mine. Before
actually entering the new station, ride eastward and go back through the cave.
Another giant rocktite will appear. Go through the cave and be sure to defeat
this Rocktite as it will make the next part of this quest much easier. Once the
rocktite is done away with, ride on over and stop at the Dark Ore Mine.
_________________
~ / Force Gem #20 \ ~
��
Once you�ve reached the Dark Ore Mine, just enter the middle cavern. Run
straight to the north to find some Goron�s who are selling Dark Ore. They will
sell 10 units for 200 rupees. Purchase them and they�ll be loaded on your
train. Dark Ore get ruined when in the sun, so you need to transport it
quickly. Agree to purchase some and then quickly run back and board the train.
You need to take this treasure to Linebeck at the Trading Post. However, you
need to have at least 5 units and the ore will slowly ruin while in the sun. So
the trick is to stay in hidden caves and use warp gates to quicken this
process. From the Dark Ore Mine, head east into the cave. You should have
defeated the rocktite in this cave already. If not, this can be extremely
difficult to get past. If you've defeated the rocktite already, then this cave
will be crawling with some tektites. You cannot afford to take more than one
hit, otherwise you won�t have enough Dark Ore to make it through. Battle the
tektites and make it through the cave with at least nine units of Dark Ore. If
you get hit twice, just let the enemies defeat you and you�ll start back up
again from the Dark Ore Mine.
Once you leave the cave, just head south to reach the Ocean Realm. Use Warp
Gate H that is on the east part of the map and this will warp you to an area
just south of the Sand Sanctuary. Even from here, we don�t have enough time to
make it to the Trading Post with 5 units and we need to take another Warp Gate.
Warp Gate G is located directly south of Warp Gate H. This gate is only
available if you�ve gotten the proper Force Gem. Ride the train over and use
this gate to get back to the Forest Realm. You�ll come out right near the
Trading Post, so quickly ride on over and stop at the station with 5 units
remaining.
Run over and speak with Linebeck. You don�t have want to trade in treasure or
get ship parts yet, but he�ll notice you have something special for you. Give
him at least 5 units and he�ll shake your hand, while also giving you the 20th
and final Force Gem! If you have less than 5 units, he will still reward you
with some rupees. The new gem will reveal some new tracks at the southeast part
of the Ocean Realm! You can trade in some treasure if you�d like, but then make
your way back to the station.
____________________
��
With the last Force Gem now in your hands, we can now get the 50th and final
Rabbit! Ride to the southeast part of the Ocean Realm and check out the new
tracks. The rabbit is located near the southwest part of the new area, just
east of the tracks. Continue heading towards the corner of the Ocean Realm
where you will find a secret station.
_____________________________
| +-------------------------+ |
| | Lost at Sea Station | |
| +-------------------------+ |
��
Once you arrive at the station, you can run around and you�ll find that there
are two diamonds at the station, one near the bottom-left of the map and
another near the top-right. Stand next to each of the diamonds and play the
Song of Light. Two beams of light will be created and if you follow them, they
will intersect at a location just near the station. Play the Song of Discovery
at the intersection to reveal a treasure chest. Open it up to get a rare piece
of treasure.
Walk to the north and you�ll a large cliff with a bird floating around. Play
the Song of Birds and then attach onto the bird with the whip. Ride it
northward and release once you reach the higher platform. Defeat the four crows
that are perched on top of trees and then run to the east end. You�ll see
another diamond switch here. Play the Song of Light and it shines a beam of
light against the wall to the north. Use the bomb flower or your own bombs on
this wall and it will uncover a cave. Enter it.
Once you enter you will find a gossip stone in the center of the room. Awaken
it with the Song of Awakening and it tells you that a replica of temple from a
distant kingdom can be found, but you are not allowed to use either your sword
or the bow.
___________________________________
~ / Lost At Sea Station - 1st Floor \ ~
��
You�ll be taken to what is the first floor of this mini-dungeon. The stone
tablet nearby tells you to light up all the candles in this room. Before doing
so, just run over to the safe zone located at the west side of the room. There
are only three torches for you to light up and the first of which is right in
the center of the map. When the path is clear quickly run over to the center of
the room to find two torches, one of which is not lit. Use the boomerang to
light up the torch.
The other two torches are located at the top corners of the room. There are
two lit torches near the closed door at the top of the room. Just wait for the
phantoms to pass and use the boomerang to create a path and light up the two
corner torches. Once all three torches have been lit, the door above will open
up. Run on over and head down to the lower floor.
___________________________________
~ / Lost At Sea Station - 2nd Floor \ ~
��
This second floor is dark and two torch phantoms can be seen patrolling the
area. Read the stone tablet here and you�ll have to put out all the lights.
There are a bunch of torches here and we have to blow each one out using the
whirlwind.
Torch #1 � In the safe zone where you start the floor.

Torch #2 � Also in the safe zone where you start the floor.
Torch #3 � Run to the northwest corner of the room to find the torch.
Torch #4 � Just south of Torch #3 on the west part of the room.
Torch #5 � East of Torch #4 near the center of the room.
Torch #6 � Just southeast of Torch #6 near the center of the room.
Torch #7 � Fun to the northeast corner of the room to find the torch.
Torch #8 � South of Torch #7, but a bit towards the center of the room.
Torch #9 � Run to the southeast corner of the room to find the torch.
Torch #10 � Run to the southwest corner of the room to find the torch.
Torch #11 � Just north of Torch #10, at the west side of the room.
Torch #12 � In the safe zone at the south part of the room.
Torch #13 � Also in the safe zone near the south part of the room.
Once all 13 torches have been put out, the door will open. Climb down the steps
to get to the next floor of this mini-dungeon.
___________________________________
~ / Lost At Sea Station - 3rd Floor \ ~
��
The third floor of the dungeon is a bit more intense. There are two warp
phantoms as well as a phantom eye patrolling this floor. The stone tablet says
that in each pair, one switch is correct, which is a bit confusing as to what
that means until you start running around the room.
There are four sets of fish statues with handles hanging out of their mouths.
As the stone tablet says, one of the two handles in each set is wrong and if
pulled, it will cause a Phantom Eye to come out. The goal is to run around the
room and pull the four correct handles and this will cause the door in the
center of the room to open. First things first, run to the northeast part of
the map and you�ll find a treasure chest. Open it up to get a piece of
treasure. Now run around the room and pull the correct handles.
Northeast Corner � Pull the right handle.

Northwest Corner � Pull the left handle.
Southwest Corner � Pull the right handle.
Southeast Corner � Pull the right handle.
The handle at the southeast corner is a bit touch as the phantom is nearby, but
just run quickly to get by him. Once all four are pulled, run to the now open
door in the center of the room and head down the stairs.
___________________________________
~ / Lost At Sea Station - 4th Floor \ ~
��
This room is filled with wrecker phantoms, as well as wooden blocks that bombs
or wrecker phantoms can blow up. The tablet here tells you to smash all the
rocks. While there are wrecker phantoms all over the place, bombs are much more
efficient ways to get rid of the blocks. Begin your journey by heading to the
southwest corner of the map. Blow up the two blocks and then open the treasure
chest that�s in the safe zone to get a treasure.
Blow up the four blocks on the west side of the room, as well as the four
blocks at the north side of the room. Now run all the way to the northeast
corner of the room and blow up the blocks. Enter the safe zone and open the
treasure chest for another small treasure.
There isn�t much else to this room. Just use bombs or the wrecker phantoms to
break all the blocks in this large room. Once all of the blocks are broken, the
door will open up. Run on over and head down the stairs to get to the next
floor.
___________________________________
~ / Lost At Sea Station - 5th Floor \ ~
��
This next floor has four phantoms, one of each type. The stone tablet nearby
says to get all of the treasure. There are four areas, as you can see on the
map, and each of them holds a treasure chest. Run to the southeast corner of
the room and start using bombs to blast away at the four layers of blocks. Once
all the blocks are gone, open the treasure chest here to get a treasure piece.
Now run to the northeast corner of the map and you�ll find a treasure chest.
Open it up to get another piece of treasure. There are two fish statues here
with handles. Pull the one on the left and this will lower the spikes at the
northwest part of the map. Don�t pull the one on the right, because it will
create a phantom eye near the door at the top of the map.
With the spikes lowered at the northwest part of the map, run on over and open
the treasure chest to get a piece of treasure. Watch out for the fire that is
in your way at the north part of the map.
You may have noticed that at the north part of the room there were two torches,
one of which was unlit. Use the boomerang to light up the other torch and this
will cause the door at the southwest part of the room to open up. Run on over
and open it to get another piece of treasure. With all four treasure pieces
collected, the door at the top of the map will open up. Run on over and head
through the door.
Open the large treasure chest that is here to get a super rare Regal Ring! Step
into the blue portal at the northwest part of the room. Exit the cave and then
head back to the train.
________________________
��
Our next stop is at Beedle�s Air Shop and it is the location where we will be
getting the final heart container. If you remember correctly, there was a
heart container sitting on Beedle�s shelf within his shop. You could have
gotten this heart container much earlier in the game if you saved up enough
rupees but it was rather expensive. You need to spend a grand total of 5000
rupees at his shop in order to become a gold member. Once you are a gold
member, Beedle will reward you with a full heart container! Unfortunately,
you cannot just leave and come back to find more treasure. So if you haven�t
spent nearly enough money, the only option is to just waste money on potions
over and over, or to save the game, go into your DS settings, change the date
to the next day, and then return to see that he has restocked items.
__________________________________________
~ / Swordsman's Scroll - Great Spin Attack \ ~
��
Now that we have collected all 20 Stamps for Niko�s Stamp booklet, let�s ride
on over to see what our reward will be! Ride on over to Aboda Village and go
speak with Niko. He�ll be very grateful that you were able to fulfill his
request of collecting all the stamps. Talk to him again and as a reward, he
will give you a Swordsman�s Scroll. This scroll will teach Link the Great Spin
Attack! Draw a circle around three times and Link will perform a very powerful
and long lasting attack! Leave the house and you can practice your new attack
on the loose grass. Once you are ready, head back to the train.
__________________________________________
~ / Swordsman's Scroll - Sword Beam Attack \ ~
��
Now that we have collected all 50 rabbits, let�s head back to the Rabbitland
Rescue to see what goodies we can get. The Rabbitland Rescue owner will give
you rupees for all the rabbits that you�ve collected and will give you rare
treasure pieces for getting all 10 rabbits in the various realms. The big
reward is the second Swordman�s Scroll. This one contains the classic Sword
Beam attack! When you have full hearts and you shoot your sword, a beam blade
is sent out with your sword which allows for distant attacks! Afterwards exit
the rescue and return to the train.
_________________________________
~ / Castle Town - Take Em' All On \ ~
��
Before heading off to the Tower of Spirits, let�s make a stop in Castle Town.
Run on over to Take Em� All On game and you�ll see that level 3 of the game is
now open for customers. Pay the 50 rupees in order to play and you�ll be sent
into a much tougher set of floors. This is actually a really tough set of
floors, so I highly suggest bringing two potions with you.
Room 1 - Four Helmet ChuChu's, Four Blue ChuChu's

Room 2 - Sixteen Green Spinuts
Room 3 - Six Stalfos
Room 4 - Seven Ice Keese, Seven Fire Keese
Room 5 - Three Big Blins
Room 6 - Six Stalfos Warriors
Room 7 - Five Gerunes
Room 8 - Five Ergtoroks
Room 9 - Four Heatoise, Two Moldola
Room 10 - Twelve Freezards
Room 11 - Stagnox, Armored Collosus
Room 12 - Fraaz, Master of Icy Fire
Room 13 - Phytops, Barbed Menace
Room 14 - Cragma, Lava Lord
Room 15 - Skeldritch, Ancient Demon
Room 16 - Dark Link
After the first 15 floors are done away with, you�ll be rewarded with a small
treasure chest, open it and then head down the steps. You finally get some new
recovery hearts, just in time to face off with a brand new boss! Yourself! Yes,
you are facing off with classic Zelda boss, Dark Link! Dark Link will use all
sorts of different sword attacks, arrows, and even bombs to try to hurt you.
Dodge the attacks and just repeatedly try to go after Dark Link. After numerous
hits you will have defeated the final level of the Take Em All On mini-game.
Your reward, a rare treasure chest!
You can finally head to the Tower of Spirits if you'd like. There is only one
last optional pit stop you could make if you'd really like to get every last
thing in the game.
________________
~ / Golden Train \ ~
��
If you�ve been following along the walkthrough, we have now gotten 3 Alchemy
Stones and 2 Regal Rings, (not counting the Regal Ring we gave to the Bridge
Worker). These are the rarest of all the treasure and if you want to upgrade
your train to the best set, the Golden Set, then you�ll need at two Alchemy
Stones and 2 Regal Rings. If you haven�t already done so, you can head on
over to the Trading Post and speak with Linebeck to train in your treasure
for train parts. Unfortunately though, the super rare treasure isn�t usually
the rarest after all! I find that I�m always short in one of the random 2nd
tier of treasures, (Goron Amber, Palace Dish, Mystic Sphere, or Ancient Gold
Piece).
We�ll only be getting a couple more treasure chests in our last visit of the
Tower of Spirits. So if you don�t have enough treasure just now, you�ll have
to go about getting them as prizes from mini-games, purchasing them at
shops, or by trading in prize postcards. Either way it is just optional but
I thought it would worth mentioning.
Jump back on the train and finall set a path to the Tower of Spirits!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Once you arrive at the temple walk up the stairs and make your way all the way
to the top of these never ending steps. Step into the blue warp portal that is
located here and you�ll be taken to the 23rd floor. Walk up north and pass
through the room where you fought Byrne to get outside. Scale the tower to get
to the very top of it.
There are two eye switches here. Using your newly acquired Bow of Light, shoot
two light arrows at the eyes and a staircase appears. Walk down the steps and
fill up your hearts, arrows, and bombs in this room. Then head down the stairs
to the north and you�ll appear in the 30th floor of the Temple of Spirits.
______________
~ / 30th Floor \ ~
��
Since we have the Locomo Sword, we no longer need to collect Tears of Light; we
can automatically use it to take control of phantoms. There isn�t much we can
do in this room at all right now, so walk to the north end of the room and walk
downstairs to get to the 29th floor.
_______________________________
~ / 30th Floor - Normal Phantom \ ~
��
This room is dark and has three different types of phantoms. Makes some noise
or wait for one of the patrolling phantoms to come by and then slash it in its
back. Take control of the phantom with Zelda and return to 30th floor.
________________________
~ / 30th Floor Revisited \ ~
��
Have the phantom walk across the spikes to the right and step on the switch.
This will lower the spikes so have Link catch up. Walk into the lava with the
phantom and when the enemy phantom is on the right side, jump on top of the
phantom with Link.
Walk to the right and defeat the fire keese that are flying around here. There
is a switch here and there is also one at the north end of the room. On the
right side there is a safe zone. If you stand just to the southwest of the safe
zone, Link can use his boomerang and hit both targets. You need to do it
quickly as these are timed switches. Once both of have been hit the door at the
northeast corner will open up. Walk down the stairs to get back to the 29th
floor.
______________________________
~ / 29th Floor - Torch Phantom \ ~
��
Once you arrive at this floor, walk to north and then all the way to the west.
In corner of this area you�ll see a stone tablet. Read it and it hints that you
need to blow out the torches to reveal a secret. Pull out the whirlwind and
blow out the torch here. Walk to the east and blow out a second torch. Now run
to the safe zone at the east and blow out that torch. Just to the southwest of
the safe zone there is another torch, blow it out with the whirlwind. Return to
the safe zone and walk directly south. Blow out this torch. Now walk straight
to the closed door to the west that is shown on the map. Blow out the final
torch and the door will open!
Wait until the torch phantom patrols by and then run and hit it with your
sword! Now that we have a torch phantom, let�s return to the safe zone at the
northeast corner of the room. Walk back up to the 30th floor. Jump into the
lava with the phantom and then have Link jump on top of the phantom. Avoid the
phantom here and make your way all the way to the staircase at the north end of
the room.
__________________________________
~ / 29th Floor - Northwest Section \ ~
��
Now that we have the torch phantom here, send the phantom to the south part of
the area. Link can read the stone tablet here and it hints that the phantoms
know a secret. We�ll get to this in a little bit. Walk to the southwest part of
this area and you�ll find two torches. Use the flame filled sword and hit these
two torches and the door above will open. Run over with Link and head down to
the 28th floor of the dungeon.
_____________________________
~ / 28th Floor - Small Key #1 \ ~
��
Let the phantom stay here while Link runs south and defeat the three stalfos
warriors with the use of some bombs. Return to the phantom and climb the stairs
on the right. Walk up and then jump off the edge to the right. Run over and
defeat the stalfos warrior here using some bombs. You�ll notice there are two
unlit torches in the corners here. Change back to the phantom and have her
climb the first set of stairs and then north as far as he can go. Use the sand
wand so that a higher platform is created, which will allow the phantom to walk
on top of it. Make a path so that the phantom can walk to each of the torches
and slash a flame into them. This will create two treasure chests in this room.
Use the sand wand to get the torch phantom back to the other side of the sand.
Have Link climb up the steps on the right and then jump onto the back of the
phantoms back. Use the sand wand on the sand to the south to create a platform
for the phantom to walk on. Just make small sets of sand platforms and move a
little at a time. Walk to the southwest part of the room and step on the
platform. Stand all the way against the north part here and let Link jump
towards the treasure chest. Open it up to get a treasure piece!
Do this same method of raising the sand, but this time make your way eastward
across the sand. Walk onto the platform and then use the phantom to get to the
higher platform. Open the treasure chest here to get a small key! Our work at
this area of the floor is done. So use the sand wand to get back to the
staircase at the far left and then head back up to the 29th floor.
Run back to the safe zone at the top-right part of the room and then head back
up to the 30th floor. Once again use the phantom and walk across the lava to
the right. Walk down the stairs to get back to the dark 29th floor.
_____________________________
~ / 29th Floor - Warp Phantom \ ~
��
Walk back to where you got the torch phantom and from there head west. Walk
around and light up all the torches that you see as you head westward. On your
map you will see two closed doors. Walk to the west from here and continue to
light up torches. A giant warp phantom will appear to the left.
We need to switch bodies and take control of the Warp Phantom. Just south of
the warp phantom there is a torch and a tablet. Slash at the tablet to make
noise and the warp phantom will go to investigate. Run around on the right to
get behind the warp phantom and then slash at its back with your sword. Take
control of the warp phantom with Zelda.
There is an eye switch behind where the warp phantom was standing. Use a light
arrow to hit it. This will light a torch and a second eye switch can be seen on
the right side of the map. We�ll get to this a bit later. Return to the
northeast corner of the room, dodging the revived torch phantom. Walk back up
the stairs to the 30th floor. Jump on the phantom and head west across the
lava. Walk down the stairs yet again to get to the 29th floor.
_______________________________
~ / 29th Floor - Hidden Passage \ ~
��
Remember what the stone tablet had said earlier? Have the phantom walk around
the room and talk to the other phantoms to find out that there is a weak spot
in the wall to the upper left corner. Run to the upper left corner of the map
and place a bomb against the north wall, a couple steps right from the left
wall. This will blast open a secret passage. Go through it and go down a few
flights of stairs and you�ll appear at the top-left part of the 30th floor.
______________________________
~ / 30th Floor - New Territory \ ~
��
Walk to the south and you�ll see a bunch of boulders here. Blow them up with
bombs and open the treasure chest here to get a random piece of treasure. Now
walk over to the sand and use the sand wand to raise Link up. Jump onto the
phantoms back and then walk northward to the higher ledge. Jump onto the ledge
and step on the switch with Link. This will cause Phantom Eyes and a warp
phantom to appear within the room.
Walk to the south end of the area and have Link stand on top of the circle. Now
switch to the phantom and start tracing a path southward to the circle on the
other side of the wall. Once the phantom eye hovers right over the circle,
finish the path and the warp phantom will be sent over. Link and the phantom
will then switch spots.
Control Link and run to the safe zone that is to the right. Switch back to the
phantom once more and start to trace a path. Hit the phantom eye when it is at
the top-right of its set path and this will warp the phantom. From here walk
north over the spikes and then left onto the triangle. Switch back to Link and
have him run to the other triangle just below and the two will switch spots
once again.
Run northward with Link all the way to the warp phantom that is stationed here.
Allow the warp phantom to see you and let it chase you around the corridor.
Walk over the sand and the phantom will fall victim to the sand. Quickly run
over to where the warp phantom was and use the light arrows on the eyes switch
above. This will cause the door at the south end of the room to open up.
Run back over to the glowing triangle and step onto it to switch places with
the phantom. Control Link and run to the safe zone at the south part of the
room. Switch to the phantom and have her join back up with Link. Switch back to
Link and pull out the sand wand. Walk to the north and step on the sand. Raise
yourself up and summon the phantom. Jump on top of the Phantom�s back and then
walk to the southeast corner of the room.
Get rid of the mounted miniblin with a sword slash and then turn your attention
to the gap on the left side. There is a blue arrow orb across the gap. Use the
boomerang to hit it twice so that it is facing northward. Then shoot an arrow
and it will hit a wall switch, causing the door on the right side to open up.
Walk down the steps to get to a new area of the 29th floor!
________________________________
~ / 29th Floor - Wrecker Phantom \ ~
��
Run to the main part of the room and sneak behind the wrecker phantom. Slash at
its back and take control of it with Zelda! Watch out as there are mice
patrolling the area here. Run back to the east and walk back upstairs.
_____________________________
��
Have the wrecker phantom roll into the blocks as well as the statues above.
This will reveal a treasure so open it up to get yet another small key! You can
use the wrecking phantom in this room to also break the statues that are in the
center of the room, making for easy access just in case. Run back and head down
the steps at the east end of the room.
_____________________________
��
Run to the left side of the room and you'll see one unlit torch. Use the
boomerang to light it up and this will open up all the doors in the room,
finally allowing you to move freely.
Just behind where the warp phantom is standing ont he west side of the room
there is a large eye switch. Run on over and make some noise south of the warp
phantom to cause him to move from his location. Quickly pull out your bow and
shoot a light arrow at the switch. This will cause a torch on the right side of
the room to light up.
Run back to the right side of the room where this torch is and you'll see a
second eye switch. Hit this one with a light arrow as well and this will cause
a treasure chest to appear at the far right side of the room. Run on over and
open it to get a 3rd small key!
Out next destination is a staircase at the south-central portion of the map.

Run on over and head down the stairs to get to the 28th floor.
___________________________________
~ / 28th Floor - Three Locked Doors \ ~
��
There are three small keys and they all lead downstairs to the same room.
However, we have to tackle each of the room separately, depending on which
phantom we are. Since we are currently the wrecking phantom, it is best to
start on the third room, which is the door all the way on the right. Use the
small key and run down to the 27th floor.
__________________________
~ / 27th Floor - East Door \ ~
��
Once you enter you�ll see there are three eye switches in this massive room.
Control the wrecking phantom and role downwards, to the left, and all the way.
Wreck your way through the boulders here and you�ll find a stone tablet. Read
it and it you�ll find it says you need to light them in this order; �The
undefended flame, the flame surrounded by sand, the flame surrounded by the
abyss, and finally, the guarded flame.� We�ll make use of this later. Jump off
the ledge to the right.
We now want to head up along the left side but there are boulders in the way.
Send the wrecking phantom rolling northward all the way against the wall and it
will break all the boulders in its way. Follow behind with Link and run and hit
the switch in the safe zone. This will stop the boulders from rolling on the
right.
Roll to the left with the wrecking phantom and bulldoze through all of the
statues and blocks that are in your way here. That�s about all there is to do
right here, so backtrack to the northeast corner of the room and back to the
28th floor. We are going to need to change phantoms in order to progress
further. Run back to the southwest part of the room and head up to the 29th
floor. Run around this room and take control of a flame, warp, or standard
phantom. Then return to the 28th floor.
__________________________
~ / 27th Floor - West Door \ ~
��
Make sure you got a flame, warp or standard phantom from the 29th floor. Then
head tot he 27th Floor and use a small key on the door on the left and run
around to get back down to the 27th floor. Walk to the east and three phantom
eyes will also be pointed out. There is sand to the right, so leave the phantom
behind and run around the corner with Link Hit the ground switch to create a
bridge for the phantom to cross. Cross the bridge.
Stand in the sand with Link and use the sand wand to push Link up higher. With
the phantom close by, jump onto her back. Walk southward and you�ll see a
wooden pole to the left. It is normally too high to reach, but since we are on
top of Zelda, we can now reach this. Swing across the gap and step on the
switch in the corner, causing a bridge to form.
Once you walk northward a warp phantom and another phantom eye will appear in
the room. Walk northward and use either bombs or the light arrows to defeat the
master stalfos. Watch out for the phantom eye here as you don�t want to be
spotted. Wait until the warp phantom just starts to walk northward and then
use the sand wand to lift Link up to the higher platform. Run up behind the
phantom and Zelda will take control over this phantom.
This strange on this platform is actually an odd looking staircase. From the
bottom, walk up to the top of the staircase and leave Link here. The phantom
eye that spawns won�t be able to reach Link at this higher level. Use the sand
wand and to raise the sand to the left. Then control the phantom and walk
across the gap. Lift up the blue arrow orb here. Switch back to Link and shoot
the orb that the phantom is carrying using the light arrows and this will hit
the eye switch to the north! One down, down to go!
Now use Link and jump down to the sand area on the right. Defeat the master
stalfos that is here, using either the bombs or light arrows. Run to the right
and step on the circular switch on the ground. Switch back to the phantom and
trace a path to the phantom eye at the far right to warp over there. From here,
walk to the glowing red tile on the left and this will cause Link and the
phantom to switch spots!
Control the phantom and walk northward up the steps. Step on the switch and a
door to the right will open up. Control Link and run over to where this door
was. Power up a light arrow and shoot the blue arrow orb and this will hit the
second eye switch! Warp the phantom back over to Link and then run to the
northeast corner of the room. Head up the stairs to get back to the 28th floor.
____________________________
~ / 27th Floor - Middle Door \ ~
��
There is only one more door to go through, but before we do that, we need to
gain control of a torch phantom. Walk back up to the 29th floor and gain
control of a torch phantom. Now return to the 28th floor, use the small key,
and then head back downstairs to the 27th floor.
Walk over with the torch phantom and light up the top-left of the four torches.
If you recall the stone tablet at the bottom-right corner of the room, it said,
�The undefended flame, the flame surrounded by sand, the flame surrounded by
the abyss, and finally, the guarded flame.� This is a hint as to the order that
you must hit these torches in. Use the boomerang and trace a bath through the
lit torch, then to the one in the sand, and then to the one at the northeast
that is by the abyss. Now walk across the spikes with the torch phantom and
light up the final torch. This will open up the door to the left.
Run on over and use the light arrow to hit the third and final eye switch on
the floor. The door near the middle of the room will now open up. Send the
phantom northward to defeat the phantom eye. Then join back up with the phantom
and head north and down the steps to the 26th floor.
______________
~ / 26th Floor \ ~
��
The door will close right behind you and the room will fill with nine blue
chuchu�s. Walk around with the torch phantom and defeat these enemies one by
one. Link can help out by shooting light arrows if wants to. After all nine
blue chuchu�s are done away with, eight new enemies will appear in the form of
stalfos and master stalfos. Use bombs and light arrows to get rid of these
pesky fellows. Once these stalfos are done away with, the room will fill with
three geozards chiefs! Use your whip to remove their shields and then slash
away with your sword until all three are gone. Finally both of the doors will
open up. Walk down the steps at the top-right corner to get to the 25th floor.
______________
~ / 25th Floor \ ~
��
This room will fill up with four phantoms, one of each variety. Run around to
the safe zone on the right side of the room. Just lurk here until the torch
phantom walks by. Take control of the torch phantom and that will be one left
phantom to deal with.
Walk around to the door that is just south of where the two inner phantoms are
located. Use the torch phantom to light up both torches and the door will open
up. However, a phantom eye will also appear at the right side of the room.
There are two phantoms here and we need to take control of the warp phantom.
However, the stationary phantom in this area is a big nuisance. Send Link off
to the safe zone to the west so that he isn�t spotted by the phantom eye. Then
send in the phantom and stand to either the left or right of the normal
phantom. Talk to the phantom and you can distract him. Now when the path is
clear, sneak in behind the warp phantom and slash at its back, then take
control. Link will be spotted so quickly run to the safe zone at the left.
Send Zelda off so that the phantom doesn�t follow you. Wait until the wrecking
and torch phantom are near the right side. Then run to the phantom eye and
allow it to see you. Let it chase you to the left side of the room and walk
across the sand. Wait here and the wrecking phantom and torch phantom will just
fall in the sand. Switch back to the warp phantom and trace a path to the
phantom eye. Once you�ve switched spots, have Link stand on one switch and the
phantom stand on another. This will open the door in the center of the room.
Our next goal is to take control of the wrecking phantom. Run towards the
wrecking phantom and just slash at its back. Now that we have the wrecking
phantom, we can roll over the other phantoms to stun them temporarily. Roll
over to the middle room and roll right through the stationary phantom. Break up
all the statues that are behind him.
Now roll over the warp phantom and the stationary phantom and keep them
stunned. While the phantoms are stunned, quickly run past them with Link to get
to the safe zone. Have the phantom meet back up with you and together, push the
door above. Walk northward through the door above.
______________
~ / 24th Floor \ ~
��
Now on the 24th floor, Princess Zelda will leave the body of the phantom. Walk
up the steps and open the treasure chest to get the Compass of Light! This
compass will shine light, revealing the places linked to the Dark Realm! The
Forest rail map will now begin to glow, revealing new Spirit Tracks that lead
to the southwest part of the map.
A blue warp portal appears so step into it to leave the Tower of Spirits for
good! That here concludes chapter 11 of the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough!
/\ ��\ /�� /\
/__\ Chapter 12 �� /�� /__\
/\ /\ The Dark Realm ____________________/ [W12] /\ /\
/__\/__\ _________________________/ \____________________ /__\/__\
| |
\___________________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 12.1 The Dark Realm [W12.1]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Leave the Tower of Spirits towards the Forest Realm. Trace a trail path all the
way in the direction of Aboda Village. Travel to the west to the new area that
is made available by the Spirit Tracks. Travel west and enter the Dark Realm!
There are a ton of armored trains covering the tracks here. These trains move
faster than the normal enemy trains and will even go in reverse. Additionally
there are Tears of Light scattered around. Once Link acquires a Tear of Light,
his train has a gold glow to it. While it is glowing, pull on the train whistle
and you can go at a much faster speed! So fast and powerful that you can ram
right through the armored trains!
The Tears of Light will reappear even after Link gets them. The goal is not to
collect all the Tears of Light, but rather, to destroy all six of the armored
trains. The corners sides of the map with those weird looking symbols act as
warp portal, and they will take you to another warp portal that is on the same
line as this portal.
The hardest part of the map is easily the top-right corner, where there are two
armored trains and just one tear of light. Utilize the warp portals and defeat
all six of the armored trains.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 12.2 The Demon Train [W12.2]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Afterwards you�ll be riding around and four tracks will appear next to one
another. After a short scene, the scary looking Demo Train will appear!
___________________
/ THE DEMON TRAIN \__________________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| ( 1 ) Contact | ___________________ |
| ( 1 ) Explosive Barrels | |*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | | |
| ( 1 ) Purple Fog | �� |
| ( 1 ) Laser Cannon | |
| ( 1 ) Rotating Lasers | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The battle takes place on four rails and the Demon King will move |
| back and forth amongst the rails. At times the Demon King will move |
| right in your way, at which you�ll need to slam on the breaks and hit |
| reverse so that the Demon King doesn�t hit you. You can even switch |
| tracks when there are forks in the road. Never stay directly behind |
| the train as you�ll get trapped in and likely take some damage. |
| |
| The first phase deals with the back cart of the Demon Train. Just |
| ride along and occasionally parts of the back cart will open up with |
| explosive barrels. Use the cannon to explode this barrel while it is |
| still inside the compartment. There are five sections that have these |
| barrels. Explode all four of them and the back cart of the Demo Train |
| will fall off from the rest of the train. You�ll then be sent through |
| a portal, starting the path all over again. |
| |
| Now the Demon Train only has one cart. This part of the battle is |
| similar to the previous one, but instead of explosive barrels, the |
| Demon Train is equipped with laser cannons! These cannons take two |
| hits to defeat but there are only four of them. Avoid the Demon Train |
| when it changes tracks and avoid the laser cannons. Once all four of |
| the laser cannons are done away with, you�ll be sent through a second |
| portal. |
| |
| The third and final phase of the Demon Train leaves the train with |
| only the front part of it. The third phase, the Demon Train fires |
| rotating lasers from the side of the train. It shoots out multiple |
| layers at once, so it can be quite intimidating. Just ride alongside |
| the Demon Train and blast away at the crystals that are shooting the |
| lasers. Since the crystals are rotating, you can hit them all from |
| one of the sides of the train. Once you�ve hit all the crystals, the |
| Train will be stunned for a moment and will slow down drastically. |
| Speed up your train to get in front of the Demon Train. Then unload |
| your cannon into the face of the Demon Train. Repeat this same |
| process until the Demon Train has been defeated! |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| The Demon Train will shift across the four tracks so be careful not |
| to run into the Demon Train. Never stay right behind the train as it |
| will just pull its breaks and trap you behind. During the first |
| phase, shoot the explosive barrels that will pop out of the back |
| cart. Repeat this until all the barrels are done with and the back |
| cart is destroyed. During the second phase, shoot all the laser |
| cannons. Once all the laser cannons have been destroyed the second |
| cart will be destroyed. During the final phase, shoot the crystals |
| rotating lasers on the side of the train to stun the Demon Train. |
| Ride in front of the train and launch cannonballs towards its face. |
| Repeat this process until the Demon Train has been defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
After the battle you�ll be given the opportunity to save the game, so do so.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 12.3 Cole and Possessed Zelda [W12.3]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
The next we see, we are back inside of the Spirits� Train and Anjean is giving
a pep-talk to Link and Zelda. Anjean volunteers to help, but then Byrne offers
to help instead. Pricness Zelda says that it is �Just Cole and Malladus� and
that her and Link should be able to take care of it themselves. Anjean will
create a phantom for Princess Zelda.
Phantom Zelda and Link will crawl up onto the Demon Train and confront Cole.
After some small talk, the Demon Train starts to move once more, and Malladus
is finally resurrected within the body of Princess Zelda!
____________________________________
/ MALLADUS (Puppet Zelda and Cole) \_________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/2) Laser | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Phantom Sword | |*|*|*|*|*| | | | | | |
| (1/2) Magical Rats | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The goal is to march the phantom all the way to Puppet Zelda at the |
| north end of the train. As you walk towards Puppet Zelda though, |
| Cole will set off various traps to stop you. One of these traps is |
| that Cole will summon magical rats that will surround the phantom. |
| You must slash all the before they can reach the phantom. If they do, |
| Cole will then be able to control the phantom with some magical |
| strings. Pull out the boomerang and trace a path so that you can cut |
| these strings. Just keep pressing on with the phantom and keep Link |
| behind the phantom to protect from the lasers that Puppet Zelda |
| shoots out. Keep slashing away at the magical rats that Cole sends |
| out towards you. |
| |
| Once you finally have reached Puppet Zelda. Trace a path so that the |
| Phantom picks up Puppet Zelda. Walk to the very edge of the train and |
| pull out the bow and arrow. Shoot a Light Arrow into the Puppet Zelda |
| to finish off the boss to defeat Malladus! |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Just trace a path with phantom all the way northward to get to Puppet |
| Zelda. Stand behind the phantom to protect yourself from Puppet |
| Zelda�s lasers. When Cole unleashes magical rats, slash at them to |
| protect the phantom. Once the phantom reaches Zelda, deliver a Light |
| Arrow into Puppet Zelda. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/\ 12.4 Malladus, Demon King [W12.4]
/__\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/__\/__\ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
This will trigger a short scene where Puppet Zelda is struggling within a ball
of light. The Demon Train comes crashing to a halt and next we see we are back
on a land area. The Light Arrow will have separated Malladus from the body of
Princess Zelda and the princess will immediately float and try to reclaim her
body. Malladus will make a last ditch effort to reclaim the body of Princess
Zelda but is stopped, thanks to a beam of energy sent out by Byrne.
After summoning the power of the Spirits, the Princess makes a triumphant
return to her body� and gives Link a hug. In the meantime, Malladus uses its
power and seemingly destroys Byrne, banishing it into thin air. Malladus then
gobbles up Cole and turns into a massive warthog!
________________________
/ MALLADUS, Demon King \_____________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/2) Fireballs | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Arm Swipe | |*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*| |
| ( 1 ) Skull Jam | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first phase of the battle involves protecting Princess Zelda from |
| the fireballs. Malladus will shoot out numerous large fireballs at |
| Zelda. The first few will be direct shots that are easy to deflect, |
| but then he�ll start shooting fireballs that trail off to the side |
| and come around from the right or left to hit Zelda. Be ready to move |
| around and hit the fireballs before they hit Zelda. It�s a good idea |
| to swing a bit earlier to get the timing down perfectly. |
| |
| As the fireballs become a bit more elaborately planned, they are much |
| harder to avoid. Malladus will jump to the left and the right, |
| shooting multiple fireballs out at once. Using the spin attack works |
| well when there are more than one fireball coming at you. At one |
| point Malladus will shoot four fireballs at once! If you have the |
| great spin attack, this is precisely the time to use it. If not, |
| stand as close to Zelda as possible, and if you perfectly time a spin |
| attack, you can deflect all four fireballs. This can be quite |
| frustrating and will take a lot of trial and error to get the timing |
| down perfectly. |
| |
| Once Princess Zelda has full charged up her power, she says she needs |
| to combine her sacred power with power of the Spirit Flute. Princess |
| Zelda will then teach Link a very challenging song on the Spirit |
| Flute that goes, Orange, Purple, Yellow, Turquoise, and Orange. There |
| are two jumps between notes in this one, so it can be really |
| challenging to learn. Upon successfully playing it, Link and Zelda |
| will be joined by all five of the music playing Locomo�s that we have |
| met earlier in the game. Playing the song reveals a shining weak spot |
| on the back of Malladus! |
| |
| Link now needs to distract Malladus so that its back is facing |
| Princess Zelda. Princess Zelda takes control of the Bow of Light. Run |
| around the room with Link and slash at the lands of Malladus. The top |
| screen will show the over the shoulder view of Princess Zelda. Keep |
| using Link to run around Malladus until you have a clear shot of the |
| weak spot of Malladus. When the cursor on Malladus turns yellow, Tap |
| the arrow at the bottom of the screen to deliver a Light arrow shot. |
| Repeat this process until you�ve hit Malladus three times, sending it |
| falling to the floor. Run over and slash at the gem that is on its |
| forehead. Attack it enough times and part of its horn will fall off. |
| |
| Malladus is a bit more aggressive once it awakens and will even shoot |
| fireballs out towards Link once again. However, much of this time |
| around is exactly like last time. Just distract Malladus and then |
| deliver a Light Arrow when the cursor turns yellow for Zelda. After |
| Malladus is stunned a second time, sword slashes will cut off his |
| second horn. Repeat this for a third and final time. |
| |
| Once Malladus falls to the floor again, run over and jam your sword |
| into the gem on its forehead. Quickly rub the stylus back and forth |
| and Princess Zelda will run on over as well and together finally will |
| deliver the final blow to Malladus! |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Deflect the fireballs that Malladus spits out at you in order to |
| protect Princess Zelda. When Malladus shoots four fireballs at once, |
| use the great spin attack or a perfectly timed spin attack to deflect |
| all four. Once Princess Zelda has been powered up, she will teach |
| Link a song on the Spirit Flute. After successfully playing it, a |
| shiny weak spot is revealed at the back of Malladus. |
| |
| Run around with Link and slash at the arms of Malladus. Get Malladus |
| to focus its attention on Link and run to the other side of the |
| arena. When the cursor turns yellow and Zelda has a clear shot, tap |
| the arrow at the bottom of the screen to launch a Light Arrow. After |
| three Light Arrow hits, run over and slash at the gem on its forehead |
| to remove part of one of his horns. Repeat this process a second time |
| to remove the other horn. On the third time, Link will hold Malladus |
| in place while he rubs the stylus quickly, causing Zelda to run on |
| over. Together Zelda and Link will deliver the final blow! |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
Congratulations on completing the Legend of Zelda Spirit Tracks. Sit back, grab
some popcorn, and enjoy the last scene and the glorious credits artwork!
________ _____________________________________________________ ________

/ \ =================================================== / \
/ ______ \ ------------------={ BOSSES }=----------------- / ______ \
| / __ \ | [BOSSES] | / __ \ |
| / / \ \ | | / / \ \ |
| \ | () | / | | \ | () | / |
| \ \ / / | http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ | \ \ / / |
\ �� / ------------------------------------------------- \ �� /
\ / =================================================== \ /
��
_____________________________
/ STAGNOX, Armored Colossus \________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ( 1 ) Horn Attack | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Falling off edge | |*|*| | | | | | | | | |
| (1/4) Arm Swipe | �� |
| (1/4) Fog | |
| (1/2) Blastworm | |
| (1/2) Flying Thrust | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first phase of the battle is rather simple. Just run around the |
| outer edge of the circular platform that you are standing on, being |
| careful not to get too close, causing the boss to smack you. Stagnox |
| will slowly turn as well, but will eventually stop to try to attack |
| you using an incredibly slow horn thrust that looks quite impressive, |
| but it is extremely easy to avoid. When Stagnox misses its attack, |
| quick run to its backside and pull out the whirlwind. Target the |
| purple fog and send a gust out of the whirlwind and this will stun |
| Stagnox and leave its backside vulnerable. Run up and slash at its |
| backside repeatedly until it gets back up on its feet. Repeat this |
| same process a few times and just keep striking at its backside. |
| |
| Eventually Stagnox will give up on this failed strategy and will then |
| use its wings and fly up in the air. Stagnox will summon three |
| blastworms and toss them down to the battle platform. Slash at these |
| three slugs to turn them into spiked balls. After a few moments, |
| Stagnox will try to hit Link with a flying thrust as he drops down |
| closer to the platform. Stand below a spiked ball and when Stagnox is |
| coming towards you, use the whirlwind to send the blastworm right in |
| the boss's face. The explosion will stun Stagnox and leave his |
| backside vulnerable yet again (he really needs to work on that huh?) |
| giving you the perfect opportunity to run over and slash away at its |
| purple spot. Repeat this same process until Stagnox has been |
| defeated. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| For the first phase, just run around Stagnox and when it tries to |
| attack, use the whirlwind to clear purple fog for its backside and |
| then slash away with your sword. In the second phase, slash at the |
| blastworms and when Stagnox comes down to the platform to attack, |
| launch a spiked ball at Stagnox using the Whirlwind. Finish off the |
| your stunned foe with the sword. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
_____________________________
/ FRAAZ, Master of Icy Fire \________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/2) Fire | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Ice (+1/4 every 3 seconds frozen) | |*|*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | |
| | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| There are alternating forms of Fraaz as well as two phases. The first |
| form is when Fraaz is together as one large goblin like creature. |
| Fraaz will suck up energy of either fire or ice and this can easily |
| be distinguished whether he light up blue or red. If Fraaz sucks in |
| ice, use the boomerang and target the fire torch and then target |
| Fraaz. The boomerang will pick up the flame and then hit Fraaz, |
| causing his body to shrink. If Fraaz has already sucked in a lot of |
| air and his body his huge, then it will take two hits with the other |
| element type to stun Fraaz. Once Fraaz is stunned run on over and |
| slash away with your sword. Repeat this process until Fraaz separates |
| into two smaller creatures. |
| |
| This form of Fraaz can be quite annoying. One of the creatures will |
| light up with fire and the other with ice. The goal in this phase is |
| to use the elements against each other. Hit the one of fire with ice, |
| and vice versa. When the creatures stop running, target one of the |
| torches and then glance at your map above. Each of the seperated mini |
| goblins will have a blue or red icon, signifying what element they |
| are. If you target the blue flame, then target the creature with the |
| red icon. Once you've stunned this mini part of Fraaz, run on over |
| slash away with your sword. Once one of them is down, the other one |
| might try to revive its partner by using a purple and blog spirit |
| ball. Just defeat both of them as quickly as you can to prevent them |
| from thing this. After both have been defeated, they will combine to |
| form the larger Fraaz once again. |
| |
| Fraaz then gets intelligent and will destroy the two torches that are |
| in the boss arena. During this phase, you have to wait for Fraaz to |
| shoot either fire or ice at Link. Dodge the attacks but fire or ice |
| will remain on the floor. When Fraaz switches to the opposite |
| element, use the boomerang to target the fire or ice and then hit |
| Fraaz to stun him. Once stunned, slash away with your sword. Repeat |
| this process until Fraaz once again breaks until smaller forms. |
| |
| Since there are no torches, you�ll have to wait for the little |
| versions of Fraaz to shoot out either fire or ice. They�ll leave |
| their mark on the ground, at which you can use the boomerang to once |
| again to grab the fire and ice and hit the respective creature. |
| Repeat this process until you�ve both of the little guys. Remember, |
| you have to be quick otherwise they will revive one another. |
| |
| The final phase is a combined Fraaz once again and this time he more |
| relentless. He shoots out fire and ice even quicker than before and |
| of more amounts! Just repeat the strategies that we have been using |
| to finally defeat Fraaz. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| When Fraaz is filled with fire, use the boomerang to target ice and |
| then hit Fraaz. Vice versa if Fraaz is filled with Ice. When Fraaz |
| splits up, glance up at your map to see what element each one is, and |
| then hit them with the alternate element. After Fraaz breaks the |
| torches, wait until it shoots out its own fire or ice and it will |
| leave a spot on the floor. Use this against him when he changes |
| element. Repeat until Fraaz is defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
__________________________
/ PHYTOPS, Barbed Menace \___________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
| (1/4) Gunk Shot | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Vine Whip | |*|*|*| | | | | | | | |
| (1/2) Fall off edge | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first part of the battle will have Phytops stick out two of its |
| tentacles, which will put a constraint on where Link can go. The body |
| of Phytops, including its eye, is covered by the purple smudge that |
| is in the way. Use your whip on one of the tentacles to pull out a |
| spike. Hold onto the spike and then launch it at the face of Phytops. |
| If the spike hits Phytops it will clear a small area of the purple |
| smudge that covers its eye. Repeat this same process a second time to |
| remove more purple smudge. After two direct hits, the eye of Phytops |
| will be uncovered. Grab another spike from its tentacle and launch it |
| at the eye of Phytops, and the boss will fall to the ground stunned |
| for a short period of time, leaving its eye vulnerable to further |
| attacks. Run on over and slash away at its eye using your sword until |
| Phytops gets back up. |
| |
| Phytops has one main attack in this early phase and that is when it |
| will shoot a gunk shot out at Link. However, once Phytops is revived, |
| he will go on a tear with a serious of vine whips that are hard to |
| avoid. They aren�t too damaging though as each hit will only take � |
| damage. |
| |
| The first phase of the battle will repeat, so do the same thing and |
| grab the spikes from its tentacles, remove its gunk, and then hit |
| Phytops in the eye. After several consecutive hits like this, Phytops |
| will start combining its two phases in one by having all four |
| tentacles in the arena at once. It will use its gunk shot but will |
| also use its vine whip with its two back tentacles. It�s hard to |
| avoid the vine whips and the gunk at once, so you may take a few hits |
| at this part of the battle. Just repeat the same process and remove |
| its gunk and then nail it in the eye. |
| |
| The only other thing that Phytops does differently in the final phase |
| of the battle is that it will rotate around a bit, making it harder |
| for Link to reach the tentacles on the sides. This is just a minor |
| nuisance and the rest of the battle will be just like the previous |
| form. Nail Phytops in the eye a few more times to defeat this barbed |
| menace. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Use the whip on the vines of Phytops to pull out spikes. Then target |
| the front of Phytops and launch the spike to remove some of its |
| purple shield. Repeat this process until its eye is unveiled. Now |
| deliver a spike into the eye of Phytops to stun the boss. Run over |
| and slash as its eye. Phytops will toss more aggressive attacks |
| towards Link, but just repeat this same attack process until Phytops |
| has been defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
_____________________
/ CRAGMA, Lava Lord \________________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ( 1 ) Fist Smash | ___________________ |
| ( 1 ) Double Axe Smash | |*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | | |
| (1/2) Fall in lava | �� |
| (1/4) Lava Boulders | |
| ( 1 ) Grab | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first phase of the battle, Cragma will try to smash Link with his |
| right fist while boulders of lava are also falling from the ceiling. |
| When Cragma is gearing up to punch Link, a part of his body will |
| start to glow. Pull out the bow and arrow and shoot an arrow at this |
| glowing ball. Cragma will when clutch his fists together and try to |
| smash Link with two hands. Roll out of the way to avoid this damaging |
| attack. |
| |
| The massive attack will cause a huge boulder to fall to the ground. |
| The next thing you need to do, is stand near the boulder and Cragma |
| will try to smash you with his right fist. Quickly roll out of the |
| way and Cragma will smash the boulder and create a circular platform. |
| Pick it up and run over to the right side of the room. Toss the |
| platform onto the small area of lava and then jump onto it. From here |
| you can jump onto the moving cart. |
| |
| Ride around on the cart and have your bow and arrow equipped. Look |
| for the various shiny parts of Cragma�s body as you are riding on the |
| cart. Whenever you see a shiny spot, that is a weak point, so use the |
| bow and arrow and hit the weak spot. After hitting several weak |
| spots, you�ll climb even higher on the cart. At this point, aim for |
| the eye of Cragma and nail him, causing his massive body to fall to |
| the floor. Once Link reaches the ground, run and slash away madly |
| with your sword until Cragma gets back up. If you miss Cragma�s weaks |
| pots while riding on the cart, the boss may grab Link and toss him |
| back to the bottom area of the room. |
| |
| This next phase is very similar to the first phase, but the only |
| difference is that Cragma doesn�t wait as long to smash his arms and |
| lava boulders fall a lot more frequently. Look for loose arrows that |
| are left from falling boulders as you�ll need more for the next go |
| around on the cart part of the battle. If you are low on health, use |
| any potions you have may have, break the pots in the corner of the |
| room, or play the song of healing to use your fair. Repeat the same |
| process of hitting his weak spot, making a boulder appear, and |
| causing Cragma to break the boulder, and then lifting up the circular |
| platform and tossing it on the lava to the right. Once on the cart, |
| repeat the same process of hitting its weak spots and eventually hit |
| its eye. Cragma will come crumbling to the floor once again, at which |
| Link can finish him off with some sword slashes. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Use the bow and arrow and hit Cragma�s weak spot in its belly. After |
| it double arm smashes the ground, a larger boulder appears. Stand |
| near the boulder and dodge Cragma�s attack at the last second. The |
| crushed boulder will turn into a circular platform. Lift it up and |
| take it to the right side of the room and toss it on the lava. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
_________
/ BRYNE \____________________________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| (1/4) Beam | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Gauntlet | |*|*|*| | | | | | | | |
| (1/4) Slap | �� |
| ( 1 ) Charge | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The battle starts with Byrne jumping along pillars and occasionally |
| shooting weak beams towards Link. Just dodge these and eventually |
| Byrne will attempt to hit Link with his massive gauntlet arm. Just |
| dodge out of the way and the gauntlet arm will get stuck in the |
| ground. Use the phantom and run over to the gauntlet. Zelda will pull |
| on the gauntlet cause Byrne to fall to the ground, so run on over and |
| get a few sword slashes in before he awakes. Repeat this process |
| until Byrne stays on the ground level. |
| |
| Just run up to Byrne and slash at him repeatedly. He�ll block your |
| first two attacks but the third one will usually hit. After Byrne is |
| a bit shaken up, he will now perform large purple charged attack |
| towards Link. When he is charging up, go hide behind the phantom. |
| When Byrne charges in, the phantom will grab him and hold him steady. |
| Run on over and deliver some sword slashes while he is stuck. |
| |
| Afterwards Byrne will get a bit quicker with his attacks and does a |
| better job of blocking Link�s sword attacks. Just keep at it and keep |
| slashing away. Byrne will eventually be defeated without much of a |
| sweat. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Wait for Byrne to target you with its gauntlet. Jump out of the way |
| and then send the phantom towards the gauntlet. Slash at Byrne with |
| your sword until Byrne revives. Repeat this process until Bryne comes |
| down to the surface to battle. Slash away with your sword three times |
| and Byrne will be shaken up. Avoid Byrne�s charged attack by hiding |
| behind the phantom. The phantom will hold Byrne down, so slash away |
| with your sword. Repeat this process until Byrne has been defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
_____________________________
/ SKELDRITCH, Ancient Demon \________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| (1/2) Boulder | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Fall off ledge | |*|*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | |
| (3/4) Jaw Attack | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The battle begins with Skeldritch shooting boulders out the bottom of |
| its body. Use the sand wand to block these boulders and keep them in |
| the arena. Use the sand wand to maneuver them over so they are on top |
| of the catapult. Make sure there are no boulders in the way and then |
| hit the switch. This will hit Skeldritch and cause him to lose a part |
| of its body. |
| |
| Skeldritch will turn start sending three boulders out in a row so be |
| alert. The boss will also shoot out a laser at you, so you�ll have to |
| dodge that. The last three parts of Skledritch�s body are protected |
| on certain sides. The next one is only vulnerable from the right |
| side. Load up a boulder on one of the catapults and then run to the |
| left. Skeldritch will always face you. When you at the left, pull out |
| the bow and arrow and shoot the crystal switch to the right. This |
| will make the boulder hit Skeldritch on the right side, removing |
| another part of its body. |
| |
| During the next phase, Skeldritch will shoot out red boulders which |
| will travel through more sand barriers and come out much faster! The |
| next body part of Skeldritch is only vulnerable at its back. So load |
| up a boulder onto a catapult and then run all the way to the other |
| side of the room. Use an arrow to hit the crystal switch and this |
| will send the boulder into Skeldritch�s back. |
| |
| The last weak spot is a bit tricky. It is a small spot that is not |
| quite on its left and not quite behind him, but right in the middle. |
| Load up a boulder on one of the catapults. It�s quite difficult to |
| reach this area with a bow and arrow, so you have two choices. One is |
| to drop a bomb right next to the switch and then make a run to the |
| right side. Past the catapult here and stand in between catapults so |
| that Skeldritch�s weak spot is facing the boulder. Once the bomb |
| explodes, the boulder will hit its weak spot. Skeldritch will now |
| shoot four consecutive boulders out at Link. Alternatively, instead |
| of using the bombs, you can trace a long path with the boomerang, but |
| that leaves Link vulnerable for quite awhile. Eventually you�ll hit |
| Skeldritch and its skull will drop to the ground. |
| |
| The final phase of the battle can be quite hectic. Use the sand wand |
| and create a massive wall of sand surrounding Skeldritch. Skeldritch |
| will begin eating away at the sand. Very quickly run to the backside |
| of Skeldritch and slash away at purple spot at the back of its head. |
| Remember, Link must be elevated on top of sand in order to reach |
| Skeldritch�s head. Make sure you completely surround Skeldritch, as |
| if it has any room to move, it will turn around. Repeat this process |
| until Skeldritch has been defeated. |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Stop a boulder that Skeldritch spits out with the sand wand and then |
| maneuver it onto a catapult. Hit the switch and the catapult will |
| remove a part of Skeldritch�s body. Skeldritch�s weak spot changes |
| and the first time it�s at Skeldritch�s right, then behind, and then |
| behind and to the left. Place boulders on the catapults and then run |
| around the room so the catapult is in line with Skeldritch. Use your |
| bow and arrow, boomerang, or even timed bombs to blow up the switches |
| and launch the catapult. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
___________________
/ THE DEMON TRAIN \__________________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ( 1 ) Contact | ___________________ |
| ( 1 ) Explosive Barrels | |*|*|*|*|*|*| | | | | |
| ( 1 ) Purple Fog | �� |
| ( 1 ) Laser Cannon | |
| ( 1 ) Rotating Lasers | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The battle takes place on four rails and the Demon King will move |
| back and forth amongst the rails. At times the Demon King will move |
| right in your way, at which you�ll need to slam on the breaks and hit |
| reverse so that the Demon King doesn�t hit you. You can even switch |
| tracks when there are forks in the road. Never stay directly behind |
| the train as you�ll get trapped in and likely take some damage. |
| |
| The first phase deals with the back cart of the Demon Train. Just |
| ride along and occasionally parts of the back cart will open up with |
| explosive barrels. Use the cannon to explode this barrel while it is |
| still inside the compartment. There are five sections that have these |
| barrels. Explode all four of them and the back cart of the Demo Train |
| will fall off from the rest of the train. You�ll then be sent through |
| a portal, starting the path all over again. |
| |
| Now the Demon Train only has one cart. This part of the battle is |
| similar to the previous one, but instead of explosive barrels, the |
| Demon Train is equipped with laser cannons! These cannons take two |
| hits to defeat but there are only four of them. Avoid the Demon Train |
| when it changes tracks and avoid the laser cannons. Once all four of |
| the laser cannons are done away with, you�ll be sent through a second |
| portal. |
| |
| The third and final phase of the Demon Train leaves the train with |
| only the front part of it. The third phase, the Demon Train fires |
| rotating lasers from the side of the train. It shoots out multiple |
| layers at once, so it can be quite intimidating. Just ride alongside |
| the Demon Train and blast away at the crystals that are shooting the |
| lasers. Since the crystals are rotating, you can hit them all from |
| one of the sides of the train. Once you�ve hit all the crystals, the |
| Train will be stunned for a moment and will slow down drastically. |
| Speed up your train to get in front of the Demon Train. Then unload |
| your cannon into the face of the Demon Train. Repeat this same |
| process until the Demon Train has been defeated! |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| The Demon Train will shift across the four tracks so be careful not |
| to run into the Demon Train. Never stay right behind the train as it |
| will just pull its breaks and trap you behind. During the first |
| phase, shoot the explosive barrels that will pop out of the back |
| cart. Repeat this until all the barrels are done with and the back |
| cart is destroyed. During the second phase, shoot all the laser |
| cannons. Once all the laser cannons have been destroyed the second |
| cart will be destroyed. During the final phase, shoot the crystals |
| rotating lasers on the side of the train to stun the Demon Train. |
| Ride in front of the train and launch cannonballs towards its face. |
| Repeat this process until the Demon Train has been defeated. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
___________________________________
/ MALLADUS (Puppet Zelda and Cole \__________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| (1/2) Laser | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Phantom Sword | |*|*|*|*|*| | | | | | |
| (1/2) Magical Rats | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The goal is to march the phantom all the way to Puppet Zelda at the |
| north end of the train. As you walk towards Puppet Zelda though, |
| Cole will set off various traps to stop you. One of these traps is |
| that Cole will summon magical rats that will surround the phantom. |
| You must slash all the before they can reach the phantom. If they do, |
| Cole will then be able to control the phantom with some magical |
| strings. Pull out the boomerang and trace a path so that you can cut |
| these strings. Just keep pressing on with the phantom and keep Link |
| behind the phantom to protect from the lasers that Puppet Zelda |
| shoots out. Keep slashing away at the magical rats that Cole sends |
| out towards you. |
| |
| Once you finally have reached Puppet Zelda. Trace a path so that the |
| Phantom picks up Puppet Zelda. Walk to the very edge of the train and |
| pull out the bow and arrow. Shoot a Light Arrow into the Puppet Zelda |
| to finish off the boss to defeat Malladus! |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Just trace a path with phantom all the way northward to get to Puppet |
| Zelda. Stand behind the phantom to protect yourself from Puppet |
| Zelda�s lasers. When Cole unleashes magical rats, slash at them to |
| protect the phantom. Once the phantom reaches Zelda, deliver a Light |
| Arrow into Puppet Zelda. |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
________________________
/ MALLADUS, Demon King \_____________________________________________
|----------------------------------------------------------------------\
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| (1/2) Fireballs | ___________________ |
| (1/2) Arm Swipe | |*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*| |
| ( 1 ) Skull Jam | �� |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| |
| The first phase of the battle involves protecting Princess Zelda from |
| the fireballs. Malladus will shoot out numerous large fireballs at |
| Zelda. The first few will be direct shots that are easy to deflect, |
| but then he�ll start shooting fireballs that trail off to the side |
| and come around from the right or left to hit Zelda. Be ready to move |
| around and hit the fireballs before they hit Zelda. It�s a good idea |
| to swing a bit earlier to get the timing down perfectly. |
| |
| As the fireballs become a bit more elaborately planned, they are much |
| harder to avoid. Malladus will jump to the left and the right, |
| shooting multiple fireballs out at once. Using the spin attack works |
| well when there are more than one fireball coming at you. At one |
| point Malladus will shoot four fireballs at once! If you have the |
| great spin attack, this is precisely the time to use it. If not, |
| stand as close to Zelda as possible, and if you perfectly time a spin |
| attack, you can deflect all four fireballs. This can be quite |
| frustrating and will take a lot of trial and error to get the timing |
| down perfectly. |
| |
| Once Princess Zelda has full charged up her power, she says she needs |
| to combine her sacred power with power of the Spirit Flute. Princess |
| Zelda will then teach Link a very challenging song on the Spirit |
| Flute that goes, Orange, Purple, Yellow, Turquoise, and Orange. There |
| are two jumps between notes in this one, so it can be really |
| challenging to learn. Upon successfully playing it, Link and Zelda |
| will be joined by all five of the music playing Locomo�s that we have |
| met earlier in the game. Playing the song reveals a shining weak spot |
| on the back of Malladus! |
| |
| Link now needs to distract Malladus so that its back is facing |
| Princess Zelda. Princess Zelda takes control of the Bow of Light. Run |
| around the room with Link and slash at the lands of Malladus. The top |
| screen will show the over the shoulder view of Princess Zelda. Keep |
| using Link to run around Malladus until you have a clear shot of the |
| weak spot of Malladus. When the cursor on Malladus turns yellow, Tap |
| the arrow at the bottom of the screen to deliver a Light arrow shot. |
| Repeat this process until you�ve hit Malladus three times, sending it |
| falling to the floor. Run over and slash at the gem that is on its |
| forehead. Attack it enough times and part of its horn will fall off. |
| |
| Malladus is a bit more aggressive once it awakens and will even shoot |
| fireballs out towards Link once again. However, much of this time |
| around is exactly like last time. Just distract Malladus and then |
| deliver a Light Arrow when the cursor turns yellow for Zelda. After |
| Malladus is stunned a second time, sword slashes will cut off his |
| second horn. Repeat this for a third and final time. |
| |
| Once Malladus falls to the floor again, run over and jam your sword |
| into the gem on its forehead. Quickly rub the stylus back and forth |
| and Princess Zelda will run on over as well and together finally will |
| deliver the final blow to Malladus! |
| |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Summary : |
| Deflect the fireballs that Malladus spits out at you in order to |
| protect Princess Zelda. When Malladus shoots four fireballs at once, |
| use the great spin attack or a perfectly timed spin attack to deflect |
| all four. Once Princess Zelda has been powered up, she will teach |
| Link a song on the Spirit Flute. After successfully playing it, a |
| shiny weak spot is revealed at the back of Malladus. |
| |
| Run around with Link and slash at the arms of Malladus. Get Malladus |
| to focus its attention on Link and run to the other side of the |
| arena. When the cursor turns yellow and Zelda has a clear shot, tap |
| the arrow at the bottom of the screen to launch a Light Arrow. After |
| three Light Arrow hits, run over and slash at the gem on its forehead |
| to remove part of one of his horns. Repeat this process a second time |
| to remove the other horn. On the third time, Link will hold Malladus |
| in place while he rubs the stylus quickly, causing Zelda to run on |
| over. Together Zelda and Link will deliver the final blow! |
\_______________________________________________________________________/
____ ____ _________________________________________________ ____ ____
/ \/ \ =============================================== / \/ \
/ _ _ \ -----------={ Heart Containers }=---------- / _ _ \
\ / \/ \ / [HEART] \ / \/ \ /
\ \ / / \ \ / /
\ \ / / \ \ / /
\ \/ / http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ \ \/ /
\ / ----------------------------------------------------- \ /
\ / ======================================================= \ /
\/ �� \/
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
/ \/ \ Heart Container #1 [H01]
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-heart-containers.php
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Forest Temple
Required Items: Whirlwind
First Chance to Get: Within reaching the Forest Temple
Stagnox Box-- Receive the heart container after defeating Stagnox Armored
Colossus. Refer to the Boss Guide for strategies on defeating
this temple boss.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Castle Town: "Take 'em All On" Challenge
Required Items: The Whirlwind, 50 rupees
First Chance to Get: After Forest Temple
After beating the Forest Temple head to Castle Town. Enter the building at the
bottom-right corner of town and talk to the woman who runs the games. The Level
1 version consists of 10 floors and most of the enemies are fairly easy.
However, you do not get any recovery hearts throughout the 10 floors, but you
still can use potions. Listed below are a full list of all enemies on each
floor.
Room 1 � Six Yellow Spinuts

Room 2 � Seven Octoroks
Room 3 � Five Rats, Four Bubbles
Room 4 � Six Red ChuChu�s
Room 5 � Six Blastworms
Room 6 � Six Keese
Room 7 � Two Mothula�s
Room 8 � Three Yellow Spinuts, Three Octoroks
Room 9 � Four Yellow Spinuts, Four Octoroks, Four Red ChuChu�s
Room 10 � Stagnox, Armored Colossus
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Rabbitland Rescue
Required Items: Rabbit Net
First Chance to Get: After Snow Temple
Capture at least five rabbits and then return to the Rabbitland Rescue and
speak with the owner. You can get the Rabbit Net before the Snow Temple, but
you do not gain access to 5 rabbits until after completion of the Snow Temple.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Snow Temple
Required Items: Boomerang
First Chance to Get: When reaching the Snow Temple
Fraaz Box-- Found within a treasure chest after defeating Fraaz, Master of Icy
Fire. Refer to the Boss Guide for strategies on defeating this
temple boss.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Snow Sanctuary
Required Items: 2,000 rupees
First Chance to Get: When reaching the Snow Sanctuary
Can be purchased from the Anouki shop at the Snow Sanctuary for 2,000 rupees.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Hyrule Castle
Required Items: At least 50 rupees.
First Chance to Get: After Snow Temple
After completing the Snow Temple, you should be getting a letter from Russell,
the swordsman at Hyrule Castle. Check it out and Russell has setup a mini-game
of sorts. You must score at least 60 hits on the three guards to get the heart
container. The trick is to just stay between the swordsman on the right and at
the bottom. Just keep hitting them over and over, and when you see one of them
reaching back as if they are going to hit Link, quickly turn around and slash
at them. You should be out of reach so the left guard won't be of any problems.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Ocean Temple
Required Items: Whip
First Chance to Get: When reaching the Ocean Temple
Phytops Box-- Found within a treasure chest after defeating Phytops, Barbed
Menace. Refer to the Boss Guide for strategies on defeating this
temple boss.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Whittleton Village
First Chance to Get: After Ocean Temple
After getting the whip head to Whittleton Village and you can do the Whip Race.
If you score a time of under 1:15, you will be rewarded with a heart container!
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Fire Temple
Required Items: Bow and Arrow
First Chance to Get: When reaching the Fire Temple
Cragma Box-- Found within a treasure chest after defeating Cragma, Lava Lord.
Refer to the Boss Guide for strategies on defeating this temple
boss.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Pirate Hideout
Required Items: None
First Chance to Get: After Fire Temple
After Link after Link has completed the Fire Temple, he can then collect the
16th Force Gem by bringing 10 unites of Mega Ice to the fish seller in Papuchia
Village. This will open the Spirit Tracks to allow you to reach the Pirate
Hideout. After saving the Papuchia Prisoner you can play he Pirate minigame.
Score 4,000 points and you'll get the heart container!
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Fire Temple
Required Items: Sand Wand
First Chance to Get: When reaching the Sand Temple
Sheldritch Box-- Found within a treasure chest after defeating Sheldritch,

Ancient Demon. Refer to the Boss Guide for strategies on
defeating this temple boss.
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Beedle's Air Shop
Required Items: 5,000 Rupees
First Chance to Get: Once Beedle's Air Shop Opens, but usually closer to end of
the game.
After you have purchased 5,000 rupees worth of goods from Beedle's Air Shop,
you will have become a Gold Club Member, as you have earned 500points. As a
reward for being such a frequent shopper, Beedle awards Link with a Heart
Container!
_ _ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
\ / ------------------------------------------------------------------------
\/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location: Ends of the Earth Station
First Chance to Get: When reaching Earth Station.
Link first needs to collect the 20th Force Gem to open up the Spirit Tracks to
access a the Ends of the Earth Station, located at the far northeast of the
land. At the Ends of the Earth Station, there is a cave that has several block
pushing puzzles. After the third and most difficult of the block pushing
puzzles, Link will be rewarded with a full heart container!
___________________________________________________________
.-'\ ========================================================= /'-.
.-' _ \ -----------------={ Stamp Stations }=-------------- / _ '-.
|\ / \ \ [STAMP] / / \ /|
| \ \_/ .-| |-. \_/ / |
| \ .-' | | '-. / |
\ | | http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ | | /
\ | .-' ----------------------------------------------------- '-. | /
\|.-' ======================================================= '-.|/
' �� '
Listed below are the locations of all 20 stamp stations that are found within
Spirit Tracks. For full context of when each of them can be aquired, check out
the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough as we have them listed when you can first reach
them!
Rewards We aren't just doing this out of the goodness of our hearts! There are
actually some rewards to filling up your Stamp Book and they are listed below.
===========
~ Rewards ~
===========
10 Stamps-- Shield of Antiquity, which was found in the prequel, Phantom

Hourglass. This shield cannot be eaten by LikeLikes!
15 Stamps-- Engineer Clothes, Link gets to wear his old engineer outfit again!
20 Stamps-- Swordman's Scroll, Link gains the ability to use the Great Spin
Attack! (use three spin attacks in a row to perform this awesome
ability)
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
____|/ O \\ Stamp Station #1 [S01]
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\\_/\ //http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-stamp-stations.php
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Forest Realm
Station: Aboda Village
Once you get the Stamp Book from Niko, you'll find this station right within
Aboda Village. It at the north end of the village just to the west of Alfonzo's
House.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Forest Realm
Station: Whittleton Village
Walk to the northeast part of Whittleton and head upwards to reach a deeper
part of the village. The Stamp Station is located just to the north next to
some some leaves.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Forest Realm
Station: Forest Sanctuary
The stamp station is located near the middle of the map. Use the switch that is
on the higher platform to extend a bridge to the west so that you can reach the
stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Forest Realm
Station: Forest Temple
Required Items: Whirlwind
Located at the northeast part of the 1st floor of the dungeon. Use the
whirlwind to blow away the purple fog to reveal a path to the stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Snow Realm
Station: Anouki Village
Somewhat hidden at the east part of the village behind the trees. From the
train station just run east and north, maneuvering around the trees to reach
the stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Snow Realm
Station: Snow Sanctuary
Located at the west part of the map. As you make your way towards the Snow
Sanctuary you'll see a narrow staircase. Climb up to reach the stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Snow Realm
Station: Snow Temple
Located in the northeast part of the Basement First Floor. It is in the room
where there is a large water mass, filled with several octives and five
torches. Use the boomerang on the ice torch to create a bridge of ice to the
northeast corner. Run across the ice to get to the stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Snow Realm
Station: Wellspring Station
After gaining the boomerang head over to the wellspring station. There is a
large lake of water to the north. Stand behind Ferrus's house and use the
boomerang on the ice torch. Create a path so that you can run across the ice.
Run over to the stamp station located just west of the ice torch.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Forest Realm
Station: Castle Town
Required Items: Bombs
After purchasing the bombs from Beedle, head back to Castle Town. Place a bomb
to break the blocks at the northeast end of the map. Run north and then all the
way west to fine the Stamp Station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Forest Realm
Station: Trading Post
Required Items: Bombs
After bring the bridge repair man to the Trading Post, you'll have access to
the cave at the west end of the map. Enter the cave and avoid the Like-Like
enemies. Before existing the cave to the north, look to the west and you'll see
the stamp station across the water. There is a block that is in the way to the
stamp station. Use a bomb to blow up the block and then jump on over to the
stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Ocean Realm
Station: Ocean Temple
Required Items: Bombs, Whip
Right next to the staircase at the north end of the second floor of the
dungeon, you'll find cracks in the walls. Bomb the one on the right to reach a
hidden northern section of the 2nd floor. Defeat the enemies and the run north
and you'll see a switch on the right side. Trace a path with the boomerang to
hit the switch and this will cause a wooden post to be extended on the west
side of the room.
Run back south and then head west and bomb the other crackable wall. Now on the
west side of this hidden part of the map, use the whip on a series of wooden
poles to cross the large gap. At the north part of the room, pull out the whip
and tug on the fish statue to open a door to the right.
Now wait patiently for the moving platform to move to the west. Use the whip on
the wooden pole and time it so that you land on the moving platform. Allow the
platform to move to the east and then walk north to reach the stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Ocean Realm
Station: Ocean Sanctuary
Required Items: Song of Birds, Whip
After getting the whip from the Ocean Templ, return to the Ocean Sanctuary and
run all the way to the entrance of Carben's lair. Play the Song of Birds on the
Spirit Flute to summon a bird. Latch on with the Whip and you will be taken to
the Stamp Station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Ocean Realm
Station: Papuchia Village
Run on over to where Carben was playing with his bird friends. Play the Song of
Birds and then latch onto the bird that comes by. The bird will take Link over
to the island to the east. From here run south to get to the southern part of
Papuchia Village.
There are a number of birds in this area that Link can latch on to with his
whip. Use the birds to hop from island to island and make your way to the
southwest part of the map. If there are no birds around, play the Song of Birds
to summon one. Once you reach the southwest island, stamp your stamp book at
the stamp station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Fire Realm
Station: Goron Village
Run to the west part of the Goron Village. The stamp station is located at the
northwest corner of the map, but you'll first need to navigate your way to the
southwest corner. Maneuver your way around the rolling boulders and get to the
southwest corner of the map.
Use the whip and swing across the gap using the two wooden poles. Run northward
and use the whip on another wooden pole to reach the northwest part of the map.
Once you land slash away at the pesky fire babas. Run to the northwest part of
the area, defeating all the fire babas that are in your way. The stamp station
is located here.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Fire Realm
Station: Fire Sanctuary
In the center area of the Fire Sanctuary, there are numerous fire babas and
fire torches. Defeat all the fire babas and then light up all of the torches.
Lighting up the northern torches creates a bridge in the center of the map.
However, lighting up all the torches to the south will create two additional
bridges.
Climb the steps and cross the bridge that leads to the west part of the map.
Run northward and cross the long bridge that extends to the east. Just across
the bridge is where the Stamp Station waits.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Fire Realm
Station: Fire Temple
Required Items: Bow and Arrow
Found within the Basement First Floor of the Fire Temple. It is found in the
room that Link will ride around in a circle while in a cart. After Link
successfully solves the puzzle of hitting the wall switches in the proper order
(2, 1, 4, 3), he will be able to reach the cart stop in the center of the room.
If Link jumps back on the cart from here, he will now move clockwise around the
room. When passing the southwest corner of the room, aim an arrow to the hidden
area at the southwest corner of the room where you will find a switch. It may
take a few tries but if you hit the switch while moving clockwise around the
room, the rail will switch and Link will end up at the northwest corner of the
room. Use the Stamp Station here to stamp your stamp book.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Ocean Realm
Station: Pirate Hideout
You will first need to aquire the 16th Force Gem, which will cause the Ocean
Rail Map to glow and new Spirit Tracks to form. Complete this force gem quest
by bringing at least 10 units of Mega Ice from Wellspring Station to the fish
merchant in Papuchia Village. This will allow Link to reach the Pirate Hideout.
Upon arriving at the Pirate Hideout, run to the east and you'll see a Stamp
Station on the higher ledge. Pull out the Spirit Flute and play the Song of
Birds. Latch onto the bird with the whip and it will take you to the higher
platform. Run on over to the Stamp Station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Sand Realm
Station: Sand Temple
Located at the northern section of the Basement First Floor. Once you reach the
Basement First Floor, head north and use the gerune in this room to open the
door to the right. Run north and you'll see a whole section of sand. Use the
Sand Wand and create a path for Link to the walk to the left, up, and then
right to reach the Stamp Station.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Sand Realm
Station: Sand Sanctuary
Required Items: Cuccos
You will first needs to aquire the 20th Force Gem by bringing give cuccos from
the Castle Town merchant to Rail, the Locomo at the Sand Sanctuary. Once you've
done this, grab one of the cuccos use it to float over to the small islands at
the southeast part of the map. The large map is where the Stamp Station is
located.
| /\\
| / \\ -------------------------------------------------------------------
\\ /�\ O // ------------------------------------------------------------------
\\___\// --------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Realm: Temple of Spirits
Station: Temple of Spirits
After defeating the Sand Temple and making your final run into the Tower of
Spirits, run all the way to the top of the Tower of Spirits. The 20th and final
Stamp Station is located outside at the very top of the Tower of Spirits.
_ _ _ _
/_\ /_\ _______________________________________________________ /_\ /_\
// \\ // \\ ===================================================== // \\ // \\
|| || || || --------------={ Rabbit Locations }=------------- || || || ||
|| || || || [RABBIT] || || || ||
\\_/ V \_// \\_/ V \_//
\ / \ /
| ^ ^ | http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ | ^ ^ |
| v | ----------------------------------------------------- | v |
\ / ======================================================= \ /
\___/ �� \___/
Shown in the maps below are the locations of all 50 rabbits that can be found
within Spirit Tracks. For full context of when each of them can be aquired,
check out the Spirit Tracks Walkthrough as we have them listed when you can
first reach them!
In order to collect rabbits, Link must first aquire a rabbit net from the
rabbitland rescue. This is an unmarked station at the northwest part of the
Forest Realm. Speak with the owner of the rescue and he will give you your
brand new rabbit net! There are 50 rabbits in total, 10 of which are in each of
the five major realms, (Forest, Snow, Ocean, Fire, and Sand). They hide behind
boulders when Link is riding his train. However, when Link uses his cannon on
the boulder, this will trigger a scene where Link is trying to catch the rabbit
with his rabbit net. The rabbits are quick and you only have 10 seconds, so
aim carefully! Many of the rabbits are unreachable prior to collecting Force
Gems, which will restore more of the Spirit Tracks and allow you to reach new
areas!
___________
~ / Rewards \ ~
��
We aren't just doing this out of the goodness of our hearts! There are actually
some rewards to collecting all the Rabbits found within the overworld.
5 Rupees-- Rewarded for each Grass Rabbit that Link finds and
brings to the Rabbitland Rescue.
10 Rupees-- Rewarded for each Snow Rabbit that Link finds and brings
to the Rabbitland Rescue.
Heart Container-- 5 Rabbit Required - A full heart container is added to

Link's health!
Swordman's Scroll #1-- 50 Rabbits Required - Link gains the ability to use the
Sword Beam Ability!
_____________________________________
| +---------------------------------+ | . Tracks acquired by main quest
| | Forest Realm: Grass Rabbits | | + Tracks acquired by Force Gems
| +---------------------------------+ | @ Station
|_____________________________________|_______________________________________
| : + + + / \|
| : + Forest + + / Tower |
| :++++++++++++++ Temple + + | of |
| : + @ ++++++++++++++++++++++++ \Spirits|
| : ++++++: #2 + + \_____/|
| : : + +Hyrule @ |
| : : + #7 +Castle : |
| ++++:.... :+++++++++++++++++++++........@...........: |
| + : : + : : : |
| + : : + : : : |
| + @Rabbitland : + : : : |
| + :Rescue : + : : : |
| + #1 :...............:.......++++ ...:...........:.......: |
| + : : : : + |
| + : : : : + |
| + : : : : + |
| +++++ : : : : + |
| + #8 : Forest :...........:...........:++++++++++++++++|
| + : Sanctuary : : : + #10 |
| +++++++++++++++:..@........: : : + |
| + #9 : : Whittleton: + |
| + : : Village : #6 + |
| +++++ : :...@.......:+++++++++++++++ |
| + : : : + |
| + : : : + |
| ++++++ ++++++++++++:.......: : + |
| + + : : + |
| +++++++ : : + #5 |
| + : : + |
| :............ : :.....@............:.....|
| : : :#3 + Trading |
| : : : + Post |
| Dark............: @...:.......:++++++++ #4 |
| Realm Aboda + |
| Village +++++++++++++ |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
[GR01] #1 Just south of the Rabbitland Rescue on the west side of the tracks.
[GR02] #2 Near the Forest Temple on the east side of the tracks.
[GR03] #3 East of Aboda Village. Once the tracks turn northward, the rabbit is
on the east end of the tracks.
[GR04] #4 West of the Trading Post located on the south side of the tracks.
Link must first aquire the Ocean rail map.
[GR05] #5 East of the Trading Post on the north side of the tracks just before
entering the Ocean Realm.
[GR06] #6 East of Whittleton Village on the north side of the tracks. Link must
first collect Force Gem #2.
[GR07] #7 West of Castle Town on the north side of the tracks.
[GR08] #8 On the far west side of the map on the east side of the tracks. Link
must first collect Force Gem #3.
[GR09] #9 West of the Forest Sanctuary on the south side of the tracks. Link
[GR10] #10 South of the Tower of Spirits on the south side of the tracks. Link
__________________________________
| +------------------------------+ | . Tracks acquired by main quest
| | Snow Realm: Snow Rabbits | | + Tracks acquired by Force Gems
| +------------------------------+ | @ Station
|__________________________________|__________________________________________
|Snowdrift Snow Slippery |
| Station Temple Station |
| @ : ..................+++++++++++++++++++@ |
| + : : : |
| + :.......:#3 : |
| + : : : |
| + : : #6 : |
| + : :................:....++++++++ |
| + : : : : + |
| + :.......: : : + .......... ++++|
| + : : : : + : : + |
| + : : : : + : : + |
| +++++++: :........:...........: +#9 : : + |
| #10 : : #5 : : + : : + |
| : : : : ++++++++: : + |
| : : : : + : : + |
| : : : :#7 + : : + |
| :.......:............:.......: + Well- :........:....++++ |
| #4 : #8+ spring: : |
| : +Station: : |
| ...... Snow : ...@....: : |
| : : Sanctuary : : : : |
| : :......@...................:.... : :............:.... |
| : : : : : |
| : #2: :.......:..... Bridge :...|
| : : : Worker's : |
| : #1 : : Home : |
| : .............@....: :....@..............: |
| : : Anouki : + + : |
| : : Village : + + _____ |
| :....: :++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + / \|
| : : + / Tower |
| :.................: + | of |
| : + + \Spirits|
| : + + \_____/|
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
[SR01] #1 Just west of Anouki Village on the north side of the tracks.
[SR02] #2 Just northeast of Anouki Village on the west side of the tracks.
[SR03] #3 East of the Snow Temple. Take the first path east and then at the
next fork in the road, take a right and the rabbit is on the east
side of the tracks.
[SR04] #4 Head directly south from the Snow Temple. When you cannot go south
anymore, the rabbit will be on the west side of the tracks.
[SR05] #5 In the middle of where the blizzard was, there are four horizontal
sets of tracks. The 5th rabbit is located on the 3rd horizontal track
from the top and it is located at the southern part of the tracks.
[SR06] #6 From Rabbit #3, head south just a bit and take the east path. The
rabbit is on the north side of the tracks.
[SR07] #7 At the southeast corner of the blizzard area. The rabbit is located
on the east side of the tracks.
[SR08] #8 Just norhtwest of Wellsping Station on the west side of the tracks.
Link must first collect Force Gem #6.
[SR09] #9 Just north of Snow Rabbit #8 on the east side of the tracks.
[SR10] #10 South of Snowdrift Station at the northwest part of the Snow Realm.
____________________________________
| +--------------------------------+ | . Tracks acquired by main quest
| | Ocean Realm: Ocean Rabbits | | + Tracks acquired by Force Gems
| +--------------------------------+ | @ Station
|____________________________________|________________________________________
|/ \ : : |
| Tower \ : : |
| of | .......................... : .....................:..|
|Spirits/ : : Sand : : : Sand : |
|\_____/ : : Sanctuary :........ : Temple: |
| @ : : @ : : : @ : |
| : : : : : : :...:...: |
| :... :........:.......: : : |
| : : : : : |
| : : :...............: ......... |
| : : : : : |
| : : : : Ocean : |
| : :............: .....................: Temple: |
| : : : : #4 : |
| :........ ....:#5 : : |
| + : : Underwater : : |
| + : : Tracks : : |
|++++ @Pirate : : : : : |
| + +Hideout:++++++++++++++++++++++++: : : : |
| + + : #9 :...............: : |
| ++++++ : : : : |
| #8 + #7: : : #3 : |
| + :............. : : ........: |
| + : : #6 : : : |
| + :...........:...............:........: : |
| + + : : |
| + + : : |
| + Ocean + : : |
| + Sanctuary + : #2 : |
|............@....................@........................................:++|
| Papuchia #1 + Lost +|
| Village + At Sea +|
| +#10 Station +|
| +++++++++++++++@++++|
| |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
[OR01] #1 East of the Ocean Sanctuary on the south side of the tracks.
[OR02] #2 East of Ocean Rabbit #1 on the north side of the tracks.
[OR03] #3 North of Ocean Rabbit #2 on the north side of the tracks.
[OR04] #4 At the northeast part of the Ocean Realm on the south side of the
tracks.
[OR05] #5 West of Ocean Rabbit #4 on the southeast side of the tracks.

[OR06] #6 West of Ocean Rabbit #3 on the north side of the tracks.
[OR07] #7 Directly north of Papuchia Village on the west side of the tracks.
[OR08] #8 West of the Pirate Hideout just before the entrance to the Forest
Realm. Link must first collect Force Gem #12.
[OR09] #9 East of Rabbit #7 on the south side of the tracks. Link must first
collect Force Gem #17.
[OR10] #10 Just west of the Lost at Sea Station. Link must first aquire Force
Gem #19.
______________________________________
| +----------------------------------+ | . Tracks acquired by main quest
| | Fire Realm: Mountain Rabbits | | + Tracks acquired by Force Gems
| +----------------------------------+ | @ Station
|______________________________________|______________________________________
| Disorientation |
| Station #10 Ends of the|
| +++@+++++++++++++++++++++......... +++++++++++++++++++++@ Earth |
| + #9 : : + Station|
| + ......... : ....:.................... |
| + : : : : : : #7: |
| ........: : : : : : : |
| : : : : :......:........:.... : |
| : : #3: :#4 : : #6 : : |
|+++++++++: :.......:.... :...: :.... ....: : Dark |
| : : : : : : : Fire : : : Ore |
| : : : : : : : Temple: : : Mine |
| : : : : :...: : @ : :...: +++++@+++++|
| : : : : : : : : : : : + +|
| ....:.......: :.......: : : :...:...: : : + +|
| : : : : : : : : : + +|
| : : Goron : : :#5 : : : : + +|
| : : Target : : :...:.......:...: :.... +|
| : : Range : : : : : +|
| :.......: @ : :...........:...........: : +++++++|
| : #2 : : Goron : #8 : + |
| : : :Village : : + |
| : :...........@....................:...........: +++++ |
| : : + |
|.....................: + |
| : + + |
| ........: + + |
| : #1 + ..... .... ......... + |
| @ + : : : + |
| _____ + : :............ : + |
|/ \ + : : + |
| Tower \ + : : + |
| of | +++++++++ :......... ....:.... ..... |
|Spirits/ + : : |
|\_____/ + : : |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
[MR01] #1 East of the tracks on the path from the Tower of Spirits.
[MR02] #2 Just west of the Goron Target Range on the east side of the tracks.
[MR03] #3 Between the Goron Taget Range and Goron Village, but far up north. On
the west side of the tracks.
[MR04] #4 East of Mountain Rabbit #3 on the east side of the tracks.
[MR05] #5 Southwest a bit from the Fire Temple.
[MR06] #6 Just north of the Fire Temple on the south side of the tracks.
[MR07] #7 Far northeast of the Fire Temple on the southwest side of the tracks.
[MR08] #8 South of Mountain Rabbit #7 at the southeast side of the tracks.
[MR09] #9 East of the Disorientation Station on the south side of the tracks.
[MR10] #10 West of the Ends of the Earth Station on the north side of the
tracks. Link must first collect Force Gem #20.
____________________________________
| +--------------------------------+ | . Tracks acquired by main quest
| | Sand Realm: Desert Rabbits | | + Tracks acquired by Force Gems
| +--------------------------------+ | @ Station
|____________________________________|________________________________________
| : : + |
|.....................: + |
| : + + |
| ........: + + |
| : + ..... .... ......... + |
| : + : : :#8 + |
| : + : :............ : + |
| @ + : : + |
| _____ + : : #7 + |
|/ \ ++++++++++ :........ ....:.... ..... |
| Tower \ + #1 : #6 : |
| of | + : : |
|Spirits/ + : : |
|\_____/ + #2 : : |
| .......................... : .....................:..|
| @ : : Sand : : : Sand : #9 |
| : : : Sanctuary :........ : Temple: |
| : : : @ : #5: #10: @ : |
| : : : : : : :...:...: |
| :... :........:.......: : : |
| : #3 : : : : |
| : : :...............: ......... |
| : : : : : |
| : : : : : |
| : :............: .....................: Ocean : |
| : : #4 : : Temple : |
| :........ ....: : : |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
[DR01] #1 At the southeast part of the tracks that connects the Fire and Sand
Realms. Link must first collect Force Gem #8.
[DR02] #2 North of the Sand Sanctuary on the north side of the tracks.
[DR03] #3 Far west of the Sand Sanctuary on the southwest side of the tracks.
[DR04] #4 South of the Sand Sanctuary on the east side of the tracks.
[DR05] #5 East of the Sand Sanctuary on the south side of the tracks.
[DR06] #6 In the upside down 'T' part of the Forgotten Tunnels. On the west
side just south of the tracks.
[DR07] #7 In the upside down 'T' part of the Forgotten Tunnels. On the east
side just north of the tracks.
[DR08] #8 In the 'T' part of the Forgotten Tunnels. On the east side of the
tracks.
[DR09] #9 Northeast of the Sand Temple on the south side of the tracks.
[DR10] #10 West of the Sand Temple on the west side of the tracks.
. ___________________________________________________ .-------------.
/|\ =================================================== \'-. .-'/
/ | \ -------------------={ Force Gems }=-------------- \ '-. .-' /
/ | \ [FORCE] \ | /
/ | \ \ | /
/ | \ \ | /
/ .-' '-. \ http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ \ | /
/.-' '-.\ ---------------------------------------------------- \|/
'-------------' ==================================================== '
��
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #1 [F01]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \ | / http://www.zeldadungeon.net/Zelda13-spirit-tracks-force-gems.php |
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' This is one of the two required Force Gems that Link must get. After |
| traveling to the Ocean Sanctuary, you will find that Carben, the resident |
| Lokomo, is not here. Ride back to Papuchia Village and learn the Song of |
| Birds from the stone statue. Play the song to speak with Carben. |
| Afterwards, successfully take Carben back to the Ocean Sanctuary. You'll |
| encounter a pirate ship filled with Miniblins and a Big Blin that try to |
| attack Carben. When you defeat them, he'll give you a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Earliest Obtained | Spirit Tracks | New Secrets |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| Just before the | South of the | - Grass Rabbit #4 in the Forest |
| Ocean Temple. | Trading Post in | Realm. |
| | the Forest Realm. | - Access to Warp Gate B, which |
| | | connects to the east end of the |
| | | Snow Realm. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #2 [F02]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Speaking to one of the women in Papuchia Village, you'll find that |
| she is looking for a husband that has a beard, a large nose, and a burly, |
| rugged appearance. Bring the chief of Whittleton Village to Papuchia |
| Village. After visiting the woman, she is so happy that she'll reward Link |
| with a Force Gem! |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Ocean | East of Whittleton| - Grass Rabbits #5 and #6 in the |
| Temple. | Village in the | Forest Realm. |
| | Forest Realm. | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #3 [F03]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' In Castle Town, enter the building just south of the Cucoo building. |
| The woman hear says that her rabbit loving husband has disappeared! Bring |
| the woman to the Rabbitland Rescue to reunite her with her husband. She'll |
| be mad at him at first when you bring her there and demand that you take |
| her back to town. When you talk to her after she walks near the train, she |
| will change her mind and decide to stay. She'll give you a Force Gem for |
| your efforts. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Ocean | West of Forest | - Grass Rabbits #7 and #8 in the |
| Temple. | Sanctuary in the | Forest Realm. |
| | Forest Realm. | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #4 [F04]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Speak to the young boy near the train station in Adoba Village and |
| you'll find that he dreams of seeing the world from the sky. Ride him over |
| to Beedle's Air Shop. Once you safely arrive, you'll be rewarded with a |
| Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Ocean | West of Castle | - Grass Rabbit #8 in the Forest |
| Temple. | Town in the | Realm. |
| | Forest Realm | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #5 [F05]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' This is the second of the required Force Gems. At the west end of |
| Anouki Village, there is a fellow standing near the water, but says that |
| the water has been contaminated thanks to a Blue ChuChu. He needs a place |
| with clean water to make Mega Ice. Escort the Anouki to the Wellspring |
| Station and the lake found here works for him perfectly. So much so, that |
| the Anouki will give Link a Force Gem! |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Ocean | East of the | - Access to Warp Gate C, which |
| Temple. | Forest Temple and | connects to the south end of |
| | east of Anouki | the Ocean Realm. |
| | Village. Between | |
| | the Forest and | |
| | Snow Realms. | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #6 [F06]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Even after clearing the lava in Goron Village, you'll see there is |
| still some more lava at the east end of town. Pick up some Mega Ice from |
| Wellspring Station and head to Goron Village. If you have at least 10 units |
| of Mega Ice, speak to the Goron at the east end of the village to clear the |
| lava and be rewarded with a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After getting the | Another connection| - Desert Rabbit #1 in the Sand |
| Trusty Freight Car. | between the Fire | Realm. |
| | and Ocean Realms. | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #7 [F07]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' There is a female merchant selling fish in Papuchia Village. Speak |
| with her and buy a full load of fish. Haul the fish over to Castle Town, |
| enter one of the houses and talk to the lady. She's been talking about fish |
| for some time now, so she'll be so happy to see you brought her some |
| goodies. She'll then give Link a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After getting the | Between the Forest| - Another connection between the |
| Trusty Freight Car. | and Ocean Realms. | Forest and Ocean Realms. |
| | | - Grass Rabbit #10 in the Forest |
| | | Realm and Ocean Rabbit #8 in |
| | | the Ocean Realm. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #8 [F08]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Speak with the Cucco merchant at the northwest part of Castle Town to |
| gather up some Cuccos Remember the man in Aboda Village who wanted to raise |
| some cuccos? Well, he's our destination. Since you can only carry 5 at a |
| time, you're going to have to make two trips to Aboda Village and spend 100 |
| rupees. He'll give you a Force Gem when you give him 10. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After getting the | North of Aboda | - Access to Warp Gate E, which |
| Trusty Freight Car. | Village in the | connects to the center part of |
| | Forest Realm. | the Fire Realm. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #9 [F09]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' The lumberjacks over at Whittleton Village need some iron to forge |
| together their new axes. Speak to the Goron merchant in the west part of |
| Goron Village and purchase some expensive iron. Successfully carry at least |
| 5 units of iron to Whittleton Village and speak with the merchant here. |
| He'll be so delighted that he will give Link a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| Trusty Freight Car. | and Snow Realms. | Forest and Snow Realms. |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #10 [F10]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' The folks at Anouki Village are still battling to fight off enemy |
| invaders and they need lumber to build a wooden fence around the village. |
| Purchase some lumber from Whittleton Village and carry it over to Anouki |
| Village. You can use Warp Gate A if you have already unlocked it. However, |
| they need someone to build the fence. Go to Whittleton and give the Bridge |
| Worker a ride to Anouki Village. They'll be so happy that they give Link a |
| Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After getting the | Northwest part of | - Snow Rabbit #10 in the Snow |
| Trusty Freight Car. | the Snow Realm. | Realm. |
| | | - Gain access to Snowdrift |
| | | Station. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #11 [F11]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' After bringing the first load of Mega Ice to the Goron Village, Link |
| should be getting a letter in the mail from Ferrus. Ferrus is standing |
| around by the tracks just southeast of the Snow Temple. Pick him up and our |
| goal is to ferry him back all the way to Aboda Village to meet up with |
| Alfonzo. Use Warp Gate A, which is just south of Anouki Village to get |
| there quicker. Once you arrive, head over to Alfonzo's house, and Link will |
| be rewarded with a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| Trusty Freight Car. | and Snow Realms. | Forest and Snow Realms. |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #12 [F12]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Speak to the wise woman in Papuchia and after telling her that you |
| are having bad luck, she'll offer to sell you a special vessel for 300 |
| rupees. Purchase it and then take it all the way to the Snow Sanctuary in |
| the Snow Realm. It's quite the distance and Warp Gate A north of Whittleton |
| makes for a good shortcut. You cannot get hit at all along your quest, |
| otherwise the vessel will be damaged. Upon arriving, Steem will be waiting |
| for you at the station and is so happy that he'll award you with a Force |
| Gem! |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After getting the | North part of the | - Access to Slippery Station. |
| Trusty Freight Car. | Snow Realm. | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #13 [F13]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' One of the Goron's near the Goron Village train station wants to |
| visit Anouki Village. Agree to take him and after safely transporting him, |
| you'll be rewarded with a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After Fire Temple. | North of | - Snow Rabbits #8 and #9 in the |
| | Wellspring Station| Snow Realm. |
| | in the Snow Realm.| - Acess to Warp Gate D, which |
| | | connects to the east end of the |
| | | Fire Realm. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #14 [F14]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Go to Anouki Village and go into the Village Honcho's house. You'll |
| find that he wants to visit the Goron Village. Agree to take the Anouki, |
| and after a safe trip, a Force Gem will be your reward. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After Fire Temple. | Between the Snow | - Another connection between the |
| | and Fire Realm. | Snow and Fire Realms. |
| | | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #15 [F15]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Speak to the child Goron near the Elder's house and you'll find that |
| he wants to visit Castle Town to meet Princess Zelda. Ride him over to |
| Castle Town and the child Goron will give Link a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Fire | Northwest part of | - Mountain Rabbit #9 in the Fire |
| Temple. | the Fire Realm. | Realm. |
| | | - Access to Disorientation |
| | | Station. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #16 [F16]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' The female fish merchant in Papuchia Village is in need of Mega Ice |
| in order to keep her stock of fish fresh. Purchase some Mega Ice from the |
| Anouki in Wellspring Station and take it over to Papuchia. 10 units of Mega |
| Ice need to last the trip and remember, ice will melt once you leave the |
| Snow Realm. You can use Warp Gate B if you've unlocked it, located just |
| northeast of Wellspring station. Once you arrive at Papuchia, deliver the |
| ice to the merchant and you'll be rewarded with a Force Gem! |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Fire | North of Papuchia | - Reveals the Pirate Hideout. |
| Temple. | Village within | - Access to Heart Container #10. |
| | the Ocean Realm. | - Access to Stamp Station #17. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #17 [F17]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' After restoring the Spirit Tracks north of Papuchia Village, you'll |
| gain access to the Pirate Hideout. Enter the cave at north and you'll find |
| a Papuchia Villager held prisoner, and what unfolds is somewhat of a mini |
| game. Use your unlimited supply of arrows to strike the miniblins. Hit |
| miniblins consecutively to multiply your score. After clearing house, Link |
| will then appear with the villager in a cart on rails and will need to take |
| care of more miniblins along his quest. Keep hitting the miniblins with |
| arrows consecutively to increase your score. At the end of the cave, use |
| your arrows to take out the big blin and finally exit the cave. After |
| successfully escaping, take the villager back to Papuchia Village and he'll |
| reward Link with a Force Gem! |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Fire | North of the | - Shortcuts within the Ocean |
| Temple. | Ocean Sanctuary | Realm. |
| | within the Ocean | - Ocean Rabbit #9 in the Ocean |
| | Realm. | Realm. |
| | | - Access to Warp Gate G, which |
| | | connects to the south part of |
| | | the Forest Realm. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #18 [F18]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' Bring 5 Cuccos from Castle Town to Rael at the Sand Sanctuary. Note: |
| While the Cuccos are here, use them to get the Stamp Station on the small |
| island on the southeast part of the map. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Sand | Northeast part of | - Access to Ends of the Earth |
| Temple. | the Fire Realm. | Station. |
| | | - Mountain Rabbit #10 in the Fire |
| | | Realm. |
| | | - Access to Heart Container #13. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #19 [F19]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' After completing the Sand Temple, another letter in the mail will |
| come from Ferrus. He is now located near the northwest segment of the Fire |
| Realm, just a bit north of the Goron Target Range. Ride on over and pick up |
| Ferrus and he wants to explore the Ocean Temple. It is really quite the |
| distance, but you can cut down that time if you've already restored Spirit |
| Tracks by gaining the 8th Force Gem. Ride south from the Goron Target Game |
| and you can use the Warp Gate F to send you to a location near the Ocean |
| Temple. From here, ride into the mouth of the fish to get underwater. |
| Finish off the drop as you ride to the Ocean Temple, where Ferrus will |
| reward Link with a Force Gem. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Sand | East part of the | - Access to Dark Ore Mine. |
| Temple. | Fire Realm. | |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
.-------. --------------------------------------------------------------------
\'-. .-'/ Force Gem #20 [F20]
|\ | / ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| \|/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ' After acquiring Force Gem #19, head to the new tracks at the east end |
| of the Fire Realm. There is a new station here known as the Dark Ore Mine. |
| Before actually going through the Dark Ore Mine, travel eastward into a |
| cave and you will battle a rocktite. Be sure to defeat this rocktite before |
| leaving the cave, as it will make your next journey a heck of a lot easier. |
| Now head to the Dark Ore Mine and enter the Dark Ore Mine. Speak with the |
| Goron and purchase some Dark Ore. Our next destination is the Trading Post |
| back in the Forest Realm. It is quite a long journey, but using Warp Gates |
| makes it much easier. Jump on the train and travel eastward through the |
| cave we just cleared out. You'll need to pass this cave with at least 9 |
| Dark Ore Units intact, otherwise you won't be able to make it to the |
| Trading Post. Once you return to the outdoors, continue southward to the |
| area near the Sand Temple. Travel east and go through Warp Gate H to appear |
| at the west end of the Ocean Realm. If you've gotten Force Gem #17, you'll |
| find that just south of this area Warp Gate G is located. Travel through |
| Warp Gate G and you'll finally appear near the Trading Post. Ride on over |
| and get to the trading post with at least 5 units of dark ore intact. Speak |
| with Linebeck and you'll be rewarded with a Force Gem! |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| After the Sand | Access to Lost at | - Ocean Rabbit #10 in the Ocean |
| Temple. | Sea Station. | Realm. |
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
____ ___ ______ _ _____________________________ ____ ___ ______ _
| _ \\ \ / / \ | | =========================== | _ \\ \ / / \ | |
| | \ \\ \/ /| __|| | --={ Legal/Closing }=-- | | \ \\ \/ /| __|| |
| | \ \\ / | | | | [LEGAL] | | \ \\ / | | | |
| |__/ / | | | |__ | | | |__/ / | | | |__ | |
| _ / | | | __|| | | _ / | | | __|| |
| | \ \ | | | | | | http://www.zeldadungeon.net/ | | \ \ | | | | | |
| | \ \ | | | |__ |_| ------------------------- | | \ \ | | | |__ |_|
| |__/ / | | | | _ =========================== | |__/ / | | | | _
|_____/ |__| |___/ |_| �� |_____/ |__| |___/ |_|
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| Legal Information |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
This walkthrough is copyright (c) 2009-2010 to ZeldaDungeon.net, contact:

stud_zeldarevolution@hotmail.com. All rights reserved. Spirit Tracks and all
other related items are copyrighted (c) 2009 to Nintendo Japan/US. All rights
reserved.
This FAQ may not be reproduced and/or altered except for personal, private use.
If you wish to have links to this walkthrough and spread the good news, that's
awesome and I'm all for it.
+------------------------------+
| Authorized Websites: | IF YOU ARE NOT ON THIS LIST,
| | YOU MAY NOT HOST IT!
| - Zelda Dungeon | ��
| - GameFAQs | Please contact us for permission
| - Neoseeker | if you would like to host.
| - Cheat Code Central |
+------------------------------+
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| Special Thanks |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
A big ol' kudos goes out to all the people who sent in error reports and jazz
like that. In the past, I've listed every detail of what people have helped us
fix in my guides, but, the list ends up getting extensive... Not that I'm ever
WRONG mind you ;) Anyway, I'm just going to list the names of all the people
who have sent in helpful e-mails and pointed out stuff to us:
Edge758, Nanadaime Hokage, Laurel Wilder, Sandy Gill, Simon Smith, Riato,
Tracey, Greg Maz, Eeveeon, Willie Bodmer, Brian Brown, John Straube, Christina
Ge, Shampoo, Kendra Robinson, Hank Wikle, Muffledpancakes, Jry, Tracey Ward,
Rodrigo Minnemann, Tom Champion, Nuva, Kevin J Downs, Kasey Oak
THANKS YOU!
.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
| In Closing |
`~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~�
This guide is the collabortive efforts of the staff of ZeldaDungeon.net, and

is also on our site with various other media forms including screenshots, maps,
videos, artwork, better navigation, interlinks to the various sub-guides, etc.
+--------------------------+
| |
| www.zeldadungeon.net |
| |
+--------------------------+
For error reports, questions, comments, candy, you can send it to the team
by e-mailing me at the following e-mail address and I will pass it along to the
whole group.
+----------------------------------------+
| |
| Caleb Simpson, ZD text guide contact |
| stud_zeldarevolution@hotmail.com |
| |
| please put: |
| "Spirit Tracks @ (insert site name)" |
| for the subject line. Thanks. |
| |
+----------------------------------------+
That's all folks. Have a wonderful day and I hope we can be of service to you
once again. Laterz!
THANKS FOR READING!

��
___ .� ____
/ , `.____.� ,� , \
\_/ / .-. / \_/ .-.
/ / / __ ;-. / /
/ / / .� `. .`-` / /
____/___./;', ; .� / _;--, ,--.' /
.� / / / ' �� .� ' .�/ / / '/ .�
`._.� / '._.`. .� `, ,�.� '. .'. .'._.�
��

Zelda Spirit Tracks B

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zelda Spirit Tracks B

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

_____ _____ ____ _ ___ __

[TABLE]... Table of Contents

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII (Copyright to Bedman at bedman@mail.com)

Hey guys! This guide is a collaborative effort of our staff at

Map-- Press Up, Down, B or X to move swap your duel screens,

Out of the clouds in the sky comes a o--------------o

Our next destination is the room on the

"Just pay attention to tree branches."

.------. &= Cracked rocks ________

.-----------------. .--| |--.

.--------------. Upon entering, the door will close

Avoid the purple fog as Link will take .--------.

The whirlwind utilizes both the stylus .-----------.

Walk back over to near the entrance of

Use the small key on the locked door .---------.

Room 1 � Six Yellow Blobs

There is nothing left to do on this floor so let�s backtrack to the staircase

Pretty simple right?

The number 2 on Carben�s letter corresponds to an island northwest from our

Top-left-� There is a sword in the middle and the far right.

Room 1 - Six Yellow Spinuts, Six Keese

This part of the walkthrough is entirely optional. If you�d like to continue

You�ll arrive at what is known as Snowdrift Station. The outdoor portion of

1. Don�t hit the false one in the middle.

Desert Rabbit #8 - Located in the T shaped section of the Forgotten Tunnels. It

Torch #1 � In the safe zone where you start the floor.

Northeast Corner � Pull the right handle.

Room 1 - Four Helmet ChuChu's, Four Blue ChuChu's

Out next destination is a staircase at the south-central portion of the map.

________ _____________________________________________________ ________

Room 1 � Six Yellow Spinuts

Sheldritch Box-- Found within a treasure chest after defeating Sheldritch,

10 Stamps-- Shield of Antiquity, which was found in the prequel, Phantom

Heart Container-- 5 Rabbit Required - A full heart container is added to

[GR07] #7 West of Castle Town on the north side of the tracks.

[OR02] #2 East of Ocean Rabbit #1 on the north side of the tracks.

[OR03] #3 North of Ocean Rabbit #2 on the north side of the tracks.

[OR05] #5 West of Ocean Rabbit #4 on the southeast side of the tracks.

[MR04] #4 East of Mountain Rabbit #3 on the east side of the tracks.

[MR05] #5 Southwest a bit from the Fire Temple.

[MR08] #8 South of Mountain Rabbit #7 at the southeast side of the tracks.

This walkthrough is copyright (c) 2009-2010 to ZeldaDungeon.net, contact:

This guide is the collabortive efforts of the staff of ZeldaDungeon.net, and

THANKS FOR READING!

You might also like

___ _ __ _ _

_____________________________________